UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA.
Received... ....
Shelf No.
THE
GEOGRAPHICAL
AND
HISTORICAL
DICTIONARY -
OF
. AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES.
CONTAINING
AN ENTIRE TRANSLATION OF THE SPANISH WORK
OF
COLONEL DON ANTONIO DE ALCEDO,
1 1
CAPTAIN OF THE ROYAL SPANISH GUARDS, AND MEMBER OF THE ROYAL ACADEMY OF HISTORY
\VITH
Harge attritions ant* Compilations
FROM MODERN VOYAGES AND TRAVELS,
AND FKOU
ORIGINAL AND AUTHENTIC INFORMATION.
G. A. THOMPSON, ESQ.
TJSIVBRSIT7
JN FIVE VOLUMES.
VOL. I.
Magna modis multis miranda videtur
Gentibus humanls regio, visendaque fertur ,
Rebus opima bonis. LUCRETIUS, lib. I. line
PRINTED FOR JA MES CARPENTER, OLD BOND-STREET; LONGMAN, HURST, REES, ORME, AND BROWN, PATER N OSTER-ROVV J WHITE.
COCHRANE, AND CO. AND ML RKAY, FLEET-STREET, LONDON ; PARKER, OXFORD; AND UEIGHTON, CAMBRIDGE.
1812.
TO THE RIGHT HONOURABLE
NICHOLAS VANSITTART,
CHANCELLOR OF THE EXCHEQUER, fyc. $c.
SIR,
IT was your advice and encouragement that first induced me
to attempt the Translation of ALCEDO S Dictionary. The work
was undertaken six years ago, when I was only twenty-three
years old, and has ever since been the chief employment of
those hours which the necessary attendance of my office has
left at my disposal.
In seeking a name to give credit to my work, I am naturally
led to solicit yours, not merely by the impulse of gratitude
and esteem, but by the dictates of prudence, since there is no
name that is better calculated than yours to stamp on it the
impression of authority, and give it currency.
With you, Sir, whose duty it has been to provide for the
pecuniary exigencies of your country in times that have called
for an expenditure so unprecedented and astonishing, the
resources she has derived from the extensive regions of the
6
Western World must be too familiar not to be duly appreciated .
To display those resources in their due magnitude and import
ance to your countrymen at large is amongst the objects of my
labours : I trust, therefore, that yourself and the public in
general will have the goodness to receive them, if not with
commendation, at least without much severity of censure.
The Egyptians wisely suspended their judgment of distin
guished men till death had sealed their characters. Were I
here to take the liberty of expressing my sense of your worth,
my contemporaries would suspect me of flattery, whilst posterity
would, with infinitely more justice, blame me for underrating
it; nor would the attempt be less presumptuous in me than
displeasing to yourself. I hope, however, I may be permitted
without offence to yourself or to any one, to acknowledge my
great obligations to you, and to assure you of the high respect,
esteem, and gratitude with which
I have the honor to be,
SIR,
Your most devoted
and faithful
humble servant,
oj ri-;>jd -.,J Ji /Jij!; lifl |JS JFOYI J
G. A. THOMPSON.
PREFACE.
PART I.
THE writers of every age have been inclined to represent their own as inferior to those
which preceded it. No writer of the present day, however, can with reason com
plain that he has been called on either to act in, or to behold, a drama destitute, at
least, of incident. The great theatre of human life has for the last fifty years exhibited
in rapid succession transactions of such extraordinary novelty, of such perplexing
intricacy, of such terrific grandeur, and of such increasing interest, that he must be
destitute of feeling as well as of reflection, who is capable of regarding them without
an earnest wish to trace them to the causes in which they originated, and to the con
sequences in which they are likely to terminate. Whichever course he pursues,
whether retrograde or prospective, he will find that part of the swelling scene, which
has been laid in the old world, much more intelligible and of easier explication than
that which is supplied by the new. In contemplating the former portion of the drama,
he will be aided by all the lights which ardent inquiry and unfettered communication
have, during a course of many centuries, been able to throw on it. In considering
the latter, he will find himself obstructed, not only by the obscurity naturally belong
ing to his subject, but by that in which the art of man has purposely laboured to in
volve it. To assist in dispelling this darkness has been my principal motive for
engaging in the work I now offer to the public.
When Buonaparte, in the year 1808, entered Spain, the curtain, as it drew up, dis
covered, even to the most inattentive spectator, and by no means in the back part of
the stage, a view of the transatlantic possessions of that nation. The plot of the
piece here so strongly developed the grasping ambition of its chief hero, the baseness
viii PREFACE.
of the princes and rulers who ought to have opposed him, and the unstable, though
virtuous energies of the betrayed and deserted people, against whom the detestable
machinations of both these distinguished parties seemed equally directed, that all
mankind, however before divided in their sentiments of the performance, seemed to
stand up, and with one common feeling to pronounce their sense of it.
I was, I must confess, not amongst the last to catch the general enthusiasm ; and
wishing to contribute my mite towards the sacred cause of truth and freedom, I
determined to give to my country a work to which my attention had been directed,
no less by the commendations it had experienced of learned and judicious friends,
than by the public testimony borne to its merits by the enlightened Editors of the
Edinburgh Review. To this end, I immediately entered upon an elaborate study of
the Spanish language, with which my acquaintance had then been the effects of only
a few weeks application, and before the lapse of two months from the period of my
first resolution, began the translation of Albedo s Dictionary.
It was mentioned in my Prospectus, and ought to be recorded here, that the
original was published at Madrid, in 1787, by Colonel Don Antonio de Albedo, a
native of America, in five small quarto volumes, by a large subscription of the most
respectable characters in the state, and that its merits were its only condemnation ;
for that the very true and accurate information it contained was looked upon with an
eye of such jealousy by the Spanish Government, as to have caused its immediate
suppression by the Supreme Power. The copies which escaped were very few ; I
found, after many enquiries, that a very small number, not supposed to exceed five
or six, were existing in this kingdom, and the late endeavours to procure any from
the continent have always been unsuccessful, even when attempted by official pursuit,
and at an unlimited expense.
Whatever is good in the original, I confidently assure the Public, will be found
in the translation, for (with the exceptions mentioned in the advertisement published
in the First Volume, namely, in some cases of evident errata) I have faithfully
given the whole text. To this I have added much new matter, drawn, all of it,
from the best sources extant, and a great portion of it from those of the most un
questionable authority; but of the nature and extent of the additions made to Albedo s
Work I shall presently speak more fully, whilst, for an account of the indefatigable
exertions of that author, I feel I cannot do better than to refer the reader to his own
Preface.
The invasion of Spain has led, as I conceived it would, to the confusion of its
authors ; and though it has not yet been attended with all the good to that nation,
or to the world in general, which I fondly hoped it might, it must yet be inevitably
PREFACE. ix
pregnant with mighty, and 1 trust most salutary, effects. These are chiefly to be
looked for in the western hemisphere; and if the work I now offer to the Public
can, in the smallest degree, help to produce them, I shall think my labours amply
rewarded. I well know that the writer of a Dictionary, whether of words or things,
is aptly considered but as the drudge of science, the mere pioneer of literature.
With this humble character I shall be well satisfied if I shall, in any degree, have
helped to clear the way for the Philanthropist, the Patriot, the Philosopher, the
Statesman, or the Merchant, and supplied them in their several capacities with the
materials either for thought or action.
If I may stand excused for having thus far explained my views in undertaking the
work in question, and for exhibiting to the Public the general plan on which it has
been founded, it will be both necessary and becoming in me to shew the sources
from whence I have chiefly derived the materials by which the superstructure has
been raised. These are acknowledgements which I shall have peculiar pleasure in
making, not only in justice and gratitude to my authorities, but in deference to the
claims of my readers, and in gratification of my own feelings.
But if the political state of the western hemisphere be, at the present moment,
an object of the greatest, universal interest, it seems, in its relations with this coun
try, to be of a striking and peculiar importance: I shall, therefore, endeavour to
advance whatever may be desirable to be said as well on this as on the foregoing
head, in the following order :
PART II.
On the Commercial Importance of America and the JVe&t Indies to Great Britain, deduced from Facts,
and from Calculations on official Documents.
PART III.
List of the chief Books, Documents, and Authorities, consulted for the Completion of this Dictionary.
PART IV.
Geographical Appendix. Memoranda.
PART II.
PREFACE.
PART II.
ON THE COMMERCIAL IMPORTANCE OF AMERICA AND THE WEST
INDIES TO GREAT BRITAIN, DEDUCED FROM FACTS, AND FROM
CALCULATIONS ON OFFICIAL DOCUMENTS.
IF the western hemisphere affords us a source of amusement and instruction from
the variety of its history, and from its extraordinary physical advantages, with
respect to its commercial relations, it has, more than any other portion of the globe,
a right to demand our attention. Commerce, at least since the Revolution, has been
the soul of Great Britain, and it is from America and the West Indies that the
greatest portion of her life-blood has been drawn. The subject is in itself both
grand and inviting : it has excited the wonder and admiration of surrounding nations
no less than of ourselves. Some account, therefore, of the origin, progress, extent,
and nature of our trade, when supported by official testimonies, will not, I trust, be
in this place deemed useless or invaluable.
To the importance of the intercourse between this country and the new world, it
has been my endeavour to do justice in the body of this work. With regard to the
success that has awaited my efforts, I am little doubtful; since, to whatever extent I
may have gone, I have scrupulously avoided all theory and speculation, and have stated
nothing but facts. In this view, I trust that the information imparted, more parti
cularly under the heads United States and West Indies, will be found as well original as
desirable. Something, however, is still wanting to substantiate the utility of the
commercial documents interspersed through this work. The scattered rays must
be drawn together into one focus, that their mutual relations may be placed in a
more conspicuous light, and their combined influence be more duly appreciated.
It was not until the Revolution that this country began to form a right estimate
of the advantages of commerce. From the time of William the Conqueror to the
reign of Elizabeth, a few feeble attempts only were made to establish or encourage
manufactures. Commerce, either internal or external, was hardly looked upon as a
source of emolument, and monopolies and patents without number, seemed to form
the only revenue of the Crown, and interest of the State.
PREFACE. xi
But the establishment of the American colonies in the reigns of James and Charles,
if they did not afford an immediate advantage, laid the foundation of an extensive
and prosperous intercourse in times to come. Before England was known as a
commercial state, Spain and Portugal had immense acquisitions in the Indies ; and
it was with exactly the same spirit of monopoly, and abandonment of arts and ma
nufactures, that led to the ruin of these sovereignties, that the original charters of
James, granted to the North American colonies, were indited. Wealth, without
industry, produces equally the debasement of individuals as of kingdoms. Spain
and Portugal fell conquests to their influx of gold. The Dutch rose upon their
ruins, and became the carriers and factors of the world. Their formidable navy
awakened the apprehension and jealousy of Great Britain. The spirit of commer
cial emulation was roused by Cromwell, and the celebrated navigation act was forth
with passed. Immediately upon the Revolution, three other acts were passed of
considerable importance to the extension of trade ; namely, those of 1 W. and M.
cap. 12. and cap. 24., and 8 Geo. I. cap. 15. By the two first, bounties were
granted on the exportation of corn, when it did not exceed a limited price ; by the
last, near two hundred taxes, on raw materials imported, and on British manufactures
exported, were at once repealed.
A review of the wisely discriminative measures by which the commercial interests
of Great Britain have been guarded and upheld to this day, would form a subject
far too diffuse, and pregnant with historical and parliamentary circumstances, to
afford any reasonable hope of doing justice to it in the limited scope of this Preface;
but the following document has in itself advantages of a nature more valuable and
intrinsic than any commentary I might offer on that subject. It is a continuous and
organized system of facts, mutually assisting and assisted, against which there is no
answer or appeal. It is a standing record, that in all times of internal or external
commotion, of foreign or domestic peace, this country, like some stately vessel, has
been still impelled forward, down a never-ebbing tide of fortune, whilst at every har
bour into which she has entered, and at every barren point at which she has touched,
she has left some lasting memorial of her greatness and her wealth.
b 2
XII
PREFACE.
The Annual Value of Goods IMPORTED into and EXPORTED from Great Britain, com
pared with their EXCESS, in the several undermentioned Years, viz. from J097 to
1812 116 Years.
Imports.
Exports.
niports Excess.
Exports Excess.
1697
3,482,586
3,525,906
_
43,320
1698
4,732,360
6,522,104
- - -
1,789,744
1699 - -
5,707,669
6,788,166
- - -
1,080,497
1700 - -
5,970,175
7,302,716
- - -
1,332,541
1701 - -
5,869,606
7,621,053
- - -
1,751,446
1702 - -
4,159,304
5,235,874
- - -
1,076,569
1703 - -
4,526,596
6,644,103
- - -
2,117,506
1704 - -
5,383,200
6,552,019
_ - _
1,168,819
1705 - -
4,031,649
5,501,677
_ . _
1 ,470,027
1706 - -
4,113,933
6,512,086
_ _ -
2,398,153
1707 - -
4,274,055
6,767,178
- - -
2,493,122
1708 - -
4,698,663
6,969,089
- - -
2,270,426
1709 - -
4,510,593
6,627,045
- - -
2,116,452
1710 - -
4,011,341
6,690,828
- - -
2,679,487
1711 - -
4,685,785
6,447,170
- - -
1,761,384
1712 - -
4,454,682
7,468,857
- - -
3,014,174
1715 - -
5,811,077
7,352,655
- - -
1,541,577
1714 - -
5,929,227
8,361,638
- - -
2,432,411
1715 - -
5,640,943
7,379,409
- - -
1,738,465
1716 - -
5,800,258
7,614,085
- - -
1,813,826
1717 - -
6,346,768
9,147,700
- - -
2,800,932
1718 - -
6,669,390
8,255,302
- - -
1,585,912
1719 - -
5,367,499
7,709,528
- - _
2,342,028
1720 - -
6,090,083
7,936,728
- - -
1,846,645
1721 - -
5,768,510
8,681,200
. . _
2,912,690
1722 - -
6,378,098
9,650,789
- - -
3,272,690
1723 - -
6,505,676
9,489,811
- - -
2,984,135
1724 - -
7,394,405
9,143,35(5
- - -
1,748,951
1725 - -
7,094,708
11,352,480
- - -
4,257,772
1726 - -
6,677,865
9,406,731
- - -
2,728,865
1727 - -
6,798,908
9,553,043
- - -
2,754,135
1728 - -
7,569,299
11,631,383
- - -
4,062,084
1729 - -
7,540,620
11,475,771
- - -
3,935,151
1730 - -
7,780,019
11,974,135
- - -
4,194,116
1731 - -
6,991,500
11,167,380
- - -
4,175,880
1732 - -
7,087,914
11,786,658
- - -
4,698,744
1733 - -
8,016,814
11,777,306
- - -
3,760,492
1734 - -
7,095,861
11,000,645
3,904,783
PREFACE.
Imports and Exports, &c. continued.
Xlli
Imports.
Exports.
Imports Excess.
Exports Excess.
1735 - -
8,160,184
13,544,144
5,383,960
1736 - -
7,307,966
11,616,356
_ . _
4,308,389
1737 - -
7,073,638
11,842,320
_ _ _
4,768,682
1738 - -
7,438,960
12,289,495
- - -
4,850,535
1739 - -
7^29,373
9,495,366
- - -
1,665,993
1740 - -
6,703,778
8,869,939
- - -
2,166,161
1741 - -
7,936,084
11,469,872
_ _ .
3,533,787
1742 - -
6,866,864
11,584 ; 427
. _ _
4,717,562
1743 - -
7,802,353
14,623,653
_ _ _
6,821,300
1744 - -
6,362,971
11,429,628
_ . .
5,066,657
1745 - -
7,847,123
10,497,329
_
2,650,206
1746 - -
6,205,687
11,360,792
_ _ .
5,155,105
1747 - -
7,116,757
11,442,049
- - -
4,325,291
1748 - -
8,136,408
12,351,433
_ _ _
4,215,024
1749 - -
7,917,804
14,099,366
- - -
6,181,562
1750 - -
7,772,059
15,132,004
- - -
7,359,964
1751 - -
7,943,436
13,967,811
- - -
6,024,375
1752 - -
7,889,369
13,221,116
. _ .
5,331,746
1753 - -
8,625,029
14,264,614
_ . .
5,639,584
1754 - -
8,093,472
13,396,853
. . _
5,303,380
1755 - -
8,772,865
12,182,255
- - -
3,409,390
1756 - -
7,961,603
12,517,640
- - -
4,566,036
1757 - -
9,253,317
13,438,285
_ _ _
4,184,967
1758 - -
8,415,025
15,034,994
-
6,619,969
1759 - -
8,922,976
14,696,892
.
5,773,916
1760 - -
9,832,802
15,579,073
_
5,746,270
1761 - -
9,543,901
16,365.953
.
6,822,051
1762 - -
8,870,234
14,134^093
- - -
5,263,858
1763 - -
11,665,036
16,160,181
- - -
4,495,145
1764 - -
10,364,307
16,512,403
- - -
6,148,096
1765 - -
10,889,742
14,550,507
. _ .
3,660,764
1766 - -
11,475,775
14,024,964
- -
2,549,188
1767 - -
12,073,956
13,844,511
- -
1,770,555
1768 - -
11,878,661
15,117,982
_ _ _
3,239,321
1769 - -
11,908,560
13,438,236
. _ _
1,529,675
1770 - -
12,216,937
14,266,253
....
2,049,716
1771 - -
12,821,995
17,161,146
_ . _
4,339,150
1772 - -
13,298,452
16,159,412
. ~
2,860,960
1773 - -
11,406,841
14,763,253
, - - -
3,356,411
1774 - -
13,275,599
15,916,343
_ _ _
2,640,744
1775 - -
13,548,467
15,202,365
_ . .
1,653,898
1776 - -
11,696,754
13,729,731
_ . _
2,032,977
1777 - -
11,841,577
12,653,363
*" ~ *"
811,786
XIV
PREFACE.
Imports and Exports, &c. continued.
fmports.
Exports.
Imports Excess.
Exports Excess.
1778 - -
10,293,243
11,551,070
_
1,257,827
1779 - -
10,660,492
12,693,429
_ - -
2,032,937
1780 - -
10,812,239
12,696,138
-
1,883,899
1781 - -
11,918,991
10,569,186
1,349,805
1782 - -
9,532,606
12,355,750
_ . .
2,823,144
1783 - -
12,114,644
13,851,670
_
1,737,026
1784 - -
14,119,369
14,171,589
_
52,220
1785 - -
14,899,942
15,109,533
- . .
209,591
1786 - -
14,610,162
15,385,987
_ . .
775,825
1787 - -
16,335,096
15,754,654
580,442
1788 -
16,551,054
16,283,159
267,895
1789 - -
16,408,039
18,170,472
_
1,762,433
1790 - -
17,442,549
18,884,716
-
1,442,167
1791 - -
17,688,151
21,435,459
.
3,747,308
1792 - -
17,897,700
23,674,315
-
5,776,615
1793 - -
17,823,274
19,365,428
_
1,542,154
1794 - -
20,844,998
25,663,272
_
4,818,274
1795 - -
21,468,369
26,146,346
_
4,677,977
1796 - -
21,462,709
29,196,190
_ _ _
7,733,481
1797 - -
19,520,872
27,699,889
- . .
8,179,017
1798 - -
25,954,161
31,922,580
- . _
5,968,419
1799 - -
24,483,841
34,074,698
- . -
9,590,857
1800 - -
28,357,814
40,805,949
-
12,448,135
1801 - -
32,795,557
37,786,856
. . _
4,991,299
1802 - -
31,442,318
41,411,966
.
9,969,648
1803 - -
27,992,464
31,438,495
.
3,446,031
1804 - -
29,201,490
34,451,367
_ -
5,249,877
1805 - -
30,344,628
34,308,545
-
3,963,917
1806 - -
28,835,907
36,527,184
_
7,691,277
1807 - -
28,854,658
34,566,572
.
5,711,914
1808 - -
29,629,353
34,554,267
_ -
4,924,914
1809 - -
33,772,409
50,286,900
. _ -
16,514,491
1810 - -
41,136,135
45,869,860
_
4,733,725
1811 - -
28,626,580
32,409,671
>
3,783,091
1812 - -
28,595,426
43,243,173
_
14,647,747
1813 - -
*
1,386,359,556
1,823,288,741
2,198,142
439,127,327
2,198,142
Tnffli Rfiljvnpp of Trjirlp in favour of* C-lrpfit RritQiii fc\T
JL V/ CCt>I JU*dl CVIH C- \JL X 1 itl.lv, 1 11 Id. V vJ vl 1 \JL \Jf 1 t^CH> JL/l 1 Let 11 1 J.U1
116 Years, up to 1812, inclusi\ 7 e,
.436,929,185
* The authorities for the above table are as follow :
From 1697 to 177$ inclusive, Sir Charles Whitworth s Tables, consisting of compilations from annual accounts
delivered to House of Commons.
PREFACE. xv
In the above account we look in vain for those glaring features so common, since
the late unsettled and distressing times, in the commercial statements of most other
nations ; for those striking distinctions of profit and loss, those blots of defalcation,
or those blanks of depreciation, with which the columns of their accounts have
been so invariably disgraced. We find, on the contrary, that the increase of the
trade of Great Britain has been rapid and progressive ; and that, if at any time a
partial check has been experienced, it was the dam reserving the impetus of an
overwhelming torrent, or that inherent stubbornness in material things, that relaxes
but to recoil, and that benefiting by coercion and resistance, assumes, in proportion,
a power more elastic, an energy more uncontrouJable.
I do not, however, mean to deny, that the variations of our Imports and Exports,
in the long period just alluded to, bear sufficient marks of originality, in certain
years, to afford ground for speculation and historical research. To notice some of
the more important facts will be desirable ; and I shall enter upon the subject with
the greater willingness, as I shall thus be led to the more immediate object of this
chapter, namely, of affording some, I trust, useful illustrations respecting the
intrinsic value of our colonies in the western hemisphere, and the relative estima
tion in which they should be held, as well with regard to each other as to the re
maining colonies and countries to which the unbounded intercourse of Great Britain
is extended.
From the year 1697 to 1776, a period of 80 years, the value of the Imports in
creased from 3,480,000 to 13 millions and an half; that of the Exports from
3,520,000 to 17 millions, and the balance of trade in favour of this country from
43,000 to 7,359,000. Thus the Imports and Exports had risen on a medium of
their aggregate amount as 4 and a quarter to 1, and the balance of trade as 171 to
1 in 80 years. In the 36 years following up to 1812, the highest amount of Im
ports was 41,100,000, of Exports 45,800,000, and the largest balance of trade was
16,500,000, and thus the Imports and Exports have risen on a medium of their
aggregage value to as nearly 3 to 1, and the balance of trade as 2 and one-seventh to I ,
with regard to the higher amounts of the preceding 80 years, compared with those of
the 36 years ending 1812.
The total amount of Imports and Exports, and balance of trade, for the 80 years
from 1697 to 1776, was,
From 1774 to 1800 inclusive, Macpherson s Annals of Commerce, (this period is exclusive of Scotland.)
From 1801 to 1812 inclusive, Parliamentary Reports, Finance, 1804 Miscellanous Accounts and Papers, 1812,
and other authentic returns.
The same sources of information, with regard to the same periods, were, generally speaking, had recourse to in the
formation of all similar documents contained in this Dictionary, particularly in those of the United States and West
Indies.
xvi PREFACE.
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
6 1 2,090,775 886,3 19,083 274,228,308
The excess of Exports to those colonies, now the United States, during the same
period, was .20,657,232 *, which was more than one-thirteenth of the whole com
mercial profit derived by Great Britain in her intercourse with all parts.
In the following six years of struggle and perturbation, arising from the American
Revolution, a considerable proportion of our Exports to that part of the Continent
had necessarily fallen off, though not to such an extent as might be imagined. The
annual average excess of Exports for the six years ending 1776 was .791,697,
and for the six years following, or during the disturbances, .362,123, making a
loss of profit to Great Britain during the latter period, of somewhat more than half
of that derived from the regular trade.
The total amount of Imports and Exports to those colonies, with the balance of
trade, for the six years ending 1782, was
Imports.
197,977
Exports.
2,370,718
Imports Excess.
5,217
Exports Excess.
2,177,958
5,217
Balance in favour of Great Britain - - .2,172,741
The total amount of Imports and Exports and Balance of Trade, between Great
Britain and all parts, for the same period, was
Imports. Exports. Imports Excess. Exports Excess.
65,059,151 72,518,938 1,349,804 8,809,591
1,349,804
Balance in favour of Great Britain - .7,459,787
So that during this period the intercourse of the United States formed a proportion
of 2 to 7 of the whole balance of trade in favour of this country.
The two next periods of 10 years each, commencing with 1783, will afford some
general phenomena on our commercial relations, respecting the effects produced by
peace and by war.
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and all parts of
the world, between the years 1783 and 1792, both inclusive, being 10 years of peace,
was
See Vol. V. Page 63, of this Dictionary.
PREFACE. xvii
Imports. Exports. Imports Excess. Exports Excess.
158,066,711 172,721,559 848,335 15,503,183
848,336
Balance in favour of Great Britain - .14,654,847
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and the United
States, during the above 10 years of peace, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
8,101,048 25,494,296 17,393,248
Thus, the balance of trade Great Britain derived from the United States alone in
the above 10 years, exceeded that from all other parts of the world by nearly three
millions.
With respect to the war period,
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and all parts of
the world, between the years 1793 and 1802, both inclusive, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
244, 153,913 314,073,174 69,919,261
The value of goods imported and exported between Great Britain and the United
States, during the above 10 years of war, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
15,768,780 53,571,870 37,803,090
The first thing to be noticed here is the extraordinary increase of profit derived by
Great Britain with all parts during 10 years of war, comparatively, with the preceding
10 years of peace, as there was an increase of nearly 5 to 1 in favour of the war pe
riod. The next observation, and what is not less worthy of remark, is, that in time
of war, the exports to the United States diminished in so great a degree, that, in
stead of exceeding those to all other parts, as they usually did in time of peace, they
fell, in the 10 years just alluded to, to only somewhat more than one-half of the ex
ports of the British empire to all parts ; being, however, still more than double of
the excess of exports of the former period of 10 years of peace.
But this consideration naturally leads us to another not less important, namely,
whether the surplus of English commodities thus excluded from the United States,
did not find a vent, not merely as we have seen in other parts, but more particularly
in the British colonies in North America and in the West Indies.
xviii PREFACE.
Now, the balance of trade from the North American colonies, for any period oi
10 years previously to that ending 1783, (when they benefited exceedingly by the un
settled state of the neighbouring colonies) was never greater than for the 10 years
ending 1792, which was .5,828,376*; and hence, the decrease of exports to the
United States f, compared with the general trade of Great Britain, for the period of
war ending 1802, may be taken as the cause of the increase of the balance of trade
to our own colonies in North America, in the 10 years ending 1802, when it rose to
.7,735,409 ; this increase being as about 7 to 5 in favour of the North American
colonies, whilst the decrease on the part of the United States was as about 2 to 4.
Thus far, however, we have only brought to account the trade of our North Ame
rican Colonies. If we add to this another statement, also requisite to be made, of
the trade to the West Indies, the demonstration of the proposition advanced will
be infinitely more striking and conclusive. But, in this case, it is not the balance
of trade to which we must refer, since that of the West Indies is always against
Great Britain ; and this, although it may seem an anomaly, always at least to the
amount to which she is really benefited. This will be easily understood, when it
is remembered that colonial produce, constituting the imports, is so much real pro
perty belonging to the inhabitants of the country, which is the same as to the
country itself, and is, consequently, so much profit; that the exports consisting
chiefly of articles of manufacturing industry, are also so much profit. If, also, we
consider that the imports from the North American colonies, and, in short, that,
generally speaking, all exchange of wealth, whether in regard to import or export,
between colonies and the parent state, is so much actual property belonging to and
enriching the latter, it will obviously appear that, by taking the aggregate amounts
of import and export of the trade between Great Britain and North America and
the West Indies, and comparing the same with the aggregate amount of imports
and exports of any other country for a similar period, we shall have a tolerably
fair, and perhaps only, medium by which, in a short and comprehensive manner,
an estimate of the value of any trade compared with that of our colonies can be
made out. I proceed, therefore, to state,
* See vol. v. page 350, of this Dictionary,
f See idem, page 66, idem.
The
PREFACE.
xix
The official Value of Imports and Exports between Great Britain and the United
States, and between Great Britain and the North American Colonies and the West
Indies, for the two periods above alluded to, viz.
United States.
North America.
West Indies.
Surplus of North
America and
West Indies.
10 years of peace, J Imports
ending 1792 -/Exports
Total
10 years of war, (Imports
ending 18Q2 -^Exports
Total
.
8,101,048
25,494,296
2!
2,158,113
7,986,489
.
36,040,686
15,777,140
.
28,367,084
33,595,344
10,144,602
51,817,826
15,768,780
53,57 1 ,870
3,066.450
10,801,850
66,700,513
38,972,038
50,200,210
69,340,650
13,868,309
105,672,551
From whence it appears, that from the year 1 793, a comparative check was given
to the trade of the United States by the increase of that to the colonies, for,
whereas the intercourse of the former with Great Britain, afforded, as it has been
already shewn, with respect to the balance of trade in her favour, for the 10 years
ending 1 792, an excess of the balance to all other parts, the amount of imports and
exports having been as about l-10th, or as .33,595,344 to .330,788,270, in com
parison with those of Great Britain in general ; and whereas in the 10 years ending
1802, the same balance of trade with the United States, so far from exceeding, fell
to about one-half of the whole balance of Great Britain, the imports and exports
for the same period being, however, as l-8th, or as .69,340,650 to .558,227,087,
in comparison of those of Great Britain in general, the large and progressive ad
vance of the trade of the remaining colonies was most striking : first, from the
balance of trade to the North American colonies for the last period of 10 years,
being, as already shewn, as 7 to 5 compared with the former ; and, secondly, from
the aggregate amount of imports and exports of those colonies and the West In
dies, being with respect to those of Great Britain in general, as about l-6th, in
the former, or as .51,817,826 to .330,788,270, and as about one fifth, or as
.105,672,551 to .558,227,087, in the latter of the periods under consideration;
and here, also, I infer that the whole imports and exports of Great Britain having
increased, in the latter period of ten years, in the ratio of as about five to three,
c2
xx PREFACE.
\vhilst those of North America and the West Indies have increased in the ratio of as
about ten to five, and the latter augmentation being more than equivalent to
account for the increase of the trade of Great Britain in general, the comparative
decrease of the trade to the United States was the cause of its increase to the British
Colonies.
I proceed, now, to treat of the actual relative importance of the trade of the Western
Hemisphere, compared with that to all other parts.
The amount (official value) of the imports and exports, with their excess, and the
balance of trade between Great Britain and all the Colonies in North America, and
between Great Britain and all parts, for the period of 13 years, ending 1812, was
Imports. Exports. Exports Excess.
j Annual average balance in favour
( of Great Britain . 754,908
399,584,739 497,660,805 98,076,066
7,025,863 16,839,669 9,813,806
With Colonies in North America
With all parts . . Armual aver age balance in favour
of Great Britain . . . . . . 7,544,312
Thus the balance of trade derived from the North American Colonies, is as one
tenth in proportion to the whole balance of trade derived by Great Britain with all
other parts: it thus, also, appears that taking the aggregate amounts of the imports
and exports, the trade of those Colonies forms one thirty-seventh and an half part of
the whole trade of Great Britain, for the thirteen years ending 1812, or is as
.23,865,532 to .897,245,544 *.
Thus far the trade of our Nortli American Colonies does not look very important,
but, if there be any weight or moment in that generally received opinion, that on their
possession depends, in all probability, the safety of the West India islands, and in
consequence, our lucrative connection with them, and their s with the United States,
and that in the eventual loss either of our North American or West Indian Colonies,
our intercourse with the United States would be either suspended through the
hostility of that government, or be put on a footing highly disadvantageous to this
country ; in consideration, I say, of all these points, it will be necessary to take also
into the account the aggregate value of the imports from and exports to those several
parts separately and collectively ; they were as follows :
* See preceding table of Imports and Exports.
PREFACE. xxi
For the thirteen years ending 1812.
Imports. Exports. Totals.
Between Great Britain and the Colonies
of North America . ..... 7,025,863 16,839,669 23,865,532
Idem, and the West Indies .... 127,401,641 74,650,541 202,052,182
Idem, and the United States ... 26,158,846 77,133,884 103,292,730
. 160,586,350 168,624,094 329,210,444
From whence it appears that the trade of the Western Hemisphere, estimated on
the aggregate amount of the imports and exports for the last thirteen years, is,
according to the official value, though not quite half, more than one third of the value
of imports and exports between Great Britain and all parts, or as .329,210,444 to
.897,245,544, or, at an annual average, as .25,323,880 to .69,018,888.
It cannot be denied that the balance of trade with the Continent of Europe is in
favour of the country ; but more than half of the exports to that quarter consist of
transatlantic produce*. With the islands of Guernsey, Jersey, and Man the balance
is against us, with Africa it is but inconsiderably in our favour, with Asia it is
against us. But our colonies in the last-mentioned quarter are extensive and rich,
and the nature of their commercial relations with the parent state may here be
advantageously considered.
By a general account f of the trade of Great Britain for five years, ending 1810,
the balance of trade in her favour amounted to as follows :
+ Official value of exports . .... 201,804,783
Official value of imports . . . . . 162,228,462
Balance in favour of Great Britain . . 39,576,321
But, according to the real value, there appears by the same account, to have been a
balance against Great Britain ; viz.
* See this Dictionary, article WEST INDIES, Table (B.)
t See idem idem, Table (C.)
I By return to the House of Commons, April 8, 1S()6, it was shewn that the real is to the official value as 40 to
25, or 8 to 5.
The official values are calculated on estimates formed at the establishment of the office of inspector-general of
imports and exports in the year 1696 ; and the real values are ascertained from the declarations of the exporters, on
all articles chargeable with duty ad valorem, and from the average prices current of the year, on articles that are
charged with a rated duty, or entitled to a drawback or bounty on the quantity exported. The quantities of foreign
and colonial goods exported are, in like manner, ascertained with the utmost accuracy, on delivery from the ware
houses for exportation, and the values thereof are calculated at the official rates, and also at the average market
prices.
xxii PREFACE.
Real value of imports 284,230,788
Real value of exports 282,201,409
Balance against Great Britain . . . . 2,029,379
It is, however, to be remarked, that, taking the trade at this period, according to
the real value, the excess of exports to America and the West Indies was, neverthe
less, most considerable.
Real value of exports
To America 76,664,017
To West Indies . . . 51,212,611
127,876,628
Real value of imports
From America , . . 39,544,707
From West Indies . . 65,401,425
104,946,132
Balance in favour of Great Britain . .22,930,496
Now, admitting the principle just urged, the advantages of a colonial intercourse,
even when the balance is against the mother-country, it must also be allowed, that
this benefit is neither so large or direct as that derived from an actual excess of
exported to imported produce. Looking therefore at the comparative value of the
trade to the East Indies and to the Western Hemisphere through this medium, one
certainly not the most favourable to the latter, when the productions of the one and
the other imported are relatively appreciated, we shall plainly perceive the extent to
which the Western trade exceeds the Eastern, and the little probability there would
be, in the case of the eventual loss of the former, of the defalcation being supplied
by this portion of the Old World.
By the account (C) above referred to, for the five years ending 1810, the balance of
trade with Asia against this country was prodigious, viz.
Real value of imports from Asia . . . 39,482,437
Real value of exports to Asia .... 16,641,554
Balance against Great Britain . . . ..22,840,883
So that the difference of value, as to the balance of trade between the Eastern and
Western Hemispheres in the above period was,
PREFACE. xxiii
Excess of exports to America and the West Indies . . . . -. . . . 22,930,496
Excess of imports from Asia . . . ". + . . . , .. . ; ; ... ; 22,840,883
Total in favour of the Western Hemisphere . f . . . . . . . .45,771,379
Or, at the annual average of five years, ending 1810 . . , , ... ..9,254,275
Nor does an aggregate statement of the amount of imports and exports make the
account with Asia more favourable. For the five years ending 1810, the total value
of these was .56,123,991, or, at an annual average, .11,224,798, whereas the value
of those of America and the West Indies was .232,822,760, or, at an annual
average, .46,564,552, which is as four to one in favour of the latter ; and, whilst
the trade to America and the West Indies for the same period was nearly half of the
total of that of Great Britain, or as .232,822,760 to .566,432,197, that to Asia
formed only one-tenth part of it, being as .56,123,991 to .566,432,197.
In closing these cursory remarks on the commercial relations of Great Britain, one
other would seem to force itself upon my attention ; namely, how do these facts and
calculations bear upon the internal situation of the country, her resources and her
finance ? To which I answer, that, though aware of the strong and intimate connec
tion existing between them, I am also too sensible of the impossibility, should I
endeavour to point them out, of my doing justice to the subject in the limited
scope of this Preface : a due sense, also, of my own inefficiency would cause me to
shrink from the task, at least till I had better prepared myself to enter upon its
execution. In the absence, however, of more practical results, it should appear that,
upon a re-consideration of what has been here laid down, the following important
conclusions may be deduced.
First, That an insular situation, with a superiority of marine, is most favourable to
general and colonial trade ; and that such a power will be strengthened and en
riched by the dissentions that weaken and impoverish the rest.
Secondly, That it is as difficult for a nation with a commanding trade to exceed her
resources, as it is for another without commerce to supply them.
Thirdly, That an increase of trade involves an increase of industry, and that as
the latter generates an augmentation of capital and floating medium to represent, in
part, the property created, a National Debt may, in that light, be considered as the
offspring of national prosperity.
Fourthly, That a National Debt having a direct tendency to attach the public
creditor to the government, is a great sedative in every disposition to domestic
xxiv PREFACE.
disturbance, and can never be dangerous but when means are deficient to pay the
interest thereon ; and that, with a commanding trade, it is almost impossible for
such deficiency to arise.
Finally, That commerce is the centre and circumference of insular greatness,
and that the exaltation of Great Britain in the scale of nations has proceeded from,
and must ever depend upon, an attention to its interests.
PART III.
PREFACE. xxv
PART III.
LIST OF THE CHIEF BOOKS, DOCUMENTS AND AUTHORITIES CON
SULTED FOR THE COMPLETION OF THIS DICTIONARY.
IN this statement it may be necessary to premise, that the translation of the original
volumes were nearly completed within the first year after the commencement of the
undertaking, so that the intervening period of four years to the present moment,
has (with the exception of some indispensable engagements) been exclusively devoted
to the compilation of materials from such works as might illustrate and fill up the
extensive outline that had been originally chalked out ; whilst, with a view of
bringing the Dictionary to the highest perfection of which it was capable, every source
of information has been resorted to, and no expense or labour has been spared.
To the name of the several authorities here quoted, I subjoin the nature and extent
of the extracts that have been made ; no less for the purpose of acknowledging my
obligation to each in particular, than of pointing out to the reader the grounds upon
which any fact or document may have been inserted.
NORTH AMERICA.
Letters from Canada, written during a Residence there in the Years 1806, 1807, and 1808, shewing
the present State of Canada, its Productions, Trade, commercial Importance, and political Rela
tions ; exhibiting also the commercial Importance of New Brunswick, and Cape Breton, &c. &c.
By HUGH GRAY. London. 1809.
I HAVE derived considerable information from this work, either by extracts or col
lations with other authors, especially in the articles Canada, Quebec, Montreal, New
Brunswick, Nova Scotia, and Passamaquoddy Bay.
A Short Topographical Description of his Majesty s Province of Upper Canada, in North America,
to which is annexed a Provincial Gazetteer. London. 1813.
I HAVE inserted a great number of new articles from this little volume; corrected
d
xxvi PREFACE.
the topography of others, and selected from it the tables exhibiting the division of the
province of Upper Canada, together with the bearings and distance of every principal
place from York.
The British Empire in America, containing the History of the Discovery, Settlement, Progress and
State of the Continent and Islands of America. 2 vols. London. 1741.
THESE volumes, although in a great degree superseded by the information of more
recent historians, I have found it necessary to consult no less in the early history of
the West Indies than of the Continental Colonies in North America, with a view to
fill up and illustrate particular portions of historical dissertation, as, amongst others,
in the articles Massachusetts and West Indies.
The History of the Colony of Massachusetts Bay, from the first Settlement thereof in 1628 to the
Year 1749. By Mr. HUTCHINSON, Lieutenant Governor of the Massachusetts Province.
2 vols. London. 1765.
As forming an interesting record of the transactions of a British Settlement, the
parent of all the other Colonies of New England, and of political events in which all
the other American Colonies were deeply concerned, I have inserted an abridgment
of the complete history of Massachusetts under that article.
Some Information respecting America, collected by THOMAS COOPER. London. 1794.
THE information contained in this pamphlet was collected by the author with a
view to serve as a guide for his own conduct, though he published it for the informa
tion of his friends, and to account for his motives for quitting this country, and going
to settle in the United States ; his chief reason appearing to be, as he states, the com
parative ease of providing for a large family in the latter country. I have inserted in
the Dictionary some extracts of the American trade, as it stood about the period of
his journey, together with many commercial tables of coins and exchanges at the end
of the article United States.
Travels through Lower Canada and the United States of North America, in the Years 1806,
1807, and 1808. By JOHN LAMBERT. 3 vols. London. 1810.
AMONGST much light but pleasing anecdote, a great deal of weighty statistical in
formation is contained in these volumes ; and there are, consequently, few articles in
the Dictionary, which, with regard to the latter sort of communication, and within the
scope of that author s research, are not indebted in a greater or less degree to the
valuable contents of his work.
PREFACE. xxvii
The American Review of History and Politics, and General Repository of Literature and State
Papers. 3 vols. London. 1812.
THE title of this work too clearly indicates its importance with regard to that sort
of information aspired to in the Dictionary, to need any comment; but it may be
proper to state, that the accounts of trade, revenue, and finance, under the article
United States, have either been formed from the Treasury Reports and other official
documents contained in that periodical, or by such a collation of them with other
materials as might have fallen into my possession.
The Travels of Captain Lewis and Clarke, from St. Louis, by way of the Missouri and Columbia
Rivers, to the Pacific Ocean, in the Years 1804, 1805, and 1806, by order of the Government
of the United States ; containing Delineations of the Manners, Customs, Religion, &c. of the
Indians, &c. &c. &c. London. 1812.
BESIDES inserting numerous new articles in the Dictionary, under the heads or names
of the different tribes, with a succinct detail of their particular manners and customs,
I have extracted from this memoir an account of the navigation of the Missouri, its
soil, productions, and commerce ; and this, with a more specific description of the
degree and nature of the civilization existing amongst the natives, may be found under
that article ; as likewise an account of the navigation, &c. &c. of the Mississippi
under this head, being also extracted from a document in that memoir, taken from the
journals of Wm. Dunbar, Esq. and Dr. Hunter.
History of the Voyage from Montreal on the River St. Lawrence, through the Continent of North
America to the Frozen and Pacific Oceans, in the Years 1789 and 1793 ; with a Preliminary
Account of the Rise, Progress, and Present State of the Fur Trade of that Country. By ALEX
ANDER MACKENZIE, Esq. London.
AN abstract historical narrative of the Fur Trade has been drawn from this volume,
and is inserted under the article Canada; also, the positions of numerous places that
had been touched at and explored in the rout of this enterprising traveller, have been
notified under separate articles.
The Gazetteer of the American Continent, and also of the West India Islands, &c. &c. &c. By
JEDIDIAH MORSE, J).D. London. 1798.
IN almost all the minor articles of the United States this Dictionary maybe said to be
a reprint of this Gazetteer, and respecting these the author has to regret that he could
only procure an abstract detail of the population of each state according to the last
d2
xxviii PREFACE.
census. The reader will, therefore, consider the amount of population, and in general
the statistical information in the townships, &c. as corresponding- with that of the year
1790 ; and for the present amounts, the numbers may, on an average, be about doubled,
as may be seen in the account of the population in the periods 1790 and 1810, and
statistical table of the progressive increase of the United States for twenty years ; and
this method I have preferred, as more consistent with the character of the Dictionary,
as being rather a book of authority and of facts, than of facts submitted on analogy
and surmise.
The work of Morse is too wull known not to be generally appreciated, it is an
abstract of all the works written on America and the West Indies up to the year
1796; besides which it con tains much local information respecting the United States
not to be found in any other book existing. It would indeed be reprinting a cata
logue to recapitulate all the authors and documents mentioned by Morse, in his pre
face, as his authorities, I shall therefore forbear to restate them here. It was
suggested by persons of talents and discernment, upon my proposition of translating
Albedo s volumes, that the embodying with it the contents of the American Gazetteer
would make a very complete work. Indeed a better superstructure for the American
Dictionary could not have been laid ; but what I have already stated in regard to the
illustration of the original, and what I am about to add, will shew how even the con
tents of Morse s elaborate production have been improved upon by the addition and
collation of later authorities.
Political Essay of the Kingdom of New Spain, containing Researches relative to the Geography of
Mexico, the Extent of its Surface and its Political Division into Intendancies, the physical
Aspect of the Country, the Population, the State of Agriculture and Manufacturing- and Com
mercial Industry, the Canals projected between the South Sea and the Atlantic Ocean, the
Crown Revenues, the Quantity of Precious Metals which have flowed from Mexico into
Europe and Asia, since the Discovery of the New Continent, and the Military Defence of New
Spain. By ALEXANDER DE HUMBOLDT. London. 1811.
I HAVE found it necessary greatly to condense, and, at the same time, completely to
new-arrange the valuable work of this learned traveller ; in the first instance, by a
general digest, under the article Mexico ; in the second, by the insertion of a greater
part of his information on the intendancies of Nueva Espana, in new articles, under
separate heads ; in the third, by a collation of his statistical accounts with those of
Albedo and others, in the several capitals and towns ; and, lastly, by an insertion of
various new settlements, and many, now by him more accurately ascertained, geogra
phical positions.
PREFACE. xxix
SOUTH AMERICA.
Histoire Philosophique et Politique des Etablissemens et du Commerce des Europeens dans les
deux Indes. Tomes 7. a la Haje. 1774.
BY the large scale on which this work has been planned, it may be considered a
reservoir of much useful information ; and I have not failed to draw from it such as
could not be afforded through other sources : but as the chief advantages I have
derived are rather illustrations in a moral and philosophical point of view, than any
abstract historical, commercial, or physical information, their influence is too loosely
diffused over the Dictionary to authorize the mention of one particular instance in
preference to the rest.
Voyage a la Partie orientale de la Tierre Ferme, dans 1 Amerique Meridionale, fait pendant les
Annees 1801, 1802, 1803, et 1804. Par F. DEPONS. Tomes 3. a Paris, 1806.
THE whole of the N. and N. E. Coast of South America, including the whole of
the Spanish dominions, bounded by Peru and Mexico on the W. and by the At
lantic on the E. formed the object of the statistical researches of Depons ; conse
quently I have readily adopted all the new information I could find relative to the
governments, provinces, cities, towns, and villages, within the scope of his inquiry ;
and, as most of the articles in the Dictionary, with respect to those territories,
will be found to be either entirely new, or an improvement of the original work of
A^edo, the reader is requested, except where the contrary is asserted, to consider,
in all such cases, Depons as the authority for the information submitted.
Interesting official Documents relating to the United Provinces of Venezuela. London.
THE declaration of independence by a country so large and valuable as that of
Venezuela, was, in an historical point of view, a subject of too great magnitude not
to deserve a specific and minute attention. As a corollary therefore to the outline of
events that led to the independence of those States, the official documents that they
have published, namely, the Grievances complained of in their Manifesto, their
Act of Independence, &c. and their * Federal Constitution, have been recorded
in the Dictionary.
Sketch of the present State of Caracas, including a Journey from Caracas, through la Vittoria
and Valencia, to Puerto Caballo. By ROBERT SEMPLE. London. 1812.
THIS little volume, though neatly written, is chiefly entitled to notice from its late
information respecting the territories of which it treats. Some brief account of
xxx PREFACE.
Venezuela, and of other places on the coast of Caracas, is the extent of the ex
tracts for which the Dictionary is indebted.
Voyages dans 1 Amerique Meridionale. Par DON FELIX DE AZARA, Commissaire et Com
mandant des limites Espagnoles dans le Paraguay. Depuis 1781 jusqu en 1801. Tomes 4.
Paris. 1809.
THE object of Azara was to collect the most accurate statistical information of
that part of the South American Colonies bordered on the N. by Brasil, N. W. by
Peru, and S. W. by Chile, namely, of Paraguay and la Plata. The result of his
inquiries have been incorporated by the collation of his information with that of
Albedo in some hundreds of articles, and many new ones have been added on his
authority. The geographical positions of the several settlements now existing in
those territories, the years of their foundation, and the amount of their several
populations, have been extracted from the tables in his work, and may be found
under articles Buenos Ayres and Paraguay of the Dictionary. Some illustrations
of their natural history have also been transferred into the Appendix.
Guia Politica, Eclesiastica y Militar de Virreynato del Peru ; or, Political, Ecclesiastical, and
Military Guide of the Viceroyality of Peru. Published annually for the Academical Society
of Lovers of the Country of Lima.
THE first number of this work was published in 17.93. In 1797 it contained a
digest of the information of the four previous years ; and having received the sanc
tion of the Governor, contained some useful tables of a commercial, financial, and
statistical nature. Indeed it seems always to have been well compiled, and in a
manner to give, in a small compass, the greatest possible information respecting
the power, resources, and actual state of that viceroyalty ; and I much regret that,
not having been able to obtain any information respecting the subsequent numbers (and
it is not improbable that they w r ere suppressed) I was obliged to seek for other autho
rities in completing the account of those far-famed territories. And this I have done, as
the reader will find, by consulting those no less accredited works, the Viagero Universal,
and Alveary Ponce. But of the preciseness and value of the information of the perio
dical just alluded to, the reader will be convinced, amongst various other instances,
by turning to those under the articles Xauxa, Urubamba, Yauyos, &c. in the
Dictionary.
PREFACE.
The Geographical, Natural, and Civil Histpry of Chile. By Abbe Don J. IGNATIUS MOLINA.
With Notes, from the Spanish and French Versions. United States. 1808.
THERE are, I believe, few persons (certainly amongst those with whom I have
met) who have not read and been delighted with this entertaining production. So
convinced was I of the valuable and perspicuous information it contained with
regard to those southern limits of the Spanish dominion, that I resolved not to
omit any thing in the Dictionary that had been stated by Molina, and seemed
worthy of record. But this has been a work of considerable difficulty and labour,
for not only has the manner of imparting such information to my readers been
necessarily completely changed to suit itself to the style of the work before them,
but it has been condensed into somewhat less than one-half of the original, and this
more especially by curtailing the more minute and uninteresting part of the detail
of the Araucanian wars, or of such other heads of investigation as appeared to have
been already fully treated of, either under the original article, or the provinces of
the kingdom of Chile, by Albedo.
History of Brasil. By ROBERT SOUTHEY. Part the First. London. 1810.
THE article Brasil in the Dictionary is almost exclusively indebted, with regard
to the historical information, to the labours and researches of this author, as far as
his narrative is now before the Public, that is to say, for the period between the
year 1498 and 1642. Some other articles have also been entirely newly written or
corrected by the same authority.
History of Brasil, comprising a Geographical Account of that Country, tog-ether with a Narra
tive of the most remarkable Events which have occurred there since its Discovery, &c. &c.
By ANDREW GRANT, M.D. London. 1809.
A CONTINUATION of the History of Brasil has been brought down to the present
day from the period above mentioned, namely, from 1642 to the middle of the last
century, by a succinct narration of the events alluded to in the annexed title ; and
from that period to the present day, by a particular detail of each, as they attached
to the different captaincies, either upon the credit of the same authority, or of
.such other as might, in the course of my researches, have fallen in my way.
xxxii PREFACE.
Travels in the interior of Brasil, particularly in the Gold and Diamond Districts of that Country,
by Authority of the Prince Regent of Portugal, including a Voyage to the Rio de la Plata,
&c. &c. By JOHN MAWE, Author of the Mineralogy of Derbyshire. London. 1812.
MUCH useful information has been derived from this work respecting the soil,
productions, and mineralogy of all the most important places of Brasil, no less than
of those of Monte Video, and other parts of the province of Buenos Ayres, so that
from 25 to 30 long and important articles have either been fresh arranged, or newly
prepared from the observations of this interesting traveller.
WEST INDIES.
The West India Common-Place Book, compiled from Parliamentary and Official Documents,
shewing the Interest of Great Britain in its Sugar Colonies, &c. &c. &c. By Sir WILLIAM
YOUNG, Bart. F.R.S. M.P. London. 1807.
ALTHOUGH, through the liberality of friends, I had, from time to time, been
put in possession of most of the important parliamentary documents that might assist
me in the subject in which I was engaged, yet such is the clearness and perspicuity
with which the voluminous information of the annexed work is arranged, that I can
not but express myself in the most unqualified manner indebted to it ; since, indeed,
wherever it has answered my purpose, I have made use of the subject matter of the
text, no less than of such tables as might conduce to its illustration; but not, I trust,
with such a close imitation either of method or arrangement as in any way to injure
the originality of the Common-Place Book. With respect to the value of the extracts
I have made, the reader will be enabled in some degree to judge by the following
account of the high pretensions of the honourable author, though so modestly asserted
by himself.
" When (says he, in his Preface, page 11) I first took my seat in the House
of Commons, now more than twenty-two years past, I carefully observed the course
and succession of parliamentary business, with the view of chalking out some line of
industry, rather than of talent, in which I might qualify myself to be humbly useful
to my country ; and I selected the Poor Laws, the British Fisheries, and the Com
merce of the Kingdom, as the leading subjects on which my attention was to be fixed,
and my attendance given on the Committee. From that time (June, 1784) I kept a
Common-Place Book, in which I entered, under distinct heads, whatever occurred
under these matters in debate, or I could collect from the Statute Book and other
reading; and, at the same time, I carefully arranged and preserved, every document
returned to Parliament, and some which were not printed by order of the House, I
copied in the Journal Office."
PREFACE. xxxiii
The History, Civil and Commercial, of the British Colonies in the West Indies. By BRYAN
EDWARDS, Esq. F. R. S. S. A. 3 Vols. London. 1801.
THIS generally appreciated work, though consulted by Morse and other authors of
later date, of whose labours T have availed myself, was yet too clear and circumstan
tial in the original not to require my attentive perusal, and the consequence has been
that I have found it necessary, in justice to the plan of the Dictionary, to form from
the historical information contained in Edwards s volumes, a newly digested, and con
cise History, not only in separate articles relating to most of the islands, but con
jointly under the head WEST INDIES. Some of his statistical information has also
been acceptable.
Present State of the Spanish Colonies, including a particular Report of Hispanola, or the Spa
nish Part of Santo Domingo, &c. &c. &c. By WILLIAM WALTON, Junr. Secretary to the Ex
pedition which captured the City of St. Domingo from the French ; and resident British Agent
there. 2 Vols. London. 1810.
SOME information of an interesting and useful nature, extracted from the annexed
work, has been scattered over several parts of the Dictionary ; such for instance as
may be traced in the account of the Spanish intercourse with Vera Cruz, under that
article, and in the later detail of historical transactions relative to St. Domingo, under
the article West Indies; with various other cursory statements and remarks, for which
as they might be too tedious to detail, it is hoped this general acknowledgment of
obligation will suffice.
A Treatise on the Wealth, Power, and Resources, of the British Empire in every Quarter of the
World ; illustrated by copious Statistical Tables, constructed on a new Plan. By P. COLQU-
HOUN, LL. D. London. 1814.
No one, unless prepared to push his researches to the extent of those of this dis
tinguished author, or unless enjoying every means of information on the subjects on
which he has been peculiarly engaged, could do justice to his compilation, by pro
ducing any original statements, however nearly by approximation they might corres
pond with those in the Statistical Tables here quoted.
I trust I have paid no undue tribute to his judgment in having given the amount of
population, and the estimated value of the colonies, as set forth in his most useful
and elaborate treatise.
xxxiv PREFACE.
ALL PARTS OF AMERICA, AND WEST INDIES.
State of the Trade of Great Britain, in its Imports and Exports, progressively, from the Year
1697 to 1773, &c. &c. &c. By Sir CHARLES WHITWORTH, M. P. Folio. London, 1776.
This was the first and last work of the kind ever undertaken, in this or perhaps
any other country. In as far as relates to the trade of the western hemisphere and
to the trade of Great Britain with all parts, I have, by the assistance thereby afforded,
given complete accounts of the Imports and Exports, from the Revolution down to
the present day, distinguishing those,
1st. of Great Britain - with North America.
2d. of do. - with the West Indies.
3d. of do. - - with the United States.
4th. of do. - - with all parts of the world.
Annals of Commerce, Manufactures, Fisheries, and Navigation, &c. &c. &c. ; with an Account of
the Commercial Transactions of the British Empire and other Countries. By DAVID MACPHER-
SON. 4 Vols. London. 1805.
THIS valuable compilation, amongst other important records of the trade to Ame
rica and the West Indies, is enriched with a series of official documents, from whence
I was enabled to bring down the Tables of Import and Export above alluded to, and
as inserted in the Dictionary, to the year 1800 inclusive.
The History of the Public Revenue of the British Empire. By Sir JOHN SINCLAIR, Bart.
3 Vols. London. 1790, and 1804.
MANY of the financial and commercial calculations in the Dictionary have been
made upon the credit of the accounts and statements found in the elaborate and useful
production of the distinguished author here quoted.
An Inquiry into the Colonial Policy of the European Powers. By HENRY BROUGHAM, Jun. Esq.
2Vols> Edinburgh, 1803.
I OWN myself indebted for several useful hints and illustrations to this able treatise.
i i-j oru i i i Hi in. : r-<: . , :>;{ ., I .
The Financial Accounts and Papers laid before Parliament.
BY these, as far as they have been laid before the House of Common* for some years
pftst, I have been able to supply the deficiencies of modern authors in all objects of
statistical research.
PREFACE. xxxv
Some Series of Caracas and other South American Gazettes.
AN intimate view of the more recent affairs of the Spanish colonies has thus been
brought before me, from whence I have reflected such lights upon those subjects in
the Dictionary as might be deemed desirable.
A Number of Original and Personal Communications, of the Sources of which the Translator does
not feel himself warranted more specifically to treat.
BUT though restricted from speaking of the sources of such communication, it will
be necessary to mention their nature ; and I shall, therefore, at the same time, beg to
offer my sincerest acknowledgments for the liberal communications of those Gentle
men, who, from the situations they have held, or from the interest they have had in
America or the West Indies, have been peculiarly entitled to my gratitude, and who
have added so much to the value of the book by the local information they have, in so
many instances, contributed.
I am also particularly bounden in duty to express my sincere thanks for the as
sistance and advice I have had the good fortune to enjoy, during the whole course
of my labours, from one, who, equally distinguished for his judgment and experience,
is filling, with universal applause, an exalted station in the British Government; by
whose powerful assistance I have been able to supply whatever of statistical, financial
and commercial information was necessary to the completion of a Work, which, I
trust, will prove as novel in its principle as useful in its design.
e 2 PART IV.
XXXVI
PREFACE.
PART IV.
TABLE of the Geographical Positions of the more important Places in the Spanish
Colonies, determined by Astronomical Observations.
(The positions marked with an asterisk, are established either by triangulations, or angles of altitude
and azimuths.)
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W
from London
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time
Names of Observers and Remarks.
INTERIOR OF NEW SPAIN.
o / //
19 25 45
19 18 37
19 15 27
19 16 8
20 10 4
20 17 28
20 17 55
o / //
99 5 30
99 7
99 12 45
h / //
6 45 42
6 45 48
6 46 11
Humboldt, at the convent
of St. Augustin.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
S. Augustin de las Cuevas, (village) -
Cerro de Axusco*, (mountain) - - -
Venta de Chalco, (farm) - - -
98 28
98 49
98 33
98 51 30
99 21 45
99 25 38
99 52 30
100 10 30
100 55
100 55
100 52 15
101 20
101 30
101 1 45
99 14 45
99 28
99 29
99 28
99 24
99 29
98 33
98 21
98 35
98 13 30
6 43 4
6 44 37
6 43 32
6 44 46
6 46 47
6 47 2i
6 48 50
6 50 2
6 53
6 53
6 52 49
6 54 40
6 53 22
6 53 27
6 46 19
6 47 12
6 47 16
6 47 12
6 46 56
6 47 16
6 43 33
6 42 44
6 43 40
6 42 14
Totonilco el Grande, (village) - - -
19 16 19
19 11 33
dem.
idem.
20 36 39
20 40
21 15
19 42
idem,
idem, at the house of Don
Diego Rul.
idem, at the bishop s pa
lace,
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem, near the water-spout
machine,
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem.
dem, summit of themtfun-
tain.
dem.
dem.
dem.
Valla dnlirl fr\t\r\
Pont d Tstln ffarm k
18 37 41
18 35
18 20
Tepecuacuilco, (village) - * - -
17 56 4
18 35 47
19 2
19 10
19 2 6
Popocatepetl*, (volcano) - - -
San Nicolas de los Ranches, (village)
Itztacihuatl*, (mountain) - - - -
Pyramide de Cholula, (ancient monu-
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.)
xxx vn
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W.
from London.
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time.
Names of Observers and Remarks.
La Puebla de los Angeles, (city) - -
o / //
19 15
19 26 30
19 33 37
19 28 57
19 37 37
19 30 8
19 31 49
19 2 17
19 28 25
19 30 40
19 46 52
19 26 4
19 42 47
19 43 17
19 47 58
19 38 39
19 28 48
19 48 38
19 28 38
19 49 28
19 42 25
19 35 5
19 54 30
19 50 45
20 49 45
21 10
22 27 50
22 35 15
21 34
22 21 30
21 33 30
21 28 50
21 33
20 32 10
20 55 50
20 30 14
19 11 52
19 10 10
19 10 55
19 11 16
19 12 55
19 12 12
19 12 55
19 13 20
19 14 30
o / //
98 2 45
h / //
6 41 31
Humboldt.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Humboldt and Ferrer,
summit of the mountain.
Ferrer.
Velasquez,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
,idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Ferrer and Cevallos.
Cevallos and Herrera.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Humboldt and Ferrer.
Ferrer,
idem,
idem,
idem,
dem.
dem.
idem.
idem.
i
97 13 45
97 8 45
6 38 15
6 37 55
Coffre de Perote, (mountain) - - -
96 55
96 66 35
94 15 15
96 48 32
98 51 15
99 4 6
99 2 30
99 1 15
99 8 5
99 9 45
98 56
99 4 45
99 12 45
99 4 45
99 13 30
99 4 15
99 1 36
99 16
90 30 45
90 24 30
89 59 45
89 47 40
89 40 45
88 10 15
89 38 15
86 45
86 44
86 51 13
91 54 5
92 11 52
92 10 23
96 9 0,
96 6 40
96 6 10
96 5 26
96 45.
96 4 35
96 5 5
96 8 22
96 11 20
6 37
6 36 58
6 38 21
6 36 34
6 44 45
6 45 36
6 45 30
6 45 25
6 45 54
6 45 59
6 45 4
6 45 39
6 46 11
6 45 39
6 46 14
6 45 37
6 45 26
6 46 24
6 11 23
6 10 58
6 9 19
6 8 30
683
5 2 1
6 7 57
6 56 20
6 56 16
6 56 45
6 15 56
5 18 1\
6 18 If
6 33 56
Q 33 47
S 33 45
S 33 42
S 33 47
S 33 38
S 33 40
3 33 53f
S 34 5
Cerro de Macultepec, (mountain) - -
Pic d Orizaba*, (volcano) - - - -
Fl Ppfinl* (\\\\\\
Hacienda de Xalpa*, (farm) - - -
Cerro de Chiconautla*, (hill) - - -
San Miguel de Guadalupe*, (convent)
Garita de Gaudalupe*, (barrier) - -
Cerro de Sincoque*, (hill) - - - -
Hacienda de Santa Ines*, (farm) - -
Cerro de San Christoval *, (mountain)
Puente del Salto *, (bridge) - - -
EASTERN COAST OF NEW SPAIN.
Punta de la Disconocida -----
Castillo del Sisal - - -
Alpprun /^wpctprn nnirif^ -
Alacran, (northern extremity) - - -
Mouth of the Rio de los Lagartos :
Punta S O dpi Pnprto
North point of the Conboy - - - -
South point of the Conboy - - - -
Shallow of Diez Brazas - - - - -
Small island to the S. W. of the triangle
Island of Sacrifices, (centre) - - -
She 1 How of the Paiaro -
Islot^ Blanquillas, (centre) - - - -
Anegada de Fuera (south point) - -
XXXVI11
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.)
Nam^s of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W.
from London.
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time.
Names .pf Observers and Remarks.
Mouths of the Rio Antigua - - - -
o / //
19 18 41
19 37 45
19 39 42
19 43 15
21 15 48
23 45 18
24 36
25 55
16 50 29
17 15
17 32
19 6
20 25 30
20 45
21 1 30
21 16
21 26 15
21 32 48
21 33
21 45 30
20 50 30
22 52 23
23 3 25
23 26
24 47
26 59 30
28 2 10
28 18 22
28 53
29 40 40
32 25 10
32 39 30
32 43
33 16 30
33 29
34
34 17
34 26
36 36
37 9 15
37 48 10
/ //
96 17 17
96 26 5
96 25 43
98 25 43
98 12 23
97 58 40
97 31 10
99 46
100 45 15
101 28 45
104 33 5
105 39
108 47 15
107 15
106 17 45
105 3
105 17 45
105 17 45
106 41 35
105 57 5
109 53 15
109 43 25
110 18 15
112 21 15
113 48 15
115 23 15
115 46 15
118 17 15
115 57 15
117 18 55
117 18 15
118 30 15
119 36 15
117 53 30
120 31 15
119 25 30
119 45 30
121 51 8
122 22 53
123 1 15
h / //
6 34 29
6 35 4
6 35 3
6 35 3
6 42 9|
6 41 15
6 39 25
6 48 24
6 52 21
6 55 15
7 7 32
7 11 56
7 12 29
7 18 20
7 14 31
7 9 S2
7 10 31
7 11 11
7 16 6
7 13 8
7 28 53
7 28 14
7 30 33
7 38 5
7 44 33
7 50 33
7 52 25
8 2 29
7 53 9
7 58 36
7 58 33
8 3 21
8 7 45
8 54
8 11 25
872
8 8 22
8 16 44|
8 18 51|
8 21 25
Ferrer,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Humboldt, at the gover
nor s house.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem.
Vancouver andMalaspi na.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem.
Vancouver andMalaspina.
Expedition of Malaspina.
Vancouver.
Vancouver andMalaspina.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem,
idem .
Punta Mari Andrea ------
Lago de San Fernando, or laCarbonera
Mouth of the Rio Bravo del Norte
WESTERN COAST OF NEW SPAIN.
Western extremity of las PlayasdeCujuca
Mnrrr* Pptatlan fhilll
Port de Selagu (a little doubtful) - -
Small island to the N. N. W. of ,Cape
Cprrn dpi Vallp fhilh
Isles Marias, (Cape south of the most
Mountain of San Juan - - - - .
Mission de S. Josef, (village) - - -
Mission de Todos los Santos - - -
Mountain of San Lazaro - - - -
Mountain to the north of the Abreojos
Island of Cedars, (south point) - - -
Isla de San Benito (the highest part) -
Isla Guadalupe, (Cape south) - -
Isla de S. Martin or de los Coronados
(the largest and most eastern islot)
Isla S. Salvador, (south point) - - -
Isla San Nicolas, (west cape) - - -
Isla de Juan Rodriguez Cabrillo, (west
Santa Buenaventura ----.._
Presidio de Santa Barbara (mission) -
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.}
XXXIX
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W.
from London.
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time.
Names of Observers arid Remarks.
o / //
37 48 30
40 29
49 35 13
18 37
18 48
19 4
19 15 40
15 44
15 47
15 50
16 7
15 25
16 37
17 16
17 18
18 3
21 9
23
23 30
24 25
25 28
26 50
27 8
27 45
28 50
30 36
o / //
132 37
124 28 45
126 35 15
114 3 45
110 9 15
111 5 45
118 53 45
h / //
8 19 48
8 27 15
8 35 41
7 54 33
7 29 57
7 33 43
7 28 55
Vancouver andM alaspina.
Expedition of Malaspina.
idem. [This position and
the preceding are be
yond the actual bounds
of New Spain.
Collnet, Camacho, & Tor
res fmemoire of M.
Espinosa%)
idem,
idem,
idem.
Pedro de Laguna.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Count de la Laguna.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Oteyza.
Mascaro and Rivera,
idem,
idem,
idem.
Mascaro and Lafora.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Mascaro.
Mascaro and Rivera.
Mascaro.
Fathers Diaz and Font.
Father Font.
Lafora,
Collations by Arrowsmith.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
REVILLAGIGEDO IgLANDS.
Isla de Santa Rosa, (centre) _ - -
Isla del Socorro, (summit of the moun
tain, which is more than 1,115 me
tres high, or 3,657 feet) - - - -
Isla de San Benedito, (south cape)
POSITIONS LESS CERTAIN.
Gruatiilco (port) - -
-; V!J
- ^
_
San Antonio de los Cues, (village) -
Guadalaxara, (city) -
103 2 30
101 35
106 6 30
103 35
103 13 30
108 13 30
109 3 30
110 8 30
104 30
108 58 30
106 45 30
111 46
104 43
7 1 30
6 55 40
7 13 46
7 3 40
7 2 14
7 22 14
7 25 34
7 29 45
7 7 40
7 25 14
7 16 22
7 36 24
7 8 12
Real del los Alamos, (mine) - - -
31 2
32 9
32 45
33 30
36 12
L v> . ) j St * i
e\:. -:\ 1 f\ri
* .? tR*
12 Os.
2 55 Os.
5 24 Os.
3 59 s.
4 27 0*.
2 10 20 s.
Paso del Norte, (Presidio) - - - -
Junction of the Rio Gila and Colorado
Las Casas grandes (near Rio Gila)
104 43 -0
- 1 1. i
| -
78 20
78 50
78 28
79 15
76 24 30
79 40 -0
7 8 52
NEW GRANADA, QUITO, &C.
xl
PREFACE.
Table of Geographical Positions (continued.)
Names of Places.
N. Latitude.
Longitude W
from London
In degrees.
Longitude
W. from Pa
ris. In time
Names of Observers and Remarks.
o / //
1 42 05.
2 25 05.
56 On.
13 On.
20 OH.
3 51 5n.
I 13 On.
2 28 20 n.
3 15 On.
4 36 On.
3 11 20 n.
5 25 On.
6 45 On.
9 On.
8 47 On.
10 27 10 n
11 16 On
11 30 On.
9 45 On
5 15 30 n.
8 8 205.
6 52 05.
12 2 20 s.
11 35 Os.
13 46 s.
12 57 5.
13 42 5.
16 17 205.
16 39 s.
18 27 s.
17 30 5.
19 47 5.
20 17 s.
17 36 5.
1 54 On.
1 12 On.
4 30 5.
7 05.
20 05.
1 19 05.
3 10 05.
4 26 05.
2 28 05.
/ /
78 35
77 48
79 24
78 3 30
77 55
76 49
77 5 30
76 29
75 12
74 8
73 57 20
73 47
75 18
79 18
77 34
75 23 30
74 7 30
72 55 30
74 33 30
74 15 10
78 52
78 40
76 58 30
75 17 20
76 8 30
73 58
71 6
71 58 10
69 43
70 19
68 26
67 25
70 6 20
71 12
67 37
67 30
67 40
67 20
65 20
61 58 20
59 57
59 20
54 57
h / //
. - -
.
Collations by,Arrowsmith.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem.
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
idem,
dem.
dem.
dem.
idem.
Pjicfo
PERU, &C.
La Pax -
Ilo
RIO NEGRO, &C.
Ft dp S .Toyp
S. Anto. do Casanhoronova - - - -
Rorha Villa
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OF THE
INTRODUCTORY MATTER.
1. Translator s Preface.
2. List of Subscribers to the Translation.
3. Translator s Advertisement.
4. Albedo s Dedication.
5. Albedo s Preface.
6. Albedo s Additions and Corrections stated.
7. List of Albedo s Subscribers.
8. A general Table of Kingdoms , Provinces, Syc. into which Spanish America
is divided; with a continuation, illustrating at one view the other respective
Dominions and Governments in America and the West Indies.
N. B. The Translator s Preface and List of Subscribers, Nos, 1 and 2, will be
delivered with the last Volume, and may be bound up with thejirst.
VOL, I.
TRANSLATOR S ADVERTISEMENT.
THE history of Algedo s work is already before the world, as stated in my prospectus ; *
the particulars of such statement were derived from his own preface, which is now de
livered entire, and to which I beg leave particularly to call the reader s attention. The
manner in which the original deficiencies of that author were to be corrected, and in
which the historical and geographical relations of the countries treated of, were to be
brought down to the present day, has been explained in the prospectus, and the volume
now before the public will best show how those promises have been fulfilled.
Although from the forward state of the work, (the whole of it, with some small excep
tions, being ready for press), I might now enter into an analysis of my labours ; I shall
reserve that task until the whole shall have been published, when there will be delivered
to the subscribers a regular preface, containing such general considerations respecting
America and the West Indies, as could not, with equal convenience, have been incor
porated with the work itself.
Whatever might have been my own opinion as to the necessity of giving a literal and
complete translation of Alcedo, I found myself bound so to do, as well from the sensation
which the book had awakened at the first issuing of the prospectus, as from the opinion
of its earliest and most distinguished patrons, that, considering how rare and curious was
supposed to be the information it contained, it would be thought defective by the public
if any part of the original were omitted ; although, on the other hand, something might
have been gained in point of conciseness and regularity of method. The translation,
therefore, is as literal as the respective idioms of the two languages would permit,
saving in some trifling cases of evident errata: the additional matter is always included in
brackets; and if, as in various instances, it be continued for several pages, the brackets
will be found at the beginning and end of each page.
Like Algedo, I have forborne to quote my authorities specifically in each article, for
the sake of avoiding unnecessary repetitions; though, like him, I refer my readers to
particular authors to illustrate my subject, when the matter has grown too voluminous
under my hands. It is true that I have assumed a complete discretionary power with re
gard to the additional information, but I shall not fail, in justice to those writers to whom
I am so much indebted, to give in the preface a list of my authorities, as well as of the
original documents to which I may have had access. I cannot, however, forbear mention
ing for the present, how far more copious and extensive is the information of this publica
tion than that of any which has hitherto appeared. In some of the articles, as may be
b <2
( via )
seen under the heads Brazil, Canada, aiul Chile, in this volume, not less than from 20 to
46 pages of additional matter have been introduced, each article having its separate index
of contents. Independently likewise of the very elaborate work of Morse, containing
upwards of 7000 articles, nearly the whole of which have been transfused into these
volumes; many large and valuable extracts, as well as new articles, have been selected from
Molina, Humboldt, Depons, Azara, and other writers of less consideration, even with
respect to the Spanish provinces of America ; upon which subject A^edo is far more
copious and complete than any other writer. In the West India islands, as under the
heads Antigua, Barbadoes, St. Christopher, &c. comparative accounts of the earlier ex
ports and imports have been selected, and those of the latest years introduced.
Our author, we find, had thought it necessary to annex to his book a large vocabulary
of provincial terms, forming a catalogue of the plants, birds, animals, &c. found in
America: it is obvious that this information is still more desirable in the translation; and
this glossary has, therefore, been carefully revised, and enriched with valuable additions;
and there being several Spanish terms which will not admit of direct translation in the
dictionary, these likewise, with a full explanation of their meaning, will be found in the
same glossary ; each such term being, for the convenience of the reader, invariably found
printed in italics in the body of the work.
To conclude, so much additional light has been thrown upon the geography of
America since the publication of Alcedo, that, in order to render these volumes as perfect
as possible, the position of every place has been carefully revised, and corrected according
to Mr. Arrowsmith s several maps of North America, of the United Slates, of the West
fndia Islands, of Mexico, and of South America ; the last of which has been recently
constructed from original materials, which till lately remained inaccessible at Madrid
and at Lisbon ; whilst, at the same time, all the places not heretofore found in his maps
have been inserted from the Dictionary, as it issued sheet by sheet from the press.
The above maps of Mr. Arrowsmith, whose eminence in that line it is unnecessary to
mention, will consequently be ready to be delivered at a somewhat reduced price to the
subscribers to this book, about the time of the publication of the last volume, and will form
a complete ATLAS to Alcedo, who had no means of improving and illustrating his
Dictionary by so important a supplement.
G. A. THOMPSON,
ALCEDO S DEDICATION
To His Royal Highness the Prince of Spain.
SIR,
THE Dominions of America, to which Heaven has destined you the heir,
as being part of this monarchy, have their fortunes united with those of your Royal
Highness. To Charles I. [more commonly known in this country as the Emperor
Charles V.] they owe the first elements of civil government, and the system
established for the propagation of the gospel amongst those gentiles ; to Charles II.
the protection and encouragement of the missions, by which so many souls have been
brought into the bosom of the church; and to Charles III. your Royal Highness s
august father, the most happy establishments, the present well-organized political
economy of Europe, the promotion of the arts and the advantages of commerce; to the
excellency of which institutions every day bears testimony, and for a continuation of the
benefits of which we look with confidence, seeing that your Royal Highness is gathering
instruction in the wise school of your father.
Surely then, Sir, the New World could not find a better Maecenas than
in the person of your Roj^al Highness, to protect a work written by one of its sons; and
the Author, with great deference, submits it to your consideration, as containing the
description of all your Royal Highness s kingdoms and provinces in that part of the
world, together with their riches and productions.
May your Royal Highness deign to receive it with your accustomed
benignity ; and may Heaven grant us the life of your Royal Highness as many years
as the universal wishes of Spain desire it.
SIR,
At the feet of your Royal Highness,
ANTONIO DE ALCEDO.
ALCEDO S PREFACE.
THE history of America and the West Indies has been for some time an object of
the study and interest of all European nations, from the desire of information concerning
the geography, navigation, customs, and productions of those parts, and for the sake of
encouraging commerce between the Old World and a country considered as the very
fountain of riches. Hence it is that foreigners have dedicated themselves to writing and
publishing on this subject whatsoever they knew or could collect; procuring from Spain
all the histories and treatises which had been already made by the natives and the first dis
coverers and conquerors of those regions : in so much, that books which were heretofore
common, and in no estimation, are now scarcely to be obtained at any price.
What has in no small degree contributed to the connection between the Old and
New Worlds, is the introduction of certain American productions into the former, which
through luxury have been rendered inrlispensible, such as cacao, cochineal, tobacco,
vicuna wool, &c. ; as also, for their specific medicinal virtues, bark, jalap, zarzaparilla,
calaguala, canchaguala, and the balsams of Tolu, Maria, Canime, &c. not to be found in
any other part.
These, it appeared to me, were sufficient reasons for requiring an universal history
of America, which might contain every thing worthy of note, as well in its civil, natural,
and ecclesiastical relations, as in its geography, productions, commerce, navigation, and
interests with European powers: but being well aware of the difficulty of combining such
information, it seemed to me more advisable to reduce it to the form of a dictionary.
A publication of this nature could never have been completed by the labour of an
individual ; but being aware that this timidity might ever operate as an insuperable
obstacle to its execution, I determined, by the advice of a person of superior talents
and intelligence, to be the first to lay the foundation, at least, of the undertaking; being,
however, at the same time, somewhat instigated by the reflection, that I had myself visited
many parts of America and the West Indies; and that I could avail myself of some most
exact and important information in the vivd voce communications of a minister, [pro
bably the M. R. P. Fr. Pedro Gonzalez de Agiieros, Franciscan missionary in the Ar
chipelago of Chiloe], who having filled several of the highest offices in those countries
for the space of upwards of forty years, had acquired a very uncommon stock of valuable
knowledge, so as to have obtained at court the title of the " Oracle of America;" a
title, for the justification of which, it were only necessary to refer to the vast number of
public documents and decrees which have been drawn up by him for the Council of
the Indies, and to the variety of works he has written, independent of those which have
been published, and have met with general applause and estimation. In short, it is from
such sources, as well as from a vast library of Indian books and papers, that I have found
materials to labour incessantly for the space of twenty years, without other intermission than
such as was called for by the duties of my profession; though even then, each trifling in
terval I could spare was devoted to my principal object.
The work being finished, I could not yet prevail upon myself to bring it to light,
convinced that it must necessarily have many defects, although unknown to myself. It
was then that the advice of a person of superior judgment, and a well founded confidence
in the protection of the public, overcame my scruples, and I was persuaded to offer it at
least as a foundation, whereon something more noble might afterwards be erected ; in the
same manner as has occurred with regard to the dictionaries of Moreri, Vosgien, and La
Martiniere, and many others, which, having been at first very defective, became enlarged
and rendered complete by the labour of many. In this state of the business there came to
my hands a Geographical Dictionary of South America, written in Italian by the Ex-
Jesuit D. Juan Domingo Coleti, who had lived for some years in the province of Mainas ;
also a Dictionary of North America, in English, with the title of" American Gazetteer;"
and it immediately occurred to me that my own was now no further necessary : but having
examined them both, I became persuaded that they were rather a reason why I should
publish this ; since, without robbing them of any just merit, and remembering too, that
each of them was confined to the descriptions of certain provinces , they possess by no
means the same extent of information as this, as may be seen by referring to the letter A,
which, in neither of those books, exceeds an hundred articles ; whereas the same letter in
my dictionary contains upwards of a thousand, [and in this translation more than 1700.]
But the principal cause which fixed me in my resolution was the recollection that I was
treating of a country, in one of the best towns of which, I with pride and gratitude ac*
knowledge myself to have been born ; and I do at the same time candidly allow, that I have
made a free use of the two dictionaries just spoken of, as well in adding to, as in correcting
the many articles I had already written.
Whoever shall consider with impartiality the troublesome investigation of more than
three hundred Indian volumes, the confusion and little exactness in many, and the diffi
culty and labour of conciliating opposite opinions, and extracting the naked truth, will, I
doubt not, make some allowance for the defects they may find ; and all I hope is, that
they may have the goodness to apprise me of them whenever they shall think them worthy
of emendation; when, so far from being mortified, I shall feel the most lively gratitude
for their attention, stating their communications to the public, that they may not be de
frauded of the merit to which they may be entitled. This, in truth, is the rational way of
contributing to the public weal, and not the plan, as adopted by some, of endeavouring to
find out diminutive errors, for the sake of satisfying their capriciousness, or of gaining the
reputation of being wise, though fortunately the contrary be generally the effect of their
labours.
Some will observe that there are many articles very small and scanty of information :
to this I answer, that my first object was only to have given a history of the kingdoms,
provinces, capitals, and rivers of note; but that I afterwards included an account of the
lesser settlements and rivers, concerning which there is for the most part but little to say,
although there be a great advantage in knowing all their names and their relative distances.
I have suppressed quoting, at the end of each article, the author from whom the principal
information may have been extracted, in order to avoid a useless and troublesome repeti
tion ; and in as much as I thought it would be preferable to give, at the end of the book, a
list of the authors who have written upon the subject in question, after the plan of the cele
brated Don Nicolas Antonio ; and also, by way of appendix, another dictionary, or alpha
betical list of the provincial terms and foreign names of the fruits, trees, animals, &c.
I have now only to add, that whatsoever information is read in this dictionary, con
cerning a town, its number of inhabitants of any class, the existence of convents, forts,
&c. is relative to the state in which those countries were in the time in which those au
thors wrote, from whom the extracts are made; not but that I have in very many instances
acquired the most recent information : and although I may regret that I may have some
times stood in need of certain accounts, documents, and papers in the hand of government,
or which might be even lying in the cabinets of the curious; yet, as they were still unpub
lished, and not within my reach, I have been forced to content myself with such as have
either passed through the press, or my good fortune and diligent research have thrown
into my wav. Vale.
A L C E D O S
ADDITIONS AND CORRECTIONS STATED.
THE desire we have felt of rendering this work more perfect, by every means
in our power, has caused us to be continually employed in its execution ; and since we;
have discovered many errata which have unavoidably arisen in the press, we lose no
time in bringing them to light ; taking, at the same time, an opportunity of adverting
to certain communications forwarded to us from certain literary characters who have
been zealous in promoting our undertaking, and contributing to the public weal : amongst
the number of whom are, the most Illustrious Senor Don Juan Manuel Moscoso, bishop
of Cuzco ; Don Joseph de Ugarte, colonel of militia of the province of Abancay; the
Fr. Pedro Gonzalez de Agiieros, of the order of St. Francis, and missionary apostolic
for many years in the Archipelago of Chiloe; the Fr. Francisco de Ajofrin, a Capuchin;
Don Manuel del Campo, native of the city of Cartago ; and Don Joseph Undo; all of
whom are actually residing at this court, and to whom I with great gratitude acknow
ledge all the important favours the public, no less than myself, has received. But, and
although we are convinced it were in the power of many others to have manifested the
same dispositions, who have contented themselves with criticising the errors they have
been able to discern; and although we could, if we thought proper, shew on what little
foundation their arguments were built, we shall decline entering into any controversy
with them, but shall content ourselves with following the plan we have designed in the
preface, supporting ourselves in our laborious employ with the consolatory reflection, that
the work has obtained undeniable credit, as well in this kingdom as in America and in
foreign parts, and that all wise persons are well aware of the difficulties which must na
turally accrue to the beginning of an undertaking of this nature, and that time alone can
bring it to perfection: To this, we cannot forbear adverting to the very great loss we have
experienced by the fire which occurred in the palace and secretary of state s office, in
1734 ; insomuch that we were obliged to go about soliciting information from the curious,
as was particularly the case for the completion of the series of bishops and governors,
not having been able to obtain any intelligence respecting them in the various papers
and documents which lay before us ; and it is entirely from this latter source that we have
completed the lists of bishops of Arequipa, Caracas, and Cuzco.
The Royal Academy of History, 24 copies.
Don Joaquin Dareche y Urrutia.
Don Andres Gilabert.
Don Miguel Murillo.
Don Antonio Joseph Mosti, inhabitant of Cadiz.
Don Pedro de la Roca.
Don Cayetano Foncerrada.
The most Excellent Seiior Don Luis de Urbina,
lieutenant-general, and miltary fiscal of the
supreme council of war.
The most Excellent Senor Duke of Alva.
Don Ramiro Ponce, chaplain of honour to his
Majesty, and canon of the holy church of
Jaen.
Don Agustin Madan, 2 copies.
Don Pedro Colmenares.
Don Joaquin Pantaleon de Asteguieta, canon in
the collegiate church of Mendinaceli.
Don Manuel Antonio de Arce y Carrion.
Don Dionisio Garcia Urbano.
The most Excellent Senor Don Pedro Lerena, se
cretary of the revenue office.
Don Antonio Lucas, Marquis of Beniel.
The M. R. P. Fr. Juan Antonio Roarte, a calced
Trinitarian in Salamanca.
Don Juan Antonio de la Pefia.
The Count of Carpio, of his Majesty s council.
The M. R. P. Fr. Tomas de la Virgen.
Don Alexandro Cameron, rector of the royal
Scotch college of Valladolid.
The R. P. Don Romualdo Ramirez, administra
tor of San Anton A bad.
Don Lucas Palomeque, an officer in the revenue
department.
Don Jacobo Maria Espinosa, knight of the dis-
tinguised order of Charles III. fiscal of the
royal audience of Cataluna.
Don Joseph Madrazo de la Escalera.
Don Juan de Villalonga, captain of engineers.
Don Joaquin de Necochea, of the commerce of
Cadiz.
Don Juan Manuel Lopez de Sagredo, inhabitant
of Granada.
Don Juan de Ardois, inhabitant of Cadiz.
The Count of Guendulain, native of Pam
plona.
VOL. I.
Don Francisco Xavier Ximinez de Fexada, native
of Pamplona.
Don Francisco Ibanez.
Don Juan Francisco Solano.
Don Ignacio Francisco de Arjona.
Don Ignacio Campesirio.
Don Rudesindo Ruiz de Cabrejas.
Don Juan Estevan de Espeleta.
Don Martin Damaso de Uriz.
Don Manuel Man so.
Don Mateo Gutierrez de Villegas.
Don Luisde Oyarzabal.
Don Tomas de Iriarte.
Don Joseph Manuel de Encalada.
The library of the Capuchin fathers of Prado.
Don Juan Antonio de la Fuente, inhabitant of
Cadiz.
Don Domingo de Marcoleta.
Don Joaquin Mendez de Vigo, inhabitant of
Oviedo.
Don Joseph Delgado y Campo.
Don Francisco Dusay y Fivaller.
Don Ramon de Marimon, first lieutenant of Spa
nish guards.
The Illustrious Senor Don Roque Martin Merino,
bishop of Teruel.
Don Fernando Luengo Rodriguez, dignified canon
of the holy church of Teruel.
Don Inigo Cortes de Velasco.
The P. M. Fr. Benito Araujo, benedictine monk,
and abbot of the royal monastery of San Vi
cente de Oviedo.
The P. M. Fr. Vicente Giron Benedictino, regent
of the royal monastery of San Vicente de
Oviedo.
Don Joseph Sandoval, inhabitant of Malaga.
Don Joseph de Viu, prebendary of the holy church
of Toledo.
Don Juan Francisco del Castillo y Carroz.
The Illustrious Senor Count of Tepa, of the
council and chamber of the Indies.
Don Manuel Comes, inhabitant of Cadiz.
Don Jayrae Martinez.
Don Cayetano Maria Huarte, prebendary of the
holy church of Cadiz, and visitor of its
bishopric.
Don Martin rle TJHoa, oidor of the royal audience
of Sevilla.
Don Joaquin cle Molina, captain of the royal
armada.
Don Manuel Espinosa Tello, lieutenant of the
royal armada.
The most Illustrious Seiior, Don Joseph Constancio
de Andinos, bishop of Albarracin.
The Brigadier Marquis of Granada, captain of the
regiment of royal Spanish guards.
Don Ignacio de Meras Queipo.
Don Francisco Durango.
Don Angel Triqueros, secretary to the embassy at
the court of Turin.
Don Antonio de Lara y Zuniga, of the council of
H. M. at the court of inquisition of Sevilla.
Don Tomas Isidre de la Pinta.
Don Cayetano Hue.
Don Cayetano Font Clossas.
Don Pedro Juez Sarmiento, lieutenant-colonel of
the royal armies, adjutant-major of royal
Spanish guards.
Don Narciso de Pedro, colonel at the Plaza of
Valencia.
Don Joseph Francisco Ferrer de Ibauez, inhabi
tant of Barcelona.
Don Vicente Domingo.
Don Manuel de Robles, door-keeper of H. M.
chamber, 2 copies.
Don Antonio Garcia Conde, lieutenant-colonel of
the royal armies, second adjutant-major of
the royal Spanish guards.
Don Juan Bautista Munoz, cosmographer-general
of the Indies.
Don Agapito Domenchu, presbyter.
Don Ramon Antonio de Castro.
Don Felipe Baron de Lamberts, brigadier of the
royal armies.
Don Francisco Xavier Becar, canon of the holy
church of Barcelona.
Don Francisco Cinza, inhabitant of Vizcaya.
Don Vicente Ferrer de Plauden.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Ilijar.
Don Manuel de San Pedro y Tobia.
The M. II. P. Fr. Antonio Calonje, benedictine
monk and lieutenant-major of San Martin.
Don Miguel de Iribarren.
Don Francisco Seneca.
Don Joseph Sala, canon of Grandia.
Don Francisco de Turnes, magistral canon of the
holy church of Lugo.
Don Juan Antonio Montes, second adjutant-major
of the royal Spanish guards.
Don Joseph de la Pena y Alfeidan, archdeacon of
Azumara, in the holy church of Mondofiedo.
The M. R. P. Fr. Dionisio de Otano, of the order
of San Benito.
Don Miguel Antonio Torrente.
Don Antonio Perez, of the teller s office in the
Indies.
Don Joseph Tello y Pallares.
The Doctor Don Sebastian Rodriguez Viedma.
Don Antonio Cortes Moreno.
Don Manuel de Ataide y Portugal.
Don Joseph Colon de Larreategui, oidor of Valla-
dolid. *
The most Excellent Senor, Marquis of Santa Cruz.
Don Antonio de Sancha, bookseller at this court,
2 copies.
Don Francisco de Soria y Soria.
Don Lorenzo Buxeda.
Don Roque Jzquierdo.
Don Joseph Carnpana.
The R. P. M. Don Agustin Vazquez, general of
San Bernardo, and abbot of the monastery of
Poblet in Cataluna.
Don Nicolas Ballester y Flotats.
Don Mariano Rivas, inhabitant of Barcelona.
Don Miguel Grijalva Guzman, archdeacon of
Sepulveda, canon of the holy church of
Segovia.
Don Salvador Texerino y Texada, presbyter of
Salamanca.
Don Diego Alvarez de la Fuente, inhabitant of
Malaga.
The most Excellent Senor, Don Manuel de Florez,
lieutenant-general of the royal armada, and
viceroy of Nueva Espana.
Don Juan Francisco Ibanez de la Renteria.
Don Tadeo de Arguedas.
Don Mariano Cerda.
Don Candido Marca Trigueros.
The most Excellent Senor, Marquis of La Lapilla.
Don Mateo Alfonso de Prado, a counsellor at this
court.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Vauguyon,
French ambassador at the court of Madrid.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Uceda, squire
of the body to his most Serene Highness the
Prince of Asturias.
Don Francisco Joseph Villodres, canon of the holy
cathedral church of Cordoba.
Don Joaquin Juan de Florez.
Don Alfonso Tabares, inhabitant of the town of La
Solana in La Mancha.
The R,. P. M. Fr. Adriano de Huerta, of the reli
gion of San Bernardo, abbot of the monastery
of Osera.
The Marquis of Mos, colonel of militia, of Be-
tanzos.
Don Antonio Borras, of the commerce of Reus in
Cataluna.
Don Joaquin Sotomayor y Cisneros, 2 copies.
Don Miguel Arnaud de Courbille, commissary of
war.
Don Tomas Martinez de Aguilera, racionero of the
holy church of Sigiienza.
Don Alonso Ceferino Borbon.
Don Antonio Iglesias, bookseller, 4 copies.
Don Juan Manuel Mascarenas, inhabitant of the
town of Berin in Galicia.
Don Miguel de Larrea.
Don Bartolome de Siles.
Don Juan Antonio Ximenes de Aguilera.
The R. P. Fr. Joseph Mancebo, of the order of St.
Augustin.
Don Francisco de Paula Cabeda Solares, of his
Majesty s royal apothecaries hall.
The most Excellent Senor, Duke of Almodovar,
major-domo to the Infanta Dona Maria Ana
Victoria.
The Lieutenant-colonel Don Francisco Mayorga, of
the order of Alcantara, second lieutenant in
the regiment of royal Spanish guards.
Don Joseph Galan.
Don Joseph Sanroman.
Don Joseph Badan.
Don Jacinto Lorenzana, inhabitant of Leon.
Don Dionisio Saenz Galinsoga, presbyter.
Don Joseph Espriella.
Don Isidro de Antayo, second adjutant of the
royal Spanish guards.
Don Andres de Zabala y Aragon.
The Marquis of Rivas, inhabitant of Seville.
Don Domingo Antonio de Urruchi.
Don Antonio Gimbernat, surgeon to his Majesty.
The Doctor Don Pedro de la Torre Herrera, canon
of Alcala of Henares.
Don Pedro Perez de Castro, of the college of
counsellors in this court.
Don Joaquin Espalter y Roix, resident at Bar
celona.
Don Juan Vicente Canet y Longas, inhabitant of
Valencia.
Don Miguel de Hermosilla, engineer of the royal
armies.
Don Francisco Joseph BernaJ, paymaster at the
port of Guayra.
The M. R. P. Fr. Joaquin Herrezuelo, preacher at
San Martin de Santiago.
Don Manuel de Arredondo, regent of the royal
audience of Buenos Ayres.
Don Joseph Ignacio del Pumar, native of the city
of Barinas in America.
Don Vicente Navarro, canon of Huesca.
Don Andres de Quevedo, second lieutenant of gre
nadiers in the royal Spanish guards.
Don Joseph Rubio, second lieutenant in the regi
ment of royal Spanish guards.
Don Antonio Pasqual y Garcia de Almunia, per
petual regidor amongst the nobles of the city
of Valencia.
Don Manuel Joseph Marin.
Don Justo, pastor of Astiqufeta y Sarralde, resi
dent at Mexico.
Don Silvestre Diaz de la Vega, accountant of the
tobacco-revenues at Mexico.
The Doctor Don Manuel de Florez, secretary of
the lllmo Sr. archbishop of Mexico.
Don Felipe Albera, bookseller at this court.
The Doctor Don Estevan Gutierrez.
Don Pedro Joseph de Lemus, inhabitant of
Mexico.
Don Tomas de Berganza.
Don Joseph de Aguilar.
The most Excellent Sr. Duke of Alburquerque,
Marquis of La Mina, gentleman of the cham
ber to his Majesty, and brigadier-general in
the royal armies.
The R. P. Fr. Juan Fiayo, a Franciscan, and
preacher in the convent of Cartagena, in the
Indies.
Don Pedro Tomas de Villanueva, resident at Car
tagena, in the Indies.
Don Antonio Bergosa y Jordan, inquisitor of
Mexico.
Don Isidro Limonta, colonel of infantry, king s
lieutenant at the Plaza of Cuba.
Don Joseph Martin de Garmendia, inhabitant of
Villafranca of Guipuzcoa.
Don Gabriel Manuel Espinosa de los Monteros, re
sident at Barcelona.
Don Francisco Arias Velasco, perpetual regidor of
the city of Oviedo.
Don Manuel Malco, of his Majesty s council of the
royal revenue.
GENERAL TABLE
OF THE KINGDOMS AND PROVINCES INTO WHICH
SPANISH AMERICA
is DIVIDED;
AND OF THE VICEROYALTIES, GOVERNMENTS, CORREGIMIENTOS, AND
ALCALDIAS MAYORES ESTABLISHED IN THEM.
SOUTH AMERICA
is divided into three Viceroyalties, containing the following Kingdoms and Provinces :
VICEROYALTY OF THE NEW KINGDOM OF GRANADA.
KINGDOM OF TIERRA FIRME.
Governments.
Panama,
Porto velo,
Veragua,
Darien.
Cartagena,
Guayana,
Caracas,
Cumana,
Popayan,
Santa Marta,
Maracaibo,
Choco,
Tunja,
Zipaquira,
Bogota,
Ubate,
Boza ,
Coyaima,
Pasca,
Muzo,
Panches,
Turmeque,
Guatavita,
Tensa,
Guayaquil,
Jaen de Bracamoros,
Alcaldia Mayor.
Nata.
NEW KINGDOM OF GRANADA.
Governments.
Antioquia,
San Faustino,
San Juan de los Llanos,
San Juan Jiron,
Corregimientos.
Duitama,
Cliivata,
Paipa,
Sogamoso,
Neiva,
Gameza,
KlxNGDOM OF QUITO.
Governments.
Esmeraldas,
Mainas,
Mariquita,
Isla de Puerlorico,
Isla de la Trinidad,
Isla de la Mar<i;arilac
Chita,
Sachica,
Velez,
San Gil,
Servita,
Quixos y Macas,.
Cuenca.
( xvii )
Pasto,
Xibaros,
Ibarra,
Corregim ten tos .
Tacunga, Riobamba,
Ambato, Loxa,
VICEROYALTY OF PERU.
KINGDOM OF PERU.
Governments.
Zamora,
Ciiimbp.
Guarochiri,
Tarma,
Guancavelica,
Cuzco.
Corregimientos.
Abancai,
Chachapoyas,
Huarochiri,
Sana,
Aimaraes,
Chancay,
Huailas,
Santa,
Andahuailas,
Castro Virreyna,
Huanuco,
Truxillo,
Angaraes,
Collalmas,
Huanta,
Vilcas Huaman,
Arequipa,
Conchucos,
Luya y Chillaos,
Caxamarca,
Arica,
Condesuyos,
Lucanos,
Urubamba,
Calca y Lares,
Cotabamba,
Moquebua,
Yauyos,
Camana,
Cbilques y Masques, Parinacochas,
Yea,
Canes y Canches,
Cbumbivilcas,
Piura,
Xauxa,
Caiiete,
Guaraanga,
Paucartambo,
Caxatambo.
Canta,
Guamacana,
Pataz,
Cercado,
Guamalies,
Quispicanchi,
VICEROYALTY OF THE PROVINCES OF THE RIO
DE LA PLATA.
Governments.
Buenos Ayres,
Santa Cruz de la
Sierra, Puno,
Chiquitos, -,*
Chucuito,
Montevideo,
Paz,
Moxos,
Tucuman,
Paraguay,
Potosi,
Coregimientos.
Mizque,
Chayanta,
Atacama,
Oruro,
Paucarcolla,
Larecaja,
Asangaro,
Ornasuyos,
Pilaya y Paspaya,
Lipes,
Carabaya,
Sicasica,
Purnabamba,
Paria,
Carangas,
Tomina.
Yarnparaez,
Pacajes,
Tarija,
Cochabamba,
Apolabamba,
Porco,
CAPTAINSIIIP-GENERAL AND PRESIDENCY OF CHILE.
KINGDOM OF CHILE.
Governments.
Concepcion,
Valdivia,
Valparaiso,
Chiloe,
Aconcagua,
Cuyo,
Copiapo,
Coquimboj
Colcagua,
Chilian,
Maule,
Melpilla>
Corregimientos.
Puchacay,
Quillota,
Rede,
SantiagOj
Islas Malvinas,
Islas de Juan Fernandez.
Rancagua,
Kata. k
( xviii )
NORTH AMERICA,
which has only one Viceroyalty, and contains the following Kingdoms and Provinces :
VICEROYALTY OF NEW SPAIN.
KINGDOM OF NEW SPAIN.
Governments.
Vera Cruz,
Acapulco,
Actopam,
Apam,
Acayuca,
Antigua,
Acatlan,
Atrisco,
San Bias,
Chalco,
Cuyoacan,
Chietla,
Chiautla,
Coatepec,
Cozamaluapan,
Cordoba,
Cadreita,
Chilapa,
Cuernavaca,
Colima,
Cholula,
S. Christoval,
Ezallan,
Guijolotitlan,
Huamelula,
Cuiceo de la Laguna,
Guimeo,
Guanajuato,
San Luis de Potosi,
San Luis de la Paz,
Maravatio,
Amula,
Autlan,
Coaguila,
Yucatan,
Pucbla de los Angeles.
Tabasco.
Alcaldias Mayores.
Huajuapan, Qnantla Amilpas,
Tampico,
Huichiapan, Quantitlan,
Tulin/inco,
Htielutla, Querefaro,
Tetela Xonotla,
Guejotzinco, Temastelpec,
Tezcuco,
Ixtepexi, Tepeaca,
Teotihuacan,
Ixtlahuaca, Tccali,
Tlaxcala,
Izucar, Tehuacan de las
Tuxtla,
Ixmiquilpan, Granadas.
Tlapa,
Justlahuac, Teufitlan,
Villalta,
S.Juande los Llanos, Teutila,
Valladolid,
Lerma, Tehuantepec,
Valles,
Mexilcaltzinco, Teocuilco,
Xalapa,
Miahuatlan, Tepozcolula,
Xuchimilco,
Metepec, Tepexi de la Seda,
Xicayan,
Malinalco, Tacuba,
Yahualica,
Mextitlan, Toluca,
Zacualpan,
Nexapa, Tenango del Valle,
Zapotlan,
Nochiztlan, Tetela del Rio,
Zumpango,
Nuevo Santander, Taxco,
Zimapan,
Oaxaca, Tixtla,
Zacatlan delas Man
Orizava, Tocliimilco,
zanas,
Otumba, Tula,
Zempoala,
Papantla, Tetepango,
Zimatlan.
Quatro Villas, Tehusitlan,
KINGDOM OP MECHOACAN.
Alcaldias Mayores.
San Miguel el Grande, Zelaya,
Zarnora,
Tancitaro, Pasquaro,
Cinaque,
Tlasasalca, Chaco,
Motines,
Tlalpujagua, Guadalcazar,
Tinguindin,
Villa de Leon, Jaso y Teremendo,
Xiquilpa,
Xiquilpa, Chilchota,
Zacatula.
KINGDOM OF NUEVA GALICIA.
Alcaldias Mayores.
/ay ula, Guadalaxara,
Tepic,
Zacatecas, Tala,
Sentipac,
Tequepexpa, Caxititlan, Acaponeta, Juchipila,
Tonola, Tlajomulco, Nayarith, Colotlan,
Ostotipaquillo, Zapotlan, Barca, Xerez,
Analco, Izatlan, Tecpatitlan, Fresnillo,
Ma/apil, Guauchinango, Lagos, Ibarra,
Aguas Calientes, Purificacion, Cuquio, Sierra de Pinos,
Zapopan, Ostotipac, Tecualtichi, Charcas.
Xaln, Compostela,
CAPTAINSHIP-GENERAL OF THE ISLAND OF CUBA.
Governments.
Cuba, Florida, Louisiana.
A
GENERAL TABLE
OF THE BRITISH DOMINIONS AND GOVERNMENTS IN
NORTH AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES.
viz.
BRITISH DOMINIONS IN NORTH AMERICA.
Hudson s Bay, tinder N.S.Wales,) Nova Scotia, the government of
the management of East Main, > rinsettled. New Brunswick, Lower Canada,
the Hudson s Bay Labrador, J Lower Canada, St. John s, under the
Company. Newfoundland, Upper Canada, government of Nova
Cape Breton, under Scotia.
BRITISH DOMINIONS IN THE WEST INDIES.
Governments.
Jamaica, Island, Barbadoes, Island,
Bahama Islands, Trinidad, Island.
Leeward Islands,
For the enumeration of the islands comprised in these governments, see article ANTILLES.
Islands and Territories conquered in the present War.
Martinique, Curacoa, Surinam,
Guadaloupe, St. Eustatius, Demerara,
St. Lucie, Santa Cruz, Essequibo.
Conquered by the Portuguese and British.
Cayenne.
PORTUGUESE DOMINIONS.
BRAZIL
is divided into the following fourteen Provinces or Captainships :
Rio Janeyro,
Todos Santos,
llheos,
Paraiba,
Para,
Maranan,
Espiritu Santo,
Itaraaraca,
Seara,
Puerto Seguro,
Pernarabuco,
INDEPENDENT.
The Island of Hayti or St. Domingo.
Sergipe del Rey.
San Vicente,
Rio Grande.
OF THE
REPUBLIC OF NORTH AMERICA,
OR THE
UNITED STATES,
AND TERRITORIAL GOVERNMENTS.
Virginia,
New York,
Pennsylvania,
Massachusetts,
Maine,
Orleans,
Mississippi,
North Carolina,
South Carolina,
Kentucky,
Maryland,
Connecticut,
TERRITORIAL
Indiana,
Columbia,
Tennessee, West,
Tennessee, East,
Georgia,
New Jersey,
Ohio,
GOVERNMENTS.
Louisiana,
Illinois,
Vermont,
New Hampshire,
Rhode Island,
Delaware.
Michigan.
The Russians have formed some settlements upon a part of the n. w. coast
of America, tying w. and n. of Cook s Inlet.
THE
GEOGRAPHICAL AND HISTORICAL
DICTIO NARY
OF
AMERICA AND THE WEST INDIES
ABA
lies at the head of Penn s
Creek, Northumberland county, Pennsylvania ;
about 30 miles w. from Lewisburgh, and 40 w. by
n. from Sunbury. Lat. 40 52 30" n. Long. 77
31 30" o>.]
ABACACTIS,- or ABACARIS, a settlement of
Indians, of this name, in the province of the Ama-
zonas, and in the part or territory possessed by the
Portuguese. It is a reduction of the religious
order of the Carmelites of this nation, situate on
the shores of a lake of the same name. It lies
between this lake and a river, which is also so
called, and which is a large arm of the Madeira,
which, passing through this territory, afterwards
returns to that from whence it flowed, forming the
island of Topinambes.
[ABACO, one of the largest and most northern
of the Bahama islands, situate upon the s. e. end
of the Little Bahama bank. The Hole in the
Rock, or (as it is most commonly called) the
Hole in the Wall, is the most southern point of
the island, and bears about 18 leagues north from
the island of New Providence, about 9 or 10
leagues in a n. w. direction from Egg Island,
and about 10 or 12 in a n. e. direction from
the Berry islands. About 10 leagues to the n. of
the Hole in the Wall, on the e. side of the island,
is Little Harbour, the entrance to which is be
tween the main land of Abaco and Ledyard s Key,
VOT,. i.
ABA
and within which there is good anchorage. There
is also an anchorage to the w. of the Hole in the
Wall.
The island of Abaco is at present uninhabited.
In 1788 it contained about 50 settlers and 200
Negroes. The lands granted by the crown, pre
vious to May 1803, amounted to 14,058 acres, for
the purpose of cultivation ; but the settlers who
occupied it have since removed. It contains great
quantities of the various kinds of woods which
are common to almost all the Bahama islands.
To the northward of Abaco, is a long chain of
small islands or keys, (including Elbow Key,
Man of War Key, Great Guana Key, the Gala
pagos, &c. fec.) reaching, in a n. w. direction,
almost to the Matanilla reefs on the Florida
stream ; from whence the Little Bahama bank ex
tends, in a southerly direction, to the west point
of the island of the Grand Bahama. [Lat. 26
22 n. Long. 77 14 w. See BAHAMAS.]
[ABACOOCHE, or COOSEE, a large river, ris
ing in the s. w. territory, passing into Georgia,
through the Cherokee into the Creek country,
where it unites with the Oakfuskee, and forms the
Alibama.]
ABACQUA, a settlement of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, situate on the shore
of the river Parana, near the spot where it enters
the Paraguay, to the e. of the city of Corrientes.
ABA
ABACU, a point of land on the s. coast of the
island of St. Domingo.
ABADES, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Popayan, in the district and jurisdic
tion of San J uan de Pasto.
ABANCAY, a province and corregimiento of
Peru, bounded on the e. by the large city of Cuzco,
(its jurisdiction beginning at the parish of Santa
Ana of that city), and on the w. by the province
of Andahuailas ; w. by that of Calcaylares, form
ing, in this part, an extended chain of snow-covered
mountains ; s. by the provinces of Cotabamba and
Aimaraez ; s. w. by Chilques and Masques. It
extends 26 leagues from e. to w. and is 14 broad.
Its most considerable river is the Apurimac, which
is separated from it at the n. w. and bends its
course, united with other streams, towards the
mountains of the Andes. This river is crossed by
a wooden bridge of 80 yards long and 3 broad,
which is in the high road from Lima to Cuzco, and
other provinces of the sierra. The toll collected
here is four rials of silver for every load of goods
of the produce of the country, and twelve for those
of the produce of Europe. The temperature of
this province is mild, and for the most part salu
brious, with the exception of a few vallies, where,
on account of the excessive heat and humidity,
tertian agues are not uncommon. It produces
wheat, maize, and other grain in great abundance,
and its breed of horned cattle is by no means in
considerable ; but its principal production is
sugar, which they refine so well, that it may chal
lenge the finest European sugars for whiteness :
this is carried for sale to Cuzco and other pro
vinces, and is held in great estimation. It also
produces hemp, cloth manufactures of the coun
try ; and in its territories mines of silver are not
wanting, especially in the mountain which they
call Jalcanta, although the natives avail them
selves not of the advantages so liberally held out to
them. Its jurisdiction comprehends 17 settle
ments, f \\erepartiwentO) quota of tribute, amounted
to 108,750 djllars, and it rendered yearly 870
for the alcdbala.
The following are the 17 settlements :
The capital, Limatambo,
Huanicapa, Mollepata,
Curahuasi, Pantipata,
Cachora, Pibil,
Antilla, Chonta,
Anta, Pocquiura,
Ibin, Surite,
ChachaypucquiOj Huaracondo.
Sumata,
ABANCAY, the capital of the above province,
5
ABE
founded in a spacious valley, which gives it its
title : it is also so called from a river, over which
has been thrown one of the largest bridges in the
kingdom, being the first that was built there, and
looked upon as a monument of skill. In the above
valley the jurisdiction of this province, and that of
Andahuailas, becomes divided. It is also memor
able for the victories gained in its vicinity by the
king s troops against Gonzalo Pizarro, in the years
1542 and 1548. It has a convent of the religious
order of St. Dominic ; this order being the first of
those which established themselves in Peru. 20
leagues distant from the city of Cuzco. Lat. 13
31 30* s. Long. 72 26 w.
ABANCAY, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Cuenca, in the kingdom of Quito,
situate on the shore of the river Paute.
ABANES, a barbarous nation of Indians, of the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, in the plains of San
Juan, to the n. of the Orinoco. They inhabit the
woods on the shores of this river, as well as other
small woods ; and are bounded, e. by the Salivas,
and w. by the Caberres and Andaquies. They
are docile, of good dispositions, and are easily
converted to the Catholic faith.
ABANGOUI, a large settlement of the pro
vince and government of Paraguay. It is com
posed of Indians of the Guarani nation, and situate
on the shore of the river Taquani. It was disco
vered by Alvar Nunez, Cabezade Vaca, in 1541.
ABARANQUEN, a small river of the pro
vince and government of Guayana, or Nueva
Andalusia. It rises in the country of the Quiri-
quipas Indians, runs from s. to n. and enters the
Aruy.
[ABARY, a small river of Guayana, between
the Berbice and the Demerary. See MAH AICA.]
[ABBEVILLE County, in Ninety-six district,
S. Carolina, bounded on the n. e. by the Saluda,
and on the s. w. by the Savannah, is 35 miles in
length and 21 in breadth ; contains 9197 in
habitants, including 1665 slaves.]
[ABBOTS, a small river of N. Carolina, Avhich
runs s. w. and enters the Pcdi, at a little distance
from the source of this river, in the territory of the
Granville limits.]
ABECOCH1, a settlement of Indians of S. Caro
lina, situate on the shore of the river Cousa. The
English have a settlement here, with a fort for its
defence.
ABE1CAS, a nation of Indians of New France,
bounded on the n. by the Alibaniis, and e. by
the Cheraquis. They live at a distance from the
large rivers, and the only produce of their terri
tory is some canes, which are not thicker than a
A B I
finger, but of so hard a texture, that, when split,
they cut exactly like a knife. These Indians speak
the Tchicachan language, and with the other na
tions are in alliance against the Iroquees.
ABERCORN, a (own of the province and co
lony of New Georgia, on the shore of the river
Savannah, near where it enters the sea, and at a
league s distance from the city of this name. [It is
about 30 miles from the sea, 5 miles from Ebenezer,
and 13 n. w. of Savannah.]
ABIDE, mountains, or serrania, of the pro
vince and government of Cartagena. They rim
from w. to n. e. from near the large river of Mag-
dalena to the province of Choco, and the S. Sea.
Their limits and extent are not known, but they
are leagues wide, and were discovered by Capt.
Francisco Cesar in 1536 ; he being the first who
penetrated into them, after a labour of 10 months,
in which time he had to undergo the most extreme
privations and excessive perils ; not that these ex
ceeded the hardships which were endured by the
licentiate Badillo, who entered upon its conquest
with a fine army.
AB1GIRAS, a settlement of Indians, one of the
missions, or a reduction, which belonged to the
regular order of the Jesuits, in the province and
government of Mainas, of the kingdom of Quito ;
founded in the year 1665, by the father Lorenzo
Lucero, on the shore of the river Curarari, 20
leagues from its mouth, and 240 from Quito.
[ABINEAU Port, on the n. side of lake Erie,
is about 13 miles w. s. w. from fort Eric. Lat.
42 6 n. Long. 79 15 o>.]
[ABINGDON, a town at the head of the tide
waters of Bush river, Harford county, Maryland,
12 miles s. w. from Havre-de-Grace, and 20 n. e.
from Baltimore. Cokesbury college, instituted by
the methodists in 1785, is in this town. Lat.
39 27 30" n. Long. 76 20 35" w.l
[ABINGDON, the chief town of Washington
county, Virginia, contained but about 20 houses
in 1788, and in 1796 upwards of 150. It is about
145 miles from Campbell s station, near Holston ;
260 from Richmond in Virginia, in a direct line,
and 3JO as the road runs, bearing a little to the s.
of w. Lat. 36 41 30" n. Long. 81 59 .]
[ABINGTON, a township in Plymouth coun
ty, Massachusetts; 22 miles 5. e. from Boston, and
contains 1453 inhabitants. Lat. 42 4 30".]
[ABINGTON, a parish in the town ot Pom-
frei in Connecticut. Lat. 42 4 30". Long. 70 51
30".]
[ABINGTON, a village in Pennsylvania, 12
miles w. of Philadelphia.]
ABIPI, a small settlement of the jurisdiction of
A B I 3
Muzo, and corregimiento of Tunja, in the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada. It is of a hot temperature,
producing some wheat, maize, yucas, plantains,
and canes ; it has been celebrated for iis rich mines
of emeralds, which aie. however, at present aban
doned from want of water ; it is nearly three
leagues distant from the large mine of Itoco.
ABIPONES, a nation of barbarous Indians, of
the province and government of Tucuman, in
habiting the s. shores of the river Bermejo. Their
number once exceeded 100,000 ; but they are cer
tainly at present much reduced. They go naked,
except that the women cover themselves with little
skins, prettily ornamented, which they call quey-
api. They aro very good swimmers, of a lofty
and robust stature, and well featured : but they
paint their faces and the rest of their body, and arc
very much given to war, which they carry on
chiefly against such as come cither to hunt or to
fish upon their territory. Their victims they have
a custom of sticking upon lofty poles, as a land
mark, or by way of intimidation to their enemies.
From their infancy they cut and scarify their
bodies, to make themselves hardy. When their
country is inundated, which happens in the five
winter months, they retire to live in the islands, or
upon the tops of trees : they have some slight no
tion of agriculture, but they live by fishing, and
the produce of the chase, holding in the highest
estimation the flesh of tigers, which they divide
among their relations, as a sort of precious relic or
dainty ; also asserting that it has the properties of
infusing strength and valour. They have no know
ledge either of God, of law, or of policy ; but they
believe in the immortality of the soul, and that
there is a land of consummate bliss, where they
shall dance and divert themselves after their death.
When a man dies, his widow observes a state of
celibacy, and fasts a year, which consists in an ab
stinence from fish : this period being fulfilled, an
assembly run out to meet her, and inform her that
her husband has given her leave to marry. The
women occupy themselves in spinning and sewing
hides ; the men are idlers, and the boys run about
the whole day in exercising their strength. The men
are much addicted to drunkenness, and then the
women are accustomed to conceal their husband s
weapons, for fear of being killed. They do not rear
more than two or three children, killing all above
this number.
AB1SCA, an extensive province of the king
dom of Peru, to the e. of the Cordillera of the
Andes, between the rivers Yetau and Anmrumago,,
and to the s. of Cuzco. It is little known, con
sisting entirely of woods, rivers, and lakes ; and
B 2
4 A B R
hither many barbarous nations of Indians have re
tired, selecting for their dwelling places the few
plains which belong to the province. The Em
peror Yupanqui endeavoured to make it subser
vient to his controul, but without success : the same
disappointment awaited Pedro de Andia in his
attempt to subjugate it in the year 1538.
ABISMES, QUARTEL DBS, that part or divi
sion of the island of Guadaloupe which looks to
the n. e. It takes its name from its having some
creeks, or inlets, which serve as places of shelter
for vessels, in case of invasion either from enemies
or from hurricanes. Here they ride quite safe,
for the bottom is very good ; and being made fast
to the strong palm-trees which abound here, they
stand in no need of being anchored, which would
be inconvenient, and attended with risk, on ac
count of the thick roots thrown out by the
above trees. Further on is a small island called
Des Cochons, where an engineer, of the name of
Renau, endeavoured, without success, in 1700, to
build a fort, for the sake of securing the harbour,
which is a good one.
ABITANJS, a mountain of the province and
corregimiento of Lipes in Peru. In the Quechu-
an tongue it signifies the ore of gold, from a cele
brated mine which is at present nearly abandoned,
from the want of workmen. It is nearly contigu
ous to thetesettlement of Colcha.
[ABITIBBI, a small lake in Upper Canada, on
the s. side of which is a settlement called Frederick,
which last lies in n. lat. 48 35 . w. long. 82. Also
the name of a river which runs n. and joins Moose
river near its mouth at James s bay.]
ABIT1BIS, a lake of the country of Hudson,
in the territory of the Indians of this name. [This
lake is n. of Nipissing lake, the . e. boundary of
Canada, in New South Wales : it has communi
cation with James s bay, near Moose fort. Lat.
48 39 n. Long. 79 2 o>.]
ABITIGAS, a nation of barbarous Indians, of
the province and corregimiento of Tarma in
Peru. It is very numerous and warlike; and they
live a wandering life in the woods. It is CO
leagues to the e. of the mountains of the Andes ;
bounded on the s. by the Ipilcos Indians.
ABORROEN, a port of the coast of Brasil, in
the province and captainship of Seara, between the
river Escorgogive and the bay of Inobu.
ABRA, an island of the straits of Magellan, at
the entrance of the third and last narrow pass,
called the Passage.
[ABRAM S CREEK falls into Hudson s river,
near the city of Hudson.]
ABREOLHOS, or ABREOGOS, Point of, on
A C A
the coast of Brasil, and of the province and cap
tainship of Espiritu Santo, between the rivers
Percipe and Quororupa, in s. lat. 18 19 30".
w. long. 39 51 30". Here are some hidden rocks,
or sand-banks, extremely dangerous ; and al
though there are various navigable channels, it
requires the utmost caution to avoid shipwreck,
this having been the lot of an infinite number of
vessels. These sand-banks are more than 20
leagues distant from the continent, and extend
themselves upwards of five leagues to the e. of the
island of Tuego. Their situation, taken in the
the centre, is in 170 51 20" s. lat. w. long. 39
lo.
[ABROJOS, or BAXOS DE BABUCA, a bank,
with several small rocks and isles, e. of Turk s
island, in n. lat. 21 5 . w. long. 70 40 . Between
this bank and Turk s island is a deep channel, for
ships of any burden, three leagues wide.]
ABROJOS, a shoal of the N. sea. See the ar
ticle PANUELA QUADRADO.
ABSECON BEACH, on the coast of New
Jersey, 16 miles s. w. from Little Egg harbour.
ABUCARA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, in a valley of
the same name. It was anciently the capital of
this province, and had the same denomination.
At present it is much reduced, the corregidor
haying left it to establish himself in Lucanas.
Lat. 15 33 5. Long. 73 28 w.
ABUCEES, S. JOSEPH DE LOS, a settlement
of the missions of the Sucumbios Indians, who
were founded by, and maintained at the expence
of, the abolished order of the Jesuits, in the pro
vince and government of Quixos and Marcas, of
the kingdom of Quito ; situate on the shore of a
small river, which enters the Putumayo. Lat.
36 n. Long. 75 22 w.
ABLJRRA, S. BARTOLOME DE, a town of the
province and government of Antioquia, in the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, founded in 154?, by
the Marshal George Robledo, in u fertile and ex
tensive valley of the same name, which was dis
covered in 1540 by Captain Geronimo Luis
Texelo. It abounds in all kinds of fruits, seeds,
and vegetables, and is of a hot temperature. In its
district are found many huacas, or sepulchres of
the Indians, in which great riches are deposited.
It has now so much fallen to decay, that it is no
more than a miserable hamlet. In its vicinity are
some streams of salt water, from which the Indians
procure salt for their use. Lat. 5 51 30" .
Long. 75 17 w.
ACA, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of
Tlaxclala, in Nueva Espana.
A C A
[ACAAY, a parish in Paraguay, situate on a
small river which runs into the Rio Paraguay.
It is about 14 leagues s. e. of Asuncion. Lat. 25
54 1" s. Long. 57 23 to.]
ACACUNA, a mountain of Peru, in the pro
vince and corrcgimiento of Arica in Peru. It is
very lofty, and is four leagues distant from the
S. sea ; is very barren, and situate between the
promontory of Ilo and the river Sama. Lat.70 3
29 s. [Long. 18 35 a?.]
ACADIA, a province and peninsula of N. Ame
rica, on the e. coast of Canada, between the island
or bank of Newfoundland and New England, by
which it is bounded on the w. It is more than
100 leagues in length from n. w. to s. e. arid nearly
80 in width, from n. e. tos. w. from the gulph of
St. Lawrence to the river Santa Cruz. It was dis
covered in 1497 by Sebastian Cabot, sent thither
from England by Henry VII. The French, un
der the command of Jacob Cartier, of St. M aloes,
established themselves here in 1534, in order to
carry on a cod -fishery on the bank of Newfound
land ; and in 1G04, Peter Guest, a gentleman of
the household of Henry IV. of France, was sent by
that king to establish a colony, which he founded
at Port Royal. The English entered it under
Gilbert Humphry, in consequence of a grant
which had been made to this person by Queen
Elizabeth, and gave it the title of Nova Scotia.
In 1621 King James 1. made a donation of it to
the Earl of Stirling ; and in 1627 the French,
commanded by Kirk de la Rochelle, made them
selves masters of it, destroying all the establish
ments of the English, who were obliged to sur
render it up, in 1629, by the treaty of St. Ger-
mains. The French shortly afterwards lost it ; a
Governor Philip having taken possession of it ;
but they, however, regained it in 1691, through the
conduct of Mr. De Villebon. In order to settle
the pretensions of the rival courts, commissioners
were, by mutual consent, appointed in the peace
ofRiswick, in 1697, to consider which should be
the limits of Nova Scotia and New England ; and
in the peace of Utrecht, it was entirely ceded to the
English, who afterwards returned to it. This
beautiful country contains many rivers and lakes ;
the principal of these is the Rosignol, well stocked
with fish : there are also many woods, full of ex
cellent timber, and thronged with very singular
birds ; as, for instance, the Colibri, or humming
bird, and various others. The same woods abound
in many kinds of fruits and medicinal herbs. It
is very fertile in wheat, maize, pulse of all sorts,
and also produces cattle of various kinds, animals
of the chase, and abundance of fine fish. Its
A C A 5
principal commerce is in skins and salt fish. The
winter is longer and colder than in Europe. The
capital is Port Royal. [The name of Acadia was
first applied to a tract from the 40th to the 46th
degree of n. lat. granted to De Mons, Nov. 8,
J603, by Henry IV. of France. For the present
state of this country, see NOVA SCOTIA.]
ACAGUATO, a settlement of the head settle-
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tan-
citaro. It is so reduced as to consist of no more
than 15 families of Indians, who maintain them
selves by sowing some maize, and other vegetable
productions. Eight leagues s. of the capital.
ACAHILA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Yamparaes in Peru, dependent
on the archbishopric of Charcas, and annexed to
the curacy of S. Christ obal de Pilcomayo.
ACAIA, a settlement of the province and corre
gimiento of Caxatambo in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Churin.
ACAMBARO, the head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Zelaya, in the
province and bishopric of Mechoacan. It con
tains 490 families of Indians, 80 of Mustees and
Mulattoes, and a convent of the order of St. Fran
cis. In its district there are other small settle
ments or wards. Seven leagues s. of its capital.
ACAM1STLAHUAC, the head settlement of
the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tasco, an
nexed to the curacy of its capital, from whence it
is distant two leagues to the e. n. e. It contains
50 Indian families^
ACAMUCH1TLAN, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Texopilco, and alcal
dia mayor of Zultepec. It contains 60 Indian fa
milies, whose commerce is in sugar and honey.
It produces also maize, and cultivates many vege
table productions. Five leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ACAMON, a river of the province and govern-
ment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. ft arises
in the serranias of Usupama; runs w. n. w. and
enters the Caroni.
ACANTEPEC, the head settlement of the al
caldia mayor of Tlapa. It is of a cold and moist
temperature, contains 92 Indian families, among
which are included those of another settlement in
its vicinity, all of whom maintain themselves by
manufacturing cotton stuffs.
ACANTI, a river of the province and govern
ment of Darien, in the kingdom of Tierra Firme.
It rises in the mountains which lie towards the n.
and empties itself into the sea between Cape Tibu-
ron and the bay of Calidonia.
ACAPALA, a settlement of the province and
6 A C A
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa, in the kingdom of
Guatemala. Lat. 16 53 n. Long. 93 52 w . [It
is situate on the Tobasco river, near the city of
Chiapa, and not far from a bay in the S. sea,
called Teguantipac.]
ACAPAZINGO, SAN DIEGO DE, the head set
tlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of Cuer-
navaca.
ACAPETLAHUA1A, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Escateopan, and alcal
dia mayor of Zaqualpa. It contains 180 Indian
families.
ACAPONETA, the alcaldia mayor of the
kingdom of Galicia, and bishopric ofGuadalaxa-
ra, in Nueva Espana. Its jurisdiction is reduced.
It enjoys various hot and cold temperatures, and
has therefore the crops peculiar to both climates ;
and the same are sown in its district, and produce
abundantly. The capital is the town of the same
name, situate between the two rivers St. Pedro
and de Canas ; the latter dividing Nueva Espana
from the provinces of Rosario and Cinaloa, as also
the bishoprics of Durango and Gaudalaxara, from
whence it is distant 83 leagues, w. n. w. It has a
convent of the order of St. Francisco. Long. 105
40 30*. Lat. 22 43* 30".
ACAPULCO, or Los REYES, the capital city of
the government of Nueva Espana, situate on the
coast of the S. sea. Its inhabitants amount to nearly
400 families of Chinese, Mulattoes, and Negroes.
It has a parish church, with two vicars, and two
convents, one of the order of St. Francis, and the
other of St. Hyppolite de la Casidad, which is a
royal hospital ; an office of public accounts, with
an accountant and treasurer for the managing and
keeping the accounts of the duties produced by the
goods brought in the China ships. The city is
small, and the churches and houses are moderately
ornamented. The greater part of the city is on
the sea-shore. The air is of an extremely hot and
moist temperature ; for, independent of its being
in the torrid zone, it is entirely shut out from the
. winds, being surrounded by lofty serranias.
These circumstances render it very unhealthy,
especially in the wet season, on account of the
damps and sea-winds blowing from the s. e. to
the great detriment of the inhabitants and mer
chants who come to trade here ; this being the
principal cause why there are scarcely more than
eight Spanish families who reside here. It is
equally in want of every sort of provision, owing
to the reduced and barren state of the land, and is
forced to seek its necessary supplies from the In
dian settlements within its jurisdiction. The only
commerce which it can be said to have, isafairwhich
A C A
is held on the arrival of the ships from China ; and
when these depart, there are no other means for
the people of maintaining a trade, and if the above
resource should happen to fail for three or four
years, the place must inevitably be abandoned.
At the distance of a musket-shot, and on a pro
montory running far into the sea, is situate the
castle and royal fort of San Diego, mounted with
31 pieces of artillery, the greater part of them
24 pounders, for the defence of the entrance of the
port, which is safe, and so spacious, that .500
ships can lay at anchor in it with ease. It is sur
rounded by lofty rising grounds. Its principal
mouth is on the s. side, formed by an island of an
oblong figure, and somewhat inclining to the s. w.
The same island forms also another mouth, which
they call chica, or little. The canals on either
side of the island are 25 fathoms deep. The go
vernor of the castle has the rank ofcastellano, with
the title of lieutenant-general of the coasts of the
S. Sea ; and for the defence of these coasts, there
are three companies of militia, composed of the
the whole of the inhabitants, namely, one company
of Chinese, another of Mulattoes, and the third of
Negroes, who run to arms whenever they hear
the cannon fired three times at short intervals.
In the settlements of its neighbourhood they grow
cotton, maize, and other seeds, vegetables and
fruits. They have cattle of the large and small
kind, and some tobacco, all of which productions
are sufficient for the use of the castle and the city,
which is 80 leagues distant from Mexico. [The
famous cut in the mountain, (abra de San Nicholas),
near the bay de la Langosta, for the admission of
the sea winds, was recently finished. The popu
lation of this miserable town, inhabited almost ex
clusively by people of colour, amounts to 9000
at the time of the arrival of the Manilla galleon
(nao de China}. Its habitual population is only
4000. The chief trade of Acapulco continues still
to be its commerce with Manilla. The Manilla
ship arrives once a year at Acapulco, with a cargo
of Indian goods, valued at 12 or 1 300,000 dollars,
and carries back silver in exchange, with a very
small quantity of American produce, and some
European goods. Lat. according to Humboldt,
1650 29 . Long, by ditto, 99 46 . Lat, accord
ing to the Spaniards, 16 50 30". Long, by ditto,
100. Both longitudes being measured from the
meridian of Greenwich .]
ACARAGA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay. It rises in the province of the
Parana, and running n. enters the Uruguay, where
is the city of Asuncion. It is navigable by ca
noes throughout, and abounds in fish.
ACARAI, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay, founded near the river Pa
rana, and rather towards the w. by the missionary
Jesuits, in 1624, where they also built a fort to
protect it against the incursions of the infidel In
dians.
ACARAI, a river of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay. It runs s. s. e. and enters the
Parana opposite the settlement of La Poblacion Nu-
eva.
ACARAPU, a small river of the province and
colony of Surinam, in the part of Guayana be
longing to the Dutch. It is one of those which
enter the Cuyuni.
ACAR1, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Camana, in Peru, situate in a beau
tiful and extensive valley, in which there is a very
lofty mountain, which they call Sahuacario, com
posed of misshapen stones and sand, in which, at
certain times of the year, especially in the months
of December and January, is heard a loud and con
tinued murmuringjwhich excites universal astonish
ment, and which, no doubt, is to be attributed to
the air in some of its cavities. On its skirts are
two fortresses, which were built in the time of the
gentilism of the Indians. There is a port half-way
between the town of St. Juan and the city of Are-
quipa, which is 8 leagues distant from the lat
ter, and 1 1 from the former. It is very convenient,
and has an excellent bottom, but is frequented only
by small vessels. It is in lat. 15 15 . s. Long.
75 30" w.
ACARI, a point or cape of the coast of the S.
sea, of the same province, and of the corregimicnto
c r<
of Camana.
ACARI, a river of the above province, which
runs to the s. e.
ACARI, another river, of the province and cap
tainship of Para in the kingdom of Brasil. It is
small, runs n. afterwards inclines to the n. n. w.
and enters the river of Las Amazonas, just where
this empties itself into the sea.
ACARIGUA, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of
the river of its name, and close upon the . side of
the town of Ararul.
ACARIGUA, a river of the above province and
government, which rises near the town of Araure,
and runs s. to enter the river of La Portuguesa.
ACARRETO, a port of the coast of Tierra
Firme, in the province and government of Darien,
near cape Tiburon. [Lat. 8 S9 y n. Long. 77*
24 30" o>.]
ACARUACA, a small river of the province
and country of the AmazonaSj in the part belong-
A C A 7
ing to the Portuguese. It runs from n. to *. form
ing a bow, and enters the Matari.
[ACASABASTIAN, a river in the province of
Vera Paz in Mexico. It runs into the Golfo
Dulce, and has a town situated on its banks of the
same name. The source of this river is not far
from the S. sea.]
ACASABASTLAN, a settlement of the kingdom
of Guatemala, in the province and alcaldia mayor
of Chiapa.
{[ACASATHULA, a sea-port, situated on a
point of land, in the province of Guatemala Pro
per, in Mexico, on a bay of the S. sea, about four
leagues from Trinidad. It receives the greatest
part of the treasures from Peru and Mexico. In
its neighbourhood are three volcanoes.]
AC ASS A, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, in the part possessed by the
French. It enters the sea between the Ayapoco
and Cape Orange.
ACATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment and alcaldia mayor of Thehuacan, where
there is a convent or vicarage of the order of St.
Francis. It contains 860 Indian families (includ
ing those of the wards of its district) in a spacious
valley, which begins at the end of the settlement
and extends itself above a league. In this valley
are 12 cultivated estates, on which live 40 Indian
families. It is four leagues s. s. w. of its capital.
ACATEPEC, another settlement in the head set
tlement and district of Chinantla, of the alcaldia
mayor of Cozamaloapan. It is situate in a very
pleasant plain, and surrounded by three lofty
mountains. The number of its inhabitants is re
duced. A very rapid and broad river passes near
this settlement; and as this is the direct way to the
city of Oaxaca and other jurisdictions, and as the
travellers, who come here in great numbers, must
necessarily cross the river in barks or canoes, the
Indians, who are very expert in this sort of navi
gation, contrive by these means to procure them
selves a decent livelihood. 10 leagues w. of its
head settlement.
ACATEPEC, another settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of the same kingdom, situate between two
high ridges. It contains 100 Indian families, and
is annexed to the curacy of San Lorenzo, from
whence it is two leagues distant.
ACATEPEC, another settlement, having also the
dedicatory title of San Miguel, in the alcaldia
mayor of Huamelula, situate in a hollow. The
climate here is hot. At its skirts runs a river, the
waters of which fertilize the land, which abounds
in gardens and cultivated spots. It contains 39
Indian families; and is annexed to the curacy of
>
A C A
Tlacolula, from whence it is distant a league and a
half to the n.
ACATEPEC, another settlement of the head set
tlement and alcaldia mayor of Xicayan, of the
same kingdom. It contains 12 Indian families,
and is 10 leagues distant from its head settlement.
AGATEPEQUE, S. FRANCISO DE, asettlement
of the head settlement of St. Andres de Cholula,
and alcaldia mayor of this name. It contains 140
Indian families, and is half a league to the s. of its
capital.
ACATEPEQUE, another settlement of the head
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Igualapa, situate
at a league s distance to the e. of the same.
ACATIC, a settlement of the head settlement
and alcaldia mayor of Tecpatitlan, in the kingdom
and bishopric ot Nueva Galicia. It is four leagues
to the s. of its capital.
ACATICO, a settlement of the head settlement
and alcaldia mayor of Cuquio, in Nueva Espana.
ACATLAN, a settlement and capital of the al
caldia mayor of this name. It is of a mild tempe
rature, and its situation is at the entrance of the
Misteca Baxa. It contains 850 families of Indians,
and 20 of Spaniards and Mustees. In its vicinity
are some excellent salt-grounds, in which its com
merce chiefly consists. The jurisdiction of this
alcaldia , which contains four other head settle
ments of the district, is fertile and pleasant,
abounding in flowers, fruits, all kinds of pulse and
seeds, and is well watered. They have here large
breeds of goats, which they slaughter chiefly for the
skin and the fat, salting down the flesh, and sending
it to La Puebla and other parts to be sold. In its
district are many cultivated lands. It is 55 leagues
leagues to the e. s. e. of Mexico. Long. 275 10 . w.
Lat. 19 4 fi.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the same name,
whh the dedicatory title of S. Andres, in the head
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Xalapa, in the
same kingdom, situate on a clayey spot of ground,
of a cold moist temperature, rendered fertile by an
abundance of streams, which in a very regular man
ner water the lands ; although , it being void of moun
tains and exposed to the n. winds, the fruits within
its neighourhood do not come to maturity. It con
tains 180 Indian families, including those of the
new settlement, which was established at a league s
distance to the 5. of its head settlement, and which
is called San Miguel de las Aguastelas. Acatlan
is a league and a half distant from its head settle
ment.
ACATLAN, another settlement, having the de*
dicatory title of San Pedro, belonging to the head
settlement of Malacatepec and alcaldia mayor of
A C A
Nexapa, in the same kingdom. It contains SO In
dian families, who trade in wool and HI the fish
called bobo, quantities of which are found in a
large river which runs close by the settlement, and
which are a great source of emolument to them.
It is four leagues /?. of its capital.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set
tlement of Zitlala, of the same alcaldia and king
dom. It contains 198 Indian families, and its
situation is a league and an half n. of its head set
tlement.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set
tlement and alcaldia mayor of Sentipac, of the
same kingdom. It is of a cold temperature, con
tains 42 Indian families, and is 15 leagues n. e. of
its capital.
ACATLAN, another settlement of the head set
tlement of Atotonilco, and alcaldia mayor of Tu-
lanzingo in the same kingdom. It contains 115
Indian families, and a convent of the religious
order of St. Augustin. Two leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ACATLAZINGO, SANTA MARIA DE, a set
tlement of the head settlement of Xicula, and al
caldia mayor of Nexapa, situate in a plain that is
surrounded on all sides by mountains. It contains
67 Indian families, who employ themselves in the
culture of the cochineal plant.
ACATULA, a settlement of the province and
government of Venezuela, situate on the shore of
the river Guasqui, to the e. of the city of Coro.
ACAXEE, a nation of Indians of the province
ofTopia. It is well peopled, and was converted
to the Catholic faith by the father Hernando de
Santaren, and others of the abolished society of the
Jesuits, in 1602. They are docile, of good dispo
sitions and abilities. In the time of their idolatry,
they used to bend the heads of their dead with their
bodies and knees together, and in this posture inter
them in a cave, or under a rock, giving them provi
sions for the journey which they fancied them about
to make ; also laying by them a bow and arrows
for their defence. Should an Indian woman hap
pen to have died in child-bed, the infant was put
to death ; for they used to say, it was the cause of
her death. These Indians were once induced by a
sorcerer to make an insurrection, but it was quelled
by the governor of the province, Don Francisco de
Ordinola, in the year 1612.
ACAXETE, SANTA MARIA DE, the head set
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tep-
caca, situate on the slope of the noted sierra of Tlas-
cala. It is of a cold and dry temperature, contains
seven Spanish families, 10 of Mustees and Mulattoes,
and 176 of Mexican Indians. In its vicinity is a re-
A C A
servoir, formed of hewn stone, which serves at once
to catch the waters as they come down from the
sierra, and to conduct them to Tepcaca, three
leagues n. n. w. of its capital.
ACAXUCHITLAN, the head settlement of the
alcaldia mayor of Tuluzingo, to the n. e. It con
tains 406 Indian families, and is a curacy of the
bishopric of La Puebla de los Angeles. Distant
four leagues to the e. of its capital.
ACAYUCA, the alcaldia mayor of Nueva Es-
paria, and of the province of Goazacoalco. Its
jurisdiction is very extended, and consists, for the
most part, of places of a hot and moist temperature,
but so fertile is it that it gives annually lour crops
of maize; and as there is no demand for this pro
duction in the other provinces, it follows, of course,
that the Indians here are little given to industry.
Indeed the ground never requires the plough, and
the whole of their labours during the seed-time
consist merely in smoothing the surface of the
mountains, and in scratching up the ground with
a pointed stick. It is at times infested by locusts,
which destroy the plants and crops ; and having
never been able to find a remedy against this evil,
the inhabitants had recourse to the protection of
the virgin of La Conception, which is revered in
the head settlement of the district of the Chichi-
mecas ; and it is said that, owing to her mediatory
influence, the plague has been thought to diminish.
This province is watered by the abundant river of
the Goazacoalco. The settlements of this alcaldia
are,
Xocoteapa, Olutla,
Macayapa, Otcapa,
Menzapa, Pochutla,
Molocan, Ostitan,
Theimanquillo, Cozolcaque,
Tinantitlan, Ixhuatla,
Chinameca, Macatcpeque.
Zoconusco,
ACAYUCA, the capital of the above, situate on
the coast of the N. sea. Its inhabitants are com
posed of 30 families of Spaniards, 296 of In
dians, and 70 of Mustees and Mulattoes. It lies
a little more -than 100 leagues s. e. of Mexico.
Lat. 17 53 n. Long. 94 46 30" w.
ACAYUCA, another settlement in the alcaldia
mayor of Pachuca, in the kingdom of Nueva Es-
paiia, annexed to the curacy of Tezayuca, and
containing 100 Indian families.
ACAZINGO, ST. JUAN DE, the head settle-
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Tep
caca, situate in a plain of a mild temperature, and
watered by two streams which run close to all the
houses of the settlement, to the great comfort of
VOL. I.
A C H 9
the inhabitants. In the middle of the above plain
there is a beautiful fountain, a convent of the reli
gious order of St. Francis, a very ancient build
ing, and some other buildings, which have been
erected since the conquest of the country. The
parish church is a piece of the most ancient archi
tecture. The inhabitants are composed of 150
families of Spaniards, 104 of Mustees, 31 of Mu
lattoes, and 700 of Indians ; 3| leagues c. to the
n. e. of its capital.
ACAZUTLA, a port of the S. sea, on the coast
of the province of the alcaldia mayor of Zuchi-
tepec, in the kingdom of Guatemala, between the
point of Los Remedios, and the settlement of
Guapaca. [Lat. 14 42 n. Long. 90 3 w.~]
ACCHA, a settlement of the province a;id cor-
regimienloof Chilques arid Masques in Peru, situ
ate on the skirt of a mountain, which has a pro
minence, seeming as though it were about to fall
upon the settlement. This mountain is constantly
dwindling away without any assignable cause.
Lat. 13 19 s. Long. 71 13 w.
ACCHA-AMANSALA, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Chilques and Masques
in Peru.
ACCIIA-UR1NZABA, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Chilques and Masques
in Peru.
ACCITES, a river of the province and go
vernment of Caraccas, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises in the mountains, and enters the
Orituco.
[ACCOCESAWS. The ancient town and prin
cipal place of residence of these Indians is on the
w. side of Colorado of Rio Rouge, about 200 miles
s. w. of Nacogdoches, but they often change their
place of residence for a season : being near th
bay, they make great use of fish, oysters &c. ;
kill a great many deer, which are the largest and
fattest in the province ; and their country is uni
versally said to be inferior to no part of the pro
vince in soil, growth of timber, good ness of water,
and beauty of surface ; they have a language pe
culiar to themselves, but have a mode of commu
nication by dumb signs, which they all understand :
number about 80 men. Thirty or forty years
ago, the Spaniards had a mission here, but broke
it up, or moved it to Nacogdoches. They talk
of resettling it, and speak in the highest terms of
the country.]
[ACCOMACK County, in Virginia, is situated
on a peninsula, bounded //. by Maryland, e. by
the ocean, and on the w. by Chcsapeak bay,
and contains 13,959 inhabitants, including 4262
skyes.]
c
10
A C H
ACHA, Mountains of, in the province and
government of G nay ana ; they run from n. to *.
on the shore of the river Carom.
ACHACACHE, a settlement of the province
and corregimtenlo of Omasuyos, the capital of
this province, in Peru. It contains, besides the
parish chapel, another, in which is an image of
Christ, with the dedicatory title of La Misericordia.
[Lat. 16 33 30" s. Long. 79 23 20 a?.]
ACHAGUA, a nation of Indians of the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada, who dwell among the plains
of Gazanare and Meta, and in the woods which
skirt the river Ele. They are bold in their en
gagements with wild beasts, but with human be
ings they have recourse rather to poison and
stratagem ; they are dexterous in the use of the
dart and spear, and never miss their aim ; are
particularly fond of horses, of which they take the
utmost care, anointing and rubbing them with oil ;
and it is a great thing among them to have one of
these animals of peculiar size and beauty. They
go naked, but, for the sake of decency, wear a
small apron made of the thread of aloes, the rest
of their bodies being painted of different colours.
They are accustomed, at the birth of their chil
dren, to smear them with a bituminous ointment,
which hinders the hair from growing, even upon
the eye-brows. The women s brows are also en
tirely deprived of hair, and the juice of jugua
being immediately rubbed into the little holes
formed by the depilatory operation, they remain
bald for ever afler. They are of a gentle disposi-
sition, but much given to intoxication. The
Jesuits reduced many to the catholic faith, forming
them into settlements, in 166 1 .
ACHA LA, Mountains of, in the province and
government of Tucuman, bounded by the moun
tains of Augo or Mendoza, of the kingdom of
Chile ; they run from n. n. w. to s. s. c. at the
sources of the river Quarto.
ACHAMQU1. See CHANQUI.
ACHAS, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Guamanga in Peru, situate on the
confines which divide the above province from
Huanta.
ACHEPE, Bay of, a small port of the N. sea,
on the e. coast of the Isla Real, or Cape Breton.
It is close to N. cape.
[ACHIACH1CA, a town in Mexico. See
ANC F.LOS.]
ACHIANTLAS, MIGUEL DE, the head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Te-
pozcolula. It contains a convent of monks of
Santo Domingo, and 260 families of Indians, who
occupy themselves in cultivating and improving
AGO
the land. It is eight leagues to the w. with an in
clination to the s. of its capital.
AC11IBAMBA, a river of the province and
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ;
it rises in the mountains, and enters the Mara-
non.
ACFI1NUTLAN, a very lofty mountain of the
province and government of Guayana, or Nueva
Andalucia. It is on the shore of the river Orinoco,
and to the e. of the Ciudad Real, (royal city), the
river Tacuragua running between them.
AC1IIRA. See CATA-MAGU.
ACHITE, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana. It runs from 5. to n.
and enters the Cuyuni.
ACHOCALLA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Pacages in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Viacha.
ACHOGOA, a settlement of the province and
government of Cinaloa, founded by the mission
aries of the Jesuits, between the rivers Tuerte,
Mayo, and Ribas.
ACHOMA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Collahuas in Peru. In its vici
nity is a volcano, called Amboto and Sahuarcuca,
which vomits smoke and flames; the latter of
which are seen clearly at night.
ACHONGA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Lircay.
ACHOUPEKAHIGAN, a river of Canada.
It runs e. afterwards turns to the s. and enters the
lake of St. Thomas.
[ACKLIN S Island. See CROOKED Island.]
ACLA, a small city of the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, in the province of Darien, founded by
Gabriel de Roxas, in 1514, on the coast of the S.
sea, at the mouth of the gulph of Uraba, in front
of the island of Pinos, with a good fort, then much
frequented and very convenient, from having a
good bottom, but somewhat incommoded by cur
rents. Pedro Arias Davila built here a fort for
its defence in 1516 ; but the settlement, never
theless, did not keep long together, the Spaniards
having abandoned it, on account of its unhealthi-
ness, in 1532. [Lat. 8 56 n. Long. 77 40 a>.]
ACOBAMBA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru. It was the
capital, but at present the town of Guancavelica
bears that title, on account of its being the resi
dence of the governor and other people of conse
quence. It is of a good temperature, and so
abundant in grain, that its crops of wheat amount
to 25,000 bushels yearly. In an estate near it,
are some pyramidical stones, and in other parts
AGO
are the ruins of some well made benches in the
shape of couches, which have been much injured
by time, and were there before the coming of the
Spaniards. Lat. 13 lb 30" s. Long. 74 32
30" w.
ACOBAMBA, another settlement of the same
name in the province and corregimiento of Jauja,
annexed to the curaey of Cocliangara.
ACOBAMBA, another settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Tarma.
ACOBAMB1LLA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed
to the caracy of Conaica.
ACOCHALA, a very lofty mountain of the
province and corregimiento of Lipes, in the arch
bishopric of Charcas, where there are some very
fine silver mines, which are, however, little work
ed for want of hands.
ACOLA, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of its capital.
ACOLMAN, SAN AGUSTIN DE, a settlement
of the head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Tez-
coco, in Nueva Espana, situate in a pleasant
valley of a benign temperature. There are some
wards united to its district, and the number of
its inhabitants, including these wards, amounts to
240 Indian families, besides a convent of monks of
the order of St. Augustin.
ACOMA, a settlement of Nucvo Mexico, situ
ate on the shore of a river which enters the Grande
of the N. between the settlements of San Juan and
La Laguna. [It is on a high mountain, with a
strong castle, and is the capital of the province.
[Lat. 35 24 n. Long. 106 U 10 to.]
ACOMACK, a county of the province and
colony of Virginia, which preserves i(s Indian
name. It is the largest county of the province,
containing 200,925 acres of ground : but not so
well peopled as the others, and has only one parish,
which is of the same name. Different rivers take
their rise here ; among the most noted is the Clis-
fconossea.
ACOMAIO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Huanuco in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Santa Maria del Valle, situate on
the confines of the infidel Panataguas Indians.
ACOMAIO, another settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Quispicanchi in Peru.
A CO MARC A, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Vilcas Huaman in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Vilcas.
ACOMES, a fall of the river Amariscoggin, in
the province of Continent, one of the fouf which
compose the colony of New England.
AGO
11
ACOMULCO, a settlement of the head settle
ment and alcaldia mayor of Zochicoatlan in
Nueva Espafia. It contains 12 Indiau families,
and is two leagues to the u. of its capital.
ACONCAGUA, a province and corregimietito
of the kingdom of Chile ; bounded n. by a part
of the province of Quillota, e. by the Cordillera,
s. by the valley of Colina, of the jurisdiction of
Santiago, zo. by the province of Quillota. Its
territory is level and well watered. It is divided
into two parts by a large river of the same name,
having a bridge built of stone and mortar, with
two arches. It produces abundance of wheat and
much wild marjoram, which is carried to Peru,
and forms the principal branch of its commerce.
In this province is the royal road, lying through
the Cordillera in the way to Mendoza, which is
very rough and dangerous, on account of the
many slopes and steep declivities towards the river ;
the path is very narrow, and in various places it is
necessary to open a pass by means of a pick-axe ; so
that, if at any time the mules should crowd together,
they would push each other into the river, which has
not unfrequcntly been the case. The royal treasures
are carried by this road from the month of Novem
ber to April and part of May. A few years since,
some small houses of brick and mortar have been
built on one or other side of the Cordillera, which
they call casuchas (miserable huts) ; in these thej
put, in the winter time, some coal, biscuit, and
hung beef, so that the couriers, providing them
selves with the keys of the doors at Mendoza, or, on
the other side, at the Guardia of Aconcagua, may
have something to live upon, in case they should
be stopt by a fall of snow on their journey ; and
with this precaution, a courier goes every month
to Santiago, carrying with him the mails brought
by the ships from Europe. In the winter it is
customary to walk on foot over the snow, from
Paramillo, which is three leagues from the top of
the Cordillera, and four from its descent to the
place which is called Los Ojos de Agua, through
the valley of Putaendo ; but towards the n. there
is another way, which thej r call De Los Patos,
which is the road generally taken in going to tbp
city of San Juan ; but the Cordillera being more
lofty here, it is only passable in the months of
February and March. The inhabitants of this
province amount, on an average, to 8000 souls.
The capital is San Felipe el Real. [Lat. 32 11
s. Long. 70 12 30" w.~]
ACONCAGUA, a large river which runs through
the above province, rising in the mountains of the
Cordillera^ and running through it by the side of
the road which leads to Buenos Ayres ; branching
12 AGO
out various ways, and watering, from the place in
which it rises, the extensive vallies of Curimon,
Aconcagua, Quillota, and Concon ; in which are
cultivated large crops of wheat, flax and hemp ;
and it, moreover, enters the sea in as large a stream
as if it had never undergone the like ramifications :
its mouth is in 33 lat.
ACONCAGUA, a settlement of the same pro
vince, which was formerly its capital, until the
foundation of the city of S. Felipe. It is very
thinly peopled, and is situate in the valley of this
name.
ACONCAGUA, a volcano of the same province.
ACONCHI, a settlement of the province and
government of Sonora in Nueva Espana.
3 ACON1CH1, a settlement of Indians of N.Ca
rolina, situate on the shore of the river Eno.
ACONICHI, an island in ihe middle of the river
Dan, in the same province.
ACONQUIJA, the most lofty mountain of the
province and government of Tucuman, in the
district of the city of Catamarca, and very near
it. It is perpetually covered with snow, and
abounds with minerals of gold. Its jurisdiction
is disputed by the province of Atacama.
ACOP1A, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Quispicanchi in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Sangarara.
ACORA, a settlement of the province and
government of Chucuito in Peru, situate on the
shore of the Gran Laguna (great lake). Lat. 16
40 30" s. Long. 70 15 w.
ACORI, a small river of the province and cap
tainship of Para in Brazil. It runs w. bet ween the
Pacajes and Yavarais, and enters the river of the
Ama^onas, in the arm formed by the island of
Marajo.
ACORIA, a settlement of the province and
ccrregimievto of Angaraes in Peru.
ACORO, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimienlo of Huanta in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Tambillo.
ACOS, a settlement of the province and corre-
ginrifnto of Jauja in Peru.
At os, another settlement of the province and
rorregt mifnto of Quispicanchi, annexed to the
curacy of Acomayo.
ACOSTA, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, situate on
the n. shore of the large river of San Francisco,
near where it enters the sea.
ACOSTAMBA, a settlement of the province and
correginricnto of Ctistro-virrcyna in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Pilpichacha.
ACOSTA M BO, a settlement of the province
ACT
and covregimiento of Huanta in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Huaribamba.
ACOTAMA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Iguari.
ACOTITLAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment and alcaldia mayor of Autlan. It con
tains 15 Indian families, who employ themselves in
breeding the larger sort of cattle, in making sugar
and honey, in dressing seeds, and extracting oil
of cacao, which abounds greatly, from the num
ber of trees yielding this fruit. It is annexed to
the curacy of Tccolotlan, from whence it is two
leagues to the s. w.
[ACOUEZ, an Indian nation in Canada.]
ACOXCH1APA, a settlement of the head set
tlement of Xonacatepec, and alcaldia mayor of
Cuemavaca, in Nueva Espana.
[ACQUACKNACK, or ACQUAKINUNK, a
town on the w. side of Passaic river, in Essex
county, New Jersey, ten miles . of Newark, and
17 n. w. from New York. Lat. 40 47 n. Long.
74 10 w.
ACTIPA, SAN MATEO I>E, a settlement of the
alcaldia mayor of Tezcoro in Nueva Espaiia, an
nexed to the curacy of Capulalpa.
ACTIPAQUE, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle*
ment of the head settlement and alcaldia mayor
of Toluca in Nueva Espaiia, four leagues to
the s. of its capital, and situate on the shore of
the lake Tezcoco.
[ACTON, a township in Middlesex county,
Massachusetts, containing 853 inhabitants; 24
miles n. w. of Boston.]
ACTOPAN, the district and alcaldia mayor of
Nueva Espana, commonly called Octupan. Its
productions and commerce are as follows : They
consist in seeds, rigging, saltpetre, and the feed
ing of goats and sheep, chiefly prized on account
of their skins and their fat. It is of a mikt tem
perature ; but the ground is infested with prickly
plants, thorns, and teasels. There are some estates
here of about eight or ten labouring families each.
In this district, and in its environs, are many sing
ing birds, which, in the Mexican language, are
called zenzontla ; and among others is the nightin
gale. The capital bears the same name, and in it
there are no less than 2750 families of Otho-
mies Indians, divided into two parties, and sepa
rated by the church, which is a convent of the
order of St. Augustin, and a very ancient piece of
architecture. It also contains 50 families of Spa
niards, Mulattoes, and Muslccs. 23 leagues n. n. e.
of Mexico. Long. 98 49 w.. Lat. 20 19 30" n.
ACTUPAN, SAN PEDRO m, the head set-
A C U
tlemcnt of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Xochimilco, in the same kingdom. It contains
210 Indian families, including those of its wards.
ACUA, a river of the kingdom of Brazil, in
the island of Joancs or Marajo. It runs s. s. e.
and enters the large arm of the river of the Amo-
zonas.
ACUIAPAN, a settlement of the head settle,
ment and alcaldia mayor of Zultepec in Nueva
Espafia, situate between two craggy steeps, and
annexed to the curacy of Temascaltepec. It con
tains 38 Indian families, who carry on a commerce
by the dressing of hides of large and small cattle.
Six leagues n. of its capital.
ACU1LPA, a settlement of the head settlement
of Olinaltt, and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in
Nueva Espaiia. It is of a hot and moist tempe
rature, abounding in grain, chia, (a white medicinal
earth), seeds, and other productions, with which
its inhabitants carry on a trade. These consist of
92 Indian families. It is a little more than three
leagues from its head settlement.
ACUIO, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of
Cinaqua in Nueva Espana ; of a hot temperature,
and inhabited only by nine Indian families, whose
commerce consists in collecting salt and wild wax.
It belongs to the curacy of Tauricato, and in its
district are 1 1 sugar mills, and seven pastures fit
for the larger cattle, and which are so extensive
and considerable as to employ in them 50 families
of Spaniards, and 235 of Mustees^ Mulattoes, and
Negroes. 30 leagues towards the s. of its capital.
ACUL, a settlement of the island of St. Do
mingo, in the part possessed by the French ; si
tuate on the n. coast, on the shore of the port of
Petit-Goane.
ACUL, another settlement in the same island,
belonging also to the French ; situate s. of the
Llanos of the N.
ACUL, another settlement on the s. coast, upon
the bay which forms the point of Abacu.
ACUL, a river of the above island. It is small,
and runs-into the sea behind the point of Abacu.
ACULA, SAN PCDKO DE, a settlement of the
head settlement and alcaldia mayor of Cozama-
loapan in Nueva Espana, situate upon a high
hill, and bounded by a large lake of salubrious
water, called by the Indians Pitetla ; which lake
empties itself into the sea by the sand bank of Al-
varado, and the waters of which, in the winter
time, overflow to such a degree as nearly to inun
date the country. It contains 305 Indian families,
and is four leagues to the e. of its capital.
AC U LEO, a lake of the kingdom of Chile,
which empties itself into the river Maipo, famous
ADA
13
for good fish, highly prized in the city of San-
tiago. It is three leagues in length, and in some
parts one in breadth. It is in the district of the
settlement of Maipo, of the province arid corre-
gimiento of Rancagua.
AC LIMA, a river of the captainship of Seara
in Brazil : it enters the sea between the lake
Lpieni and the cape of Las Sierras.
ACLliAGU, ANGORAS, or CAMOSIX, a river
of the province and captains/tip of Seara in Bra
zil, which rises in the province of Pernambuco,
runs n. for many leagues, and enters the sea be
tween the points of Tortuga and Pahneras.
ACURAIP1TI, a river of the province and
government of Paraguay, which runs s. s. e. and
enters the Parana.
ACUT1TLAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Tepuxilco, and alcaldia
mayor of Zultepec, in Nueva Espana. It contains
45 Indian families, who trade in sugar, honey, and
maize, and many other of its natural productions.
It is five leagues n. e. of its head settlement, and a
quarter of a league from Acamuchitlan.
ACUTZIO, a settlement of the head settle
ment of Tiripitio, and alcaldia mayor of Valla-
dolid, and bishopric of Mechoacan. It contains
136 families of Indians, and 11 of Spaniards and
Muatees. There are six large cultivated estates in
its district, which produce abundance of wheat,
maize, and other seeds ; and these estates keep in
employ eight families of Spaniards, 60 of Mulat
toes, and 102 of Indians, who have also under
their care many herds of large and small cattle,
which breed here. It is one league and a half s.
of its head settlement.
ADAES, NUESTRA SGNORA DEL PILAR DE
Los, a town and garrison of the province of Los
Texas, or Nuevas Felipinas, and the last of these
settlements, being upon the confines of the French
colonies. It is of a mild temperature, very fertile,
and abounding in seeds and fruits, which the earth
produces without any cultivation ; such as ches-
nuts, grapes, and walnuts. The garrison consists
of a captain and 57 men, for the defence of the In
dian settlements lately converted by the missions
belonging to the religious order of St. Francis.
It is 215 leagues from its capital, and 576 from
Mexico. Long. 93 35 . Lat, 32 9 .
AOAES, a lake of the above province, about five
leagues broad, and 10 in circumference, forming
agulphjin which large ships can sail with ease. It
is more than 180 fat horns deep, as was once proved,
when it was found that a line of that length did not
reach the bottom. It abounds in a variety offish,
which are caught in vast quantities without nets >
ADA
ADO
the same being the case with regard to the nume
rous rivers which intersect and fertilize the pro
vince ; all of them entering and augmenting the
already abundant stream of the Mississippi. In
the middle of the lake is a pyramid ical mount, of
above 100 yards in circumference, composed of a
stone similar to crystal, and being the loftiest of
any in the province. Its borders abound with
cattle, called cibolaa^ a sort of wild cow, having the
neck well covered with a long and soft wool, and
affording delicious food to the natives. By the fat
which they procure from the numerous ant-eaters,
which breed here, they supply the want of oil.
There are also some castors, and other kinds of
mountain-animals. Two leagues from the gar
rison.
ADAES, a river of the above province, which
runs s. e. in the district or country of the Indians,
who give it the denomination ; and enters the river
Mexicano.
[ADA1ZE are Indians of N. America, who live
about 40 miles from Natchitoches, below the Yat-
tasses, on a lake called Lac Macdon, which com
municates with the division of Red river that
passes by Bayau Pierre. They live at or near
where their ancestors have lived from time imme
morial. They being the nearest nation to the old
Spanish fort, or mission of Adaize, that place was
named after them, being about 20 miles from them
to the s. There are now but 20 men of them re
maining, but more women. Their language dif
fers from all others, and is so difficult to speak or
understand, that no nation can speak ten words of
k ; but they all speak Caddo, and most of them
French, to Avhom they were always attached, and
join them against the Natchez Indians. After the
massacre of Natchez, in 1798, while the Spaniards
occupied the post of Adaize, their priests took
much pains to proselyte these Indians to the Roman
Catholic religion, but, we are informed, were totally
unsuccessful.]
[ADAMS, a township in Berkshire county,
Massachusetts, containing 2040 inhabitants, is a-
bout 140 miles n. w. of Boston. In the n. part
of this town is a great natural curiosity. A pretty
mill stream, called Hudson s brook, which rises in
Vermont, and falls into the n. branch of Hoosuck
river, has, for 30 or 40 rods, formed a very deep
channel, in some places CO feet deep, through a
quarry of white marble. Over this channel, where
deepest, some of the rocks remain, and form a
natural bridge. From the top of this bridge to
the water is 62 feet ; its length is about 12 or 15,
and its breadth about 10. Partly under this bridge,
and about 10 or 12 feet below it. is another, which
is wider, but not so long ; for at the e. end they
form one body of rock, 12 or 14 feet thick, and
under this the water flows. The rocks here are
mostly while, and in other places clouded, like
the coarse marble common at Lanesborough, and
in other towns in Berkshire county.]
[ADAMSTOWN, a town in Lancaster county,
Pennsylvania, containing about 40 houses ; 20
miles n. e. of Lancaster.]
ADAUA, a river of the province and govern
ment of St. Juan de los Llanos, in the Nuero
Reyno de Granada. It rises between the Meta and
Meteta, runs e. and enters the Orinoco in the
port of San Francisco de Borja .
ADAUQUIAIVA, a small river of the province
and government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalu-
cia, which rises
near the sierra of Parime ; and
to e. enters the sources of the
running from is*
Cauca.
[ADA YES. See MEXICANO River.]
ADDI, a settlement of the province and govern
ment of Sonora in Nueva Espaiia ; situate on the
shore of a small river, between the settlements of
Uquitoa and Tibutana.
ADDIS, a settlement of the island of Barba-
docs, one of the Antilles ; situate in the district
of the parish of Christ Church, on the s. coast.
[ADDISON, a township of the district of Maine
in Washington county, 10 miles s. w. of Machias,
on the sea-board, between Englishmen s bay and
Pleasant river. It was called No. 6. until it was
incorporated in Feb. 1797.]
[ADDISON County, in Vermont, is on the e, side
of lake Champlain, and is divided nearly into
equal parts by Otter creek ; has Chittenden county
on the n. and Rutland county on the s. and con
tains 6449 inhabitants, dispersed in 21 townships.
It is about 30 miles by 27. A range of the green
mountains passes through it. Chief town Middle-
bury, granted Nov. 1761.]
[ADDISON, a town of the above county, con
taining 401 inhabitants. It lies on lake Champ-
lain, and is separated from Newhaven, on the e.
by Otter creek. Snake mountains on the s, e. lie
partly in this township, granted 1761.]
[ADEQUATANGI& Creek, in New York
state, is the eastern head-water of Susquehannah
river.]
ADICONI, a port on the coast of the N. sea,
in the province and government of Venezuela. It
is e. of the peninsula of Para^uana.
[ADMIRALTY Bay, and Port Mulgrave, on
the n. zo. coast of America, lie in Lat. 59 31 n.
Long. 140 18 . a>.]
ADOLES, a settlement of Indians, of the pro-
A G A
vince of Orinoco, and part of the Saliva nation,
forming a separate district, and situate in the
plains of San Juan, of the new kingdom of Gra
nada, near the river Sinaruco. It was destroyed
by the Caribee indians in 1684.
ADORATORIO, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Huarochiri in Peru, situate
w. of Lurin.
[ADSON S Town lies near the n. e. line of New
Jersey, and s. e. of the Drowned Lands ; 27 miles
n. of Morristown, and 24 ??. w. of Patterson.]
ADUANA, a settlement of the province and
government of Maracaibo, situate on the shore of
the lake of this name, on the e. side.
ADVANCE. See FORWARD.
AE1QUAIA, the head settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tonala in Nueva Espana.
AERIUCTUQUEN, a mountain of the pro-
v.inceand colony of Surinam, or part of Guayana,
in the Dutch possessions. It is the beginning of
the great sierra of Binocote, between the rivers
Cutini and Caroni.
AFFREUX, a lake of the province and colony
of Virginia, near the coast.
[AFLJERA, one of the islands of Juan Fer-
nandes, on the S. sea coast, in the kingdom of
Chile. About 400 leagues to the n. of Cape Horn.
This coast swarms with sea lions and wolves.
Lat. 33 47 s. Long. 80 41 w.
AGA, a mountain of the province and captain
ship of Rio Janeiro in Brazil. It is between the
rivers Irutiba and Tapoana, on the sea-coast.
AGACES, a nation of Indians, of the province
of Paraguay, on the shore of the river of this
name, towards the e. The people are numerous,
valiant, and of a lofty stature. In ancient times
they were masters of that river, cruising about in
it, and being the enemies of the Guaranies ; but
after several conflicts, they were at last subjected
by Alvar Nunez Cabeza de Vaca, governor of the
province, in 1542.
AGALTECA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Honduras, in the kingdom of Guate
mala.
[AGAMENTIGUS, a river of the province and
colony of New England, of York county, dis
trict of Maine. It is indebted to the ocean for its
waters, through Pascataqua bay ; having no con
siderable aid from streams of fresh water. Its
mouth is about four miles s. from Cape Neddie
river. Small vessels can enter here.]
[AGAMENTIGUS, a mountain of consider
able elevation in the district of Maine, distant
about six miles from Bald Head, and eight from
York harbour. Lat. 43 12 n. and Long. 70
AGO
15
43 w. from Greenwich. It is a noted land-mark
for seamen, and is a good directory for the entry
of Pascataqua harbour, as it lies very nearly in
the same meridian with it and with Pigeon hill,
on Cape Ann. The mountain is covered with
wood and shrubs, and affords pasture up to its
summit, where there is an enchanting prospect.
The cultivated parts of the country, especially on
the s. and s. w. appear as a beautiful garden, in
tersected by the majestic river Pascataqua, its
bays and branches. The immense ranges of
mountains on the n. and n. zo. afford a sublime
spectacle; and on the sea side the various in-
dentings of the coast, from Cape Ann to Cape
Elizabeth, are plainly in view in a clear day ; and
the Atlantic stretches to the e. as far as the power
of vision extends. At this spot the bearing of the
following objects were taken, with a good sur
veying instrument, October II, 1780.
Summit of the White mountains, n. 15 w.
Cape Porpoise, n. 63 e*
Rochester hill, n. 64 w.
.Tuckaway South peak, s. 80 w.
Frost s hill, Kittery, s. 57 w.
Saddle of Bonabeag, n. 14 w.
Isle of Shoals Meeting-house, s. 6 e.
Varney s hill, in Dover, distant 10| miles by
mensuration, n. 89 w. Variation of the
needle, 6 w.~\
[AGAMUNT1C, or AMAGTJNTIC Pond, in
the district of Maine, sends its waters northward to
the Chaudiere, through the west branch of that
river.]
[AGCH1LLA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Pilaya and Paspaya in Peru.
It has in its district seven public chapels, within
four leagues distance.]
AGENAGATENINGA, a river of the pro
vince and country of the Amazonas, in the Portu
guese territory. It rises in the country of the
Anamaris Indians, runs n. and enters the abundant
stream of the Madera.
AG1QUA, a river of N. Carolina, which runs
n. w. and afterwards turning to the w. enters the
Cherokees.
AGNALOS, a nation of infidel Indians, of the
Nuevo Reyno de Granada, inhabiting the moun
tains n. of the river Apure.
AGNAPURAS, a chain of mountains, or a
cordilhra of the kingdom of Peru, which run for
leagues from n. to s. without termination, and
separate the Taucas from the Chizuitos Indians.
[AGOM1SO, an island of Hudson s bay, near
its w. coast; n. n. e. from Albany fort.]
AGON1CHE, a river of Nova Scotia, running
16 A G U
from s. to e. between 4 the rivers Mechicor and St.
John, and entering the sea at the mouth of the
bay of Fundy.
AGRATUMATI, a river of the province and
government of Darien, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme. It rises in the mountains of the if. and
enters the sea by the Little Beech, opposite Cali-
donia.
AGREDA, or NUEVA MA LAGA, a city of the
province and government of Popayan, in the king
dom of Quito, founded by Geronimo Aguado in
J54I. It is small, and of a hot temperature, but
abounds in gold mines. Forty-five leagues s. w.
of its capital, 42 from Quito, and 37 to the e. of
the S. sea.
AGRESINAS, a settlement founded by the
Portuguese fathers of the Carmelite order, in the
country of the Amazonas, situate on the shores of
the river Amazonas.
AGRIAS, a nation of Indians of the province
and government of Santa Marta, to the w. of the
Cienega Grande. It was formerly very numerous,
but at present considerably reduced.
AGUA, Port of, on the n. coast of the island
of St. Domingo, between Point Rabel and the Bay
of Marques.
AGUA, a small island, situate near the w. coast
of the island of Vaca, in the channel formed by the
island of St. Domingo, in front of the bay of
Mesle.
AGUA, also OJGS DE AGUA, two springs or
fountains of the province and corregimiento of
Cuyo, in the kingdom of Chile, near the lake of
Inca, from whence the river Quillota takes its
source.
AGUA BLANCA, a settlement of the province
and government of Venezuela, situate between the
rivers Sarare and Acarigua, to the e. of the town of
Araure.
AGUA BUF.NA Y DULCE, or FRESH WATER,
a bay of the strait of Magellan, near the bay
of La Gente. .
AGUA-CALIENTE, a settlement of the kingdom
of Guatemala.
AGUA-CLARA, a river of the province and
government of Paraguay. It runs e. and enters
the Parana on the w. side.
AGUA COLORADA, a river of the same province
and government as the former, which runs e. and
enters also the large river of Parana.
AGUA DE CULBBRA, SAN FRANCISCO XA-
VIER DE LA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela, a reduction of Indians of
the Capuchin lathers ; but the place is also inha
bited by some Spanish families. It belongs to the
A G U
district and jurisdiction of the city of San Felrpc ;
and in its vicinity dwell a great number of people
in tiie estates belonging to it, and which produce
abundance of cacao, plantains, ywo?s, and other
vegetable productions.
AGUA-DULCK, CALETA DE, or Creek of, on
the s. coast of the strait of Magellan, on the side
of the bay of San Martin.
AGUA ESCONUIDA, a settlement of the pro
vince and government of Sonora in Nueva Espana,
situate at the foot of a mountain, and to the n. of
Santa Clara.
AGUA-VERDE, an island of the gulph of
California, or Red sea of Cortes, situate near the
coast, between the islands of Carmen and Mon-
serrat.
AGUACAGUA, a settlement of the province
of Guayana, and government of Cumana, one of
those belonging to the missions of the Catalanian
Capuchin lathers. It is on the shore of the river
Caroni, near the mouth, through which this en
ters the Orinoco. Lat. 8 22 n. Lono-. 62*
42 to.
AGUACATAL, a settlement of the province
and government of Antioquia, situate in the val
ley of Pcneo, on the shore of the river Cauca.
Lat. 8 n. Long. 75 28 w.
AGUACATENANGO, a settlement of the pro
vince and alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the king
dom of Guatemala. [Lat. 16 18 n. Long.
91 57 w.l
AGUACATLAN, the head settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Xala in Nueva
Espana. In 1745 it contained 80 families of In
dians, who employed themselves in the culture of
maize and French beans. It has a convent of the
religious order of St. Francis, and lies two leagues
s. e. of ils capital.
AGUAC11APA, a settlement of the province
and government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
AGUADA, a settlement of the island of Porto-
rico ; situate in the bay of its name, between the
capes Boriquen and St. Francis. It serves as an
inlet for ships going to Tierra Firme and Nueva
Espana to take in water. PLat. 18 25 n. Loner.
67 6 a;.]
AGUADA, the aforesaid bay in the above island.
AGUADA, the point on the coast and at the head
of the above island, 27 leagues distant from the
cape of San Rafael, of the island of St. Domingo.
AGUADA, a river near the cape or former point,
and in the same island, being a place where ships
are accustomed to take in water.
AGUADA, a small river of the province and
A G U
captainship of the Rio Grande in Brazil. It
rises near the coast, and runs s. s. e. entering the
sea close to the cape of San Roque.
AGUADA, a sharp point or small island of the
S. sea, near the coast, in the province and corre-
gimiento of Atacama.
AGUADA, a point on the coast of Tierra Firme,
in the province and government of Cartagena. It
is one of those which form the mouth of the gulph
of Uraba or Darien.
AGUAD1LLA, a river of the province and
kingdom of Tierra Firme. It rises in the moun
tains on the s. and enters the large river Chagre
very near its mouth, and the castle of this name.
Here ships take in water, on account of the conve
nience of a bay, for the defence of which there is,
upon the shore, a battery belonging to the same
castle, which was built under the directions of
Don Dionisio de Alcedo, in 1743.
AGUADORES, River of the, in the island
of Cuba. It runs into the sea on the s. coast of
this island, having at its mouth a watch-tower and
guard to give notice of vessels which may enter the
port of Santiago de Cuba, from whence it is
seven leagues distant.
AGUA1O, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Sierra Gorda, in the bay of Mexico,
and kingdom of Nueva Espana, founded in the
year 1748 by the Colonel of the militia of Quere-
taro, Don Joseph de Escandon, Count of Sierra
Gorda.
AGUAIO, another settlement, with the dedicatory
title of San Miguel, in the new kingdom of Leon,
inhabited by Spaniards ; 10 leagues distant from
La Punta.
AGUAIUS, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Quixos and Marcas in the kingdom
of Quito.
AGUAGE, a settlement and real of mines of the
province and government of Sonora in Nueva
Espana. Lat. 29 n. Long. 1 1 1 5 w.
AGUAJES, a settlement of the province of
Tepeguna, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situ
ate on the shore of the river of Las Nasas.
AGUALEI, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, which rises in the sierras
of Usupama, and enters the Caroni on the e. side.
AGUALULCO, a settlement and capital of the
jurisdiction of Izatlan in Nueva Galicia. It has
a convent of the religious order of St. Francis, and
in 1745 it contained upwards of 100 families of
Indians, including the wards of its district ; 17
leagues w. of Guadalaxara. Lat. 20 44 n.
Long. 103 33 w.
TOL. I.
A G U
17
AGUAMENA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Santiago de las Atalayas, and government of
San Juan de los Llanos, in the Nuevo Reyno de
Granada, annexed to the curacy of that city. It is
of a hot temperature, and produces the same fruits
as the other settlements of this province.
AGUAMIRO, a settlement of the province and
cerregimiento of Huamalies in Peru, celebrated for
some medicinal and very salutary baths.
AGUAN, a river of the province and govern
ment of Honduras, wliich runs into the sea at the
gulph of this name.
AGUANATO, SANTA MARIA DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district of Puruandiro,
andalcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in the prdvince
and bishopric of Mechoacan. It is of a cold tem
perature, situate at the foot of the sierra of Curupo,
and contains 36 families of Indians, who gain theit
livelihood by trading in dressed hides. Sixteen
leagues from Pasquaro or Valladolid.
AGUANO, a lake of the province and govern*
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It is
formed by an arm or channel of the river Gualla-
ga, and is very near the shore of that river.
AGUANOS, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement
of the province and government of Mainas in the
kingdom of Quito ; one of those which belonged
to the missions held there by the Jesuits, and
thus called from the nation of Indians of whom it is
composed. It was founded in 1670 by the father
Lorenzo Lucero.
AGUANOS, another settlement, with the dedica
tory title of San Francisco, in this province, and
of these missions.
AGUAPAI, a river of the province and go
vernment of Paraguay. It rises between the Pa
rana and the Uruguay, near the settlement of San
Carlos, runs s. forming a curve, and returning e.
enters the last of the above rivers not far from the
settlement of La Cruz.
AGUAPAI, another river of the same province
and government, which runs w. and enters the
Parana close to the Juan Gazu.
AGUAPEI, a river of the same province and
government as the two former. It is very small,
and rises in the mountains of Nuestra Senora de
Fe ; runs from n. tos. and enters the Parana.
AGUARAU, a river of the proyince and go
vernment of Paraguay, which runs w. and enters
the Parana between the Inau and Piray.
AGUAR1CO, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement of
Indians, converted by the missions of the Jesuits,
in the province and government. of Mainas; situ
ate on the shore of the river Napo.
AGUARICO, another settlement oftbe same pro
vince, and belonging to the same missions, and
bearing the dedicatory title of San Estanislao.
AGUARICO, a river of the same province and
government, being one of those which enter the
Napo by the n. side. At its mouth, or entrance,
begins the large province of the Ericabellados ;
and here it \vas that the Portuguese attempted to
establish themselves in 1732, invading it with a
certain number of Piraguas, (small vessels), which
came from Para. They were, however, through
the well-timed precautions of the president of Qui
to, forced to retire without attaining their object.
This river contains much gold in its sands, and
its body is much increased by other streams, such
as those of the Azuela, Cofanes, Sardinas, and Du-
ino. It descends from the grand Cordillera of the
Andes, near the town of San Miguel de Ibarra,
washes the territory of the Sucumbios Indians, and
enters the Napo in lat. 123 s.
AGUAR1NGUA, an ancient and large settle
ment of the nation of the Taironas Indians, in the
province and government of Santa Marta.
AGUARO, a river of the province and go-
Ternment of Honduras. It enters the S. sea to the
e. of Aguan.
AGUARO, CANO DE, a river of the province and
government of Venezuela. It enters the Guarico,
and is famous for abounding in fish, particularly
a kind called pabon, which has a circular spot of
sky-blue and gold upon its tail, resembling 1 an eye,
and which is much esteemed for its excellent fla
vour.
AGUAS, a small river of the province and
government of Paraguay. It runs n. n. w. and
enters the Uruguay close to the Juipa.
AGUAS-BLANCAS. See YAGUAPIIU.
AGUAS-BELLAS, a small river of the pro
vince and government of Paraguay. It runs e.
and enters the Parana.
A^UAS-CALIENTES, an akaldia mayor of the
the kingdom of Nucva Galicia, and bishopric of
Guadalaxara, in Nueva E*paiia. Its jurisdiction
includes four head settlements of the district, and
two large estates called the Pavellon, as also the
estate Del Fuerte, in which quantities of grain and
seed are cultivated. The principal settlement is
the town of the same name, of a moderate tempera
ture, its inhabitants consisting of 500 Spanish fa
milies, as also of some of Mustees and Mulattoes;
and although some Mexican Indians are to be
found here, they merely come to traffic with the
productions of the other jurisdictions. It con
tains three convents ; one of the bare-footed Fran
ciscans, a sumptuous and well-built fabric ; one of
the Mercenarios; and a third of San Juan de Oiosj
with a well-endowed hospital ; not to mention
several other chapels and altars in the vicinity.
It is 140 leagues n. n.w. of Mexico, and 35 of
Guadalaxara. Long. 101 51 30* w. Lat. 22 & n.
AGUAS-CALIENTES, another settlement in the
province and government of Venezuela, of the
kingdom of Ticrra Firme, situate upon the coast.
AGUASTELAS, SAN MIGUEL DE, a settle
ment of the head settlement of the district of San
Andres of Acatlan, and akaldia mayor of Xalapa,
in Nueva Espana. It is but lately established,
and is one league s. of its head settlement.
AGUATEPEC, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle
ment of the head settlement of the district and
akaldia mayor of Tecali in Nueva Espana. It
contains 48 families of Indians.
AGUATLAN, the head settlement of the dis
trict of the akadia mayor of Izucar in Nueva Es
pana. It was formerly a separate jurisdiction;
but on account of its smallness, and the ill-fa
voured and craggy state of its soil, it was incorpo
rated with another close to it. It contains 46 Indian
families, and is 12 leagues e. of its capital.
AGUATUBI, a settlement of the province of
Moqui in Nuevo Mexico.
AGUATULCO, a river of the province and
akaldia mayor of Tegoantepec in Nueva Espana.
It runs e. and enters the S. sea near the Capolita.
AGUEDA, MONO DE SANTA, a mountain of
the n. coast of the straits of Magellan, in the Sierra
Nevada (snowy sierra).
AGUEDA, a point or cape near the above moun
tain.
[AGUGA Cape, on the coast of Peru, S. Ame
rica, lies s. of Puira, in the 61 of s. lat. and in the
8Pofo>. long.]
AGU1.JO, SAN MIGUEL DE, a settlement of
the new kingdom of Leon.
AGLJILA, VILLA GUTIERREZ DE LA, atowii
of the akaldia mayor of Xerez in Nueva Espana.
It was formerly very considerable, and had a nu
merous population of Spaniards, when it was
made a fortress against the Tepehuanes and Tarau-
maras Indians. It is an akaldia may or , but its
jurisdiction is consolidated with another, on ac
count of its being a place of little consideration,
and its population being very scanty, and living
in some small wards and estates in its district, ft
lies at the e. entrance of the province of Nayarith,
and is the boundary of the kingdom of Nucva
Gulicia, being nine leagues c. of Xerez.
AGUILA, a very lofty mountain of the province
A G U
and government of Darien, near the . coast, and
thus called from an eagle with two heads, which
was caught here in 1608, and which was sent to
the queen, Dona Maria-Ana of Austria, mother
of Philip III. At its skirt is a bay, or swampy
ground, which is round, and has a very narrow
inlet. Forty-five leagues from Cartagena.
AGUILA, a point or cape of the larger island of
the Maluinas or Falkland isles ; thus named from
having been discovered by the French frigate, the
Aguila, or Eagle. It is one of those which form
the great bay or port.
AGU1LUSCO, a settlement of the head settle-
ment of the district of Arantzan, and alcaldia
mayor of Valladolid, in the province and bishop
ric of Mechoacan. It contains 32 families of In
dians, who employ themselves in sowing seed,
cutting wood, manufacturing vessels of fine
earthen-ware, and saddle-trees for riding.
AGUIRRE, a river of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela. It rises by the side of the
city of Niiira, runs s. passes through the town of
San Carlos, and enters the Sarara.
AGUIRRE, some pastures for young horses in
the province and corregimiento of Coquimbo, of
the kingdom of Chile, between the rivers Ramos
and Mamas.
AGUJA, Point of the, on the coast oPTierra
Firme, and of the province and government of
Santa Marta, between this city and Cape Chichi-
bacoa. It is the part of land which projects far
thest into the sea.
AGUJA, Point of the, another point on the
coast of the S. sea, and of the province and corre
gimiento of Piura in Peru.
AGUJA, Point of the. See article EGUILLE.
AGUR, FRANCISCO, a settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Espiritu Santo in Bra
zil, situate near the coast and the bay of Espiritu
Santo.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a capital city of the pro
vince and government of E. Florida, situate on the
e. coast, in a peninsula, or narrow strip of land.
It has a good port, which was discovered by Ad
miral Pedro Menendes de Aviles, on St. Augus-
tin s day in the year 1565, which was his reason
for giving the place this title, which has, however,
been twice changed. He also built here a good
castle for its defence. The city has a very good
parish church, and a convent of the Franciscan
order ; and, as far as relates to its spiritual con
cerns, it is subject to the bishop of Cuba, who has
at various times proposed the erection of an
abbey, but has not obtained his wish, although it
had been approved by the council of the Indies.
A G U
19
It has two hospitals, one for the garrison troops,
and another tor the community ; it has also an
hermitage, with the dedicatory title of Santa Bar
bara. It was burnt by Francis Drake in 1586;
by Captain Davis, with the Bucaniers, in 1665 ;
but it was immediately afterwards rebuilt. In
1702 it was besieged by the English, under the
command of Colonel Moore, who, failing in his
attempts to take the castle, which was defended by
the governor, Don Joseph de Zuniga, exhibited
his revenge by burning and destroying the town.
In 1744 the English returned to the siege, under
the command of General Oglethorp, who was
equally unsuccessful, in as much as it was most
valiantly defended by the governor, Don Manuel
de Montiano, who defied the bombardment of the
enemy. This fort has a curtain of 60 toises long ;
the parapet is nine feet ; and the terrace, or horizon
tal surface of the rampart, is 20 feet high, with
good bomb-proof casemates, and mounted with 50
pieces of cannon, having also, on the exterior, an
excellent covered way. The city, although it is
encompassed by a wall, is not strong, and its de
fence consists in 10 projecting angles. It was ced
ed, with the whole of the province, to the English^
by the King of Spain, in the peace of Versailles, in
1762 ; and it remained in their possession till 1783,
when it was restored by the treaty of Paris. The
breakers at the entrance of the harbour have
formed two channels, whose bars have eight feet of
water each. Long. 81 40 . Lat. 29 58 .
AGUSTIN, SAN, a settlement and real of mines,
of the province of Taraumara, in the kingdom of
Nueva Yizcaya, which was formerly a population
of some consequence, and wealthy withal, from
the richness of its mines, which have lately fallen
into decay, and thereby entailed poverty upon the
inhabitants. It is 26 leagues s. of the town of S.
Felipe de Chiguagua.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another small settlement or
ward of the head settlement of the district of Zum-
pahuacan, and alcaldia mayor of Marinalco, in
Nueva Espafia.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Nopaluca, and alcaldia
mayor of Tepcaca, in Nueva Espafia. It contains
20 families of Indians, and is distant a little more
than a league from its head settlement.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another, in the head settlement
of the district of Pinoteca, and alcaldia mayor of
Xicayan. It contains 70 families of Indians, who
trade in grain, seeds, and tobacco. Four leagues
n. of its head settlement.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the dis
trict of Guilapa, and the alcaldi* mayor of Quatro
20 A H O
Villas. It contains 34 families of Indians, who
cultivate and trade in grain, pulse, coal, and the
bark of trees. A little more than two leagues to
the w. with a slight inclination to the s. of its head
settlement.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another setttlement of the pro
vince and government of Tucuman in Peru ; si
tuate on the shore of the river Tercero (third river.)
AGUSTIN, SAN, another settlement of the pro
vince and alcaldia, mayor of Vera Paz in the king
dom of Guatemala.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres in Peru, on the shore
of the river Ibiquay.
AGUSTIN, SAN, another of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Culiacan in Nueva Espana,
situate near the town of Rosario.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a point or cape of the coast, of
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Per-
nambuco, between the port Antonio Vaz and the
river Tapado. One hundred leagues from the
bay of Los Muertos ; [300 miles n. e. from the bay
of All Souls. Lat. 8 38 s. Long. 35 11 w.l
AGUSTIN, SAN, another point or cape of the
coast of the province and government of Rio de
Hacha, and kingdom of Tierra Firme, close to the
lake of San Juan, on the e. side.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a river of the province and
government of Antioquia, in the new kingdom of
Granada. It runs from 5. to n. and afterwards,
with a slight inclination to the w. enters the river
S. Juan, of the province of Choco.
AGUSTIN, SAN, a small island of the gulph of
California, or Red Sea of Cortes ; situate in the
most interior part of it, and near upon the coast of
Nueva Espana, opposite the bay of San Juan
Baptista.
[AGWORTII, a township in Cheshire county,
New Hampshire, incorporated in 1766, and con
tains 704 inhabitants; eight miles e. by w. from
Charlestown, and 73n.w. by w. from Portsmouth.]
AHOME, a nation of Indians, who inhabit the
shores of the river Zuaque, in the province of
Cinaloa, and who are distant four leagues from
the sea of California : they were converted to the
Catholic faith by father Andres de Rivas, a Jesuit.
Their country consists of some extensive and fer
tile plains, and they are by nature superior to the
other Indians of Nueva Espana. Moreover, their
Heathenish customs do not partake so much of the
spirit of barbarism. They abhorred polygamy,
and held virginity in the highest estimation : and
thus, by way of distinction, unmarried girls wore
5
A H U
a small shell suspended to their neck, until the day
of their nuptials, when it was taken oft" by the bride
groom. Their clothes were decent, composed of
wove cotton, and they had a custom of bewailing
their dead for a whole year, night and morning,
with an apparently excessive grief. They are
gentle and faithful towards the Spaniards, with
whom they have continued in peace and unity
from the time of their first subjection. The prin
cipal settlement is of the same name, and lies at
the mouth of the river Fuerte, on the coast of the
gulph of California, having a good, convenient,
and well sheltered port.
AHORCADOS, Point of the, on the shore of
the large lake of Los Patos, of the province and
captainship of Rey in Brazil.
AHORCADOS, some small islands or points on
the coast of the S. sea, in the district of Santa
Elena, of the province and government of Guay
aquil, close to the mouth of the river Colonche.
AHUACATEPEC, SAN NICOLAS DE, another
settlement of the above head settlement and alcal
dia mat/or.
AHUACATES, SANTA MARIA DE, a branch
of the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Cuernavaca in Nueva Espana.
AHUACATLAN, SANTA MARIA DE, a set
tlement* of the head settlement of the district of
San Francisco del Talle, and alcaldia mayor of
Zultepec, in Nueva Espana. It is of a cold tem
perature, inhabited by 51 families of Indians, and
distant three leagues s. of its head settlement.
AHUACATLAN, another settlement of the head
settlement and alcaldia mayor of Zochicoatlan in
Nueva Espana. It is of a cold temperature, si
tuate on a small level plain, surrounded by hills
and mountains. It contains 13 families of In
dians, and is seven leagues to the n. of its capital.
AHUACATLAN, with the dedicatory title of SAN
JUAN, the head settlement of the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Zacatlan in Nueva Nspana.
Its inhabitants are composed of 450 families of
Indians, and .60 of Spaniards, Mustees, and Mu-
lattoes, including the settlements of the district.
Five leagues from its capital, and separated by a
mountainous and rugged road, as also by a very
broad river, whose waters, in the winter time, in
crease to such a degree as to render all communi
cation between the above places impracticable.
AHUACATLAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Olinala, and alcaldia mayor of
Tlapa, in the above kingdom. It contains 160
families of Indians, who trade in chia, (a white
medicinal earth), and grain, with which its territory
abounds. It lies n. w. of its head settlement,
A H W
AHUACAZALCA, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of San Luis de la Costa,
and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in Nueva Espaiia.
It contains 56 families of Indians, whose com
merce consists in rice and cotton. Three leagues
n. e. of its head settlement.
AHUACAZINGO, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Atengo, and alcaldia
mayor of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains
46 families of Indians, and is ten leagues c. of its
head settlement.
AHUAL1CAN, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tixtlan in Nueva Espaiia ; of a benign
and salutary temperature, as it is fanned bj the??.
breezes. It lies three leagues n. of its head settle
ment, which is Oapan ; and contains 36 families
of Indians.
AHUATELCO, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Izucarin Nueva Espana, situate on the skirt of the
volcano of the same name. In its district are
eight settlements, inhabited by 289 families of In
dians, and 11 of Muste.es and Mulattoes, who
live in some temporary habitations for labourers.
It is situate on a cold, rough, and barren soil, but
is nevertheless fertile in wheat, and abounds in
water and cattle. Eight leagues n. w. of its capital.
AHUATEMPA, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of Santa Isabel, and alcaldia
mayor of Cholula, in Nueva Espana. It contains 39
familiesof Indians, and is two leagues s. of its capital.
AHUATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa
in Nueva Espana. It contains 32 families of In
dians, and is two leagues n. of its capital.
AH U AT LAN, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district of San Juan
del Rio, and alcaldia mayor of Queretaro, inNueva
Espana ; annexed to the curacy of the former
place, and lying ten leagues n. w. of the latter.
AHUEHUEZ1NGO, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Chietlan, and alcaldia
mayor of Izucar, in Nueva Espana.
AHUEZ1TLA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa
in Nueva Espana. It contains^ families of In
dians, and abounds in cA/a, (a white medicinal
earth), grain, and earthen- ware. It is nine leagues
w. n. w. of its capital.
[AHVVAHHAWAY, a race of Indians, who
differ but very little in any particular from the
Mandans, their neighbours, except in the unjust
war which they, as well as the Minetares, prosecute
against the defenceless Snake Indians. They claim
to have once been a part of the Crow Indiansjwhom
A I A 21
they still acknowledge as relations. They have
resided on the Missouri as long as their tradition
will enable them to inform.]
AIABACA, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Piura in Peru.
AIACASI, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Chumbivilcas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Belille.
AIACOA, a small river of the province and go
vernment of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It
rises to the w. of the Sierra Maiguatida, runs e. and
enters the Orinoco near the rapid stream of the
Marumarota.
AIACOCHA, a settlement of the pr <ind
corregimiento of Huanta in Peru, situate in the
island Tayacaja.
AIAHUALTEMPA, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of Zitlala, and alcaldia mayor
of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains 36 fa
milies of Indians, and is three leagues to the s. of
its head settlement.
AIAHUALULCO, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district of Ixlahuacan, and alcaldia
mayor of Xalapa, in Nueva Espana, which, in the
Mexican language, signifies a small river. It
abounds in the best fruits of its jurisdiction, such
as pears and other sorts of fruit highly esteemed at
Vera Cruz. It contains only three families of Spa
niards, 22 of Mustees and Mulattoes, and 70 of In
dians. In its district are several temporary habi
tations for labourers, and pastures for breeding cat
tle, which reach as far as the district of Tepcaca,
in the lofty eminence of Xamiltepec, 16 leagues
distant from Xalapa. It includes also within its
administration the cultivated estates extending as
far as the place called Puertezuelo, where this juris
diction approximates to that of San Juan de los
Llanos on the w. s. w. side ; and in the culture of
the above estates many Spaniards, Mustees, and
Mulattoes, are employed. One league s. w. of its
head settlement.
AIAHUALULCO, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Zitlala, and alcaldia
mayor of Chilapa, in the kingdom of Xalapa, and
annexed to the curacy of this place, from which it
is three leagues distant, being nine to the s. of its
head settlement. It contains 42 families of Indians,
including another small settlement incorporated
W 7 ith it.
A1AHUASA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Aimaraez in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Pachaconas.
AIAMARCA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Castro Virreyna in Peru, an*
nexed to the curacy of Cordova.
22 A I A
A1ANABE, a settlement of Indians of S. Caro
lina, situate on the shore of the river Uuflle-noir.
AI APANGO, the head settlement of the district
of the alcaldia mayor of Chalco in Nueva Es
pana. It contains 100 families of Indians, and is
annexed to the curacy of Amccameca, at two
leagues to the 5. of its capital.
A1APATA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Carabaya in Peru, and very
opulent, on account of its silver mines. The sands
on the banks of the rivers here have been known so
richly impregnated with this metal, that lumps of
it have been at different times picked up. It is the
most considerable population in the province, and
the temperature is so salutary, that it is very com
mon to meet with persons of 90 years of age, and
many also of 100.
A1APEL, a town of the province and govern
ment of Antioquia, iu the new kingdom of Gra
nada, situate on the bank of a large lake or swamp
of the same name, and which is formed from the
waters of the rivers Cauca, San Jorge, and others.
In its district are the laxaderos, or washing places
for gold, of La Cruz, San Mateo, Thuansi, Can,
Ure, Man, San Pedro, and La Soledad.
AIARANGA, a settlement of the province and
c-orregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Paccho.
AIARI, a settlement of the province and corre
gimiento of Huanta in Peru, annexed to the cu
racy of Mayoc.
A I ATA, a settlement of the province and cor-
tcgimiento of Larecaja in Peru.
AIATASTO, a large river of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the district and juris
diction of the city of Salta, on the banks of which
arc some pasture grounds of the same name, upon
which are fed 40,000 head of neat cattle, arid 6000
of horses for breeding.
AIATEPEC, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of Atitlan, and alcaldia mayor of
Villalta, in Nueva Espana. It contains 45 fami
lies of Indians, and is 17 leagues from its capital.
AIAU1, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Castro Virreyna in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Huaitara.
AIAU1RI, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Lamoa in Peru. In its vicinity are
some forts, which were built by the Indians in the
time of their gentilism, and now in a state of great
dilapidation. There is a lake of warm water here,
the bottom of which has never yet been found.
The water always keeps at one height, so that it is
presumed that it finds its way out through some
subterraneous channel. There is also another warm
A I M
water spring at two leagues distance, "which is very
noxious, and, as it runs, has the property of petri
fying, in like manner as the spring of water in
Guancavelica.
AIAUIRI, another settlement of the province and
corregimienlo of Yauyos in Peru.
A1AUTLA, a settlement of the head settlement
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Teutila iu
Nueva Espana, of a warm temperature, and inha
bited by 100 Indian families, who support them
selves by cultivating and selling the vat/?iil/a plant.
Nine leagues s. of its capital.
AICAROPA, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana,or Nueva Andalucia. It
rises in the country of the Armocotos Indians, runs
from e. to w. with a slight inclination to the s. and
enters the Caura.
AICHES, a settlement of Indians of the province
and government of Las Texas, in Nueva Espana,
sitzate in the way which leads to Mexico.
A1C1ACH1 A, a settlement of the missions which
belonged to the Jesuits, in the province of Tarau-
mara and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, 40 leagues
w. s. w. of the town and real of the mines of Chi-
guagua.
A1ECT1PAC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Yxteapan, and alcaldia
mayor of Tlapa, in Nueva Espana. It contains
21 Indian families, and is three leagues e. of its
head settlement.
AIENCAS, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Cuenca, in the kingdom of Quito,
annexed to the curacy of Paccha.
A1GA, a settlement of the province and corre
gimiento of Huailas in Peru.
AIGAME, a settlement and real of mines of
the province and government of Sonora in Nueva
Espana.
A1LES, a river of the province and government
of Louisiana. It runs s. e. between the rivers Canot
and Noyre, and empties itself into the Mississippi.
AIMARAEZ, a province and corregimiento of
Peru, bounded n. w. and w. by the province of
Andahuailas, of the bishopric of Guamanga, s. by
Parinacocha of the same, s. e. by Chumbivilcas,
and e. by Cotabamba. It is 40 leagues in length
from n. to s. and 26 in width from e. to w. includ
ing in its figure on the w. side the last mentioned
province. It is one of the most uneven soils in the
kingdom, being full of lofty sierras and snowy
mountains. It is on this account that its climate is
very cold, excepting, however, in some vallies,
where it is more temperate, and where, on some
small sloping grounds, the inhabitants sow seed and
grain, and cultivate fruit trees and cane plantations,
A I M
from which they are enabled to make sugar. It is
intersected by three rivers, which are of no use
whatever to it, being too low in their beds ; but they
unite and form the Pachachaca, which enters the
province of Abancay, and has more than 40 bridges
of wood and cord thrown over it in different parts.
There are innumerable veins of gold and silver ore-
in this province, which are not worked, from the
want of energy, and from the poverty existing
among the inhabitants ; and thus only some tri
fling emolument is now and then derived from one
or the other. It was otherwise in former times,
but these mines are now almost all filled with water.
Some mines of quicksilver have been discovered,
but the working of them has been forbid. Here
is little of the cattle kind, and no cloth manufac
tures peculiar to the country are made here, with
the exception of a sort of thick quilt, which they
call Chuces ; and a kind of grain is gathered here,
known by the name of Maino. This province was
united to the empire of Peru by Capac Yupan-
qui V. Emperor of the Incas. The language of the
natives is the same as that which is most universal
throughout the kingdom. The capital formerly
consisted of a large and well ordered settlement,
which was called Tintay, but which is at present
but thinly inhabited, on account of the scarcity of
water, and from a plague, in which almost all its
inhabitants perished. The number of souls in the
whole of the province may amount to 15,000. It
contains 50 settlements within its jurisdiction. The
yearly tribute received by the corregidor used to
amount to 800,100 dollars, and the duties paid
upon the akavala, (a centage on goods sold), to
688 dollars.
The settlements of its jurisdiction are:
Chaluanca. Ayahuasa.
Colca. Huancaray.
Mollebamba. Sabaino.
Carabamba. Catarosi.
Matara. Ant ill a.
Antabamba. Iluaquirca.
Oropesa. Pocoanca.
Totora. Tapairihua.
Traparo. Chalvani.
Chacoche. Caypi.
Caleauzo. Caracara,
Viri. Sanaica.
Pampamarca. Huaillaripa,
Silco. Pichihua.
Atuncama. Amoca.
Chacna. Yanaca.
Capaya. Saraico.
Muitu. Subyunca.
Pachaconas. Lucre.
Sirca, Chuquingft,
Pichurhua. Ancobamba.
Colcabamba. Pampayacta.
Soraya. Chapinmrca,
Huairahuacuo. Lambraraa.
Toraya. Pairaca.
AIMAKAPA, a small river of the province and
colony of Surinam, in the part of Guayana pos
sessed by the Dutch. It is one of those which en
ter the Cuyum near where it joins the Esquivo.
AINACA, a settlement of the province and r-or-
rfginiiento of Caxatarnbo in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Cochamarca.
A1NACOLCA, a gold mine of the province and
corregimiento of Arequipa in Peru. It is famous
for the excellent quality of this metal, but it is very
difficult to be worked, on account of the hardness
of its stone.
AIO, a settlement of the province and corregi
miento of Condensuyos de Arequipa in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Chichas.
A1OA1O, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Sicasica in Peru, eight leagues from
its capital.
AIOCUESCO, SANTA MARIA DE, the head
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Antequera, in the province and bishopric of Me-
choacan in Nueva Espana. It is of a hot tem
perature, contains a convent of the religious order
of Santo Domingo, and 400 Indian families, who
carry on some commerce in the cochineal, (the
plant producing which they cultivate), and a very
considerable one in the manufacture of Ptdgues,
on account of the abundance of Magueyes which
are found here. Seven leagues s. of its capital.
AIOTITLAN, the head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcaldia mayor of Amola in Nueva
Espana, immediately upon the coast of the S. sea,
and situate between two deep ravines. Its tem
perature is very hot and troublesome to live in, on
account of the various venomous animals and in
sects that abound in its territory. It contains 76
Indian families, whose trade consists in making
troughs and trays very finely painted. This set
tlement, in which there is a convent of the order
of St. Francis, is beautifully surrounded with
plantations. Fifteen leagues distant from its capital.
AIONANTOU, a settlement of Indians of New
France, situate in the county of Canahoque, on the
shore of one of the salt marshes that are found
there.
AIOZINAPA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of Oliuala, and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa, in
Nueva Espana, of a hot and moist temperature,
and abounding in cochineal, fruit, and pulse, with.
24, A I U
which the inhabitants trade. These are composed of
34 Indian families. It is a little more than three
leagues from its head settlement.
AIOZINGO, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor
of Chalco in Nueva Espana, situate on the shore
of the lake of Mexico, with a good port, at which
are embarked the fruits of many provinces for the
supply of that capital, (Chalco), which is within
eight or ten hours sail from hence. It has a good
convent of S. Augustin, where a most beauti
ful image of the virgin is reverenced, and sup
posed to be wonder-working. Its inhabitants con
sist of 120 Indian families and some Spanish. It
is distant one league s. s. e. from its capital.
AIQUILE, a settlement of the province of Miz-
que in Peru.
AIRICOS, a nation of Indians who inhabit the
plains of Cazanare and Meta, of the new kingdom
of Granada, to the e. of the mountains of Bogota,
on the borders of the river Ele. It is numerous,
and feared by all its neighbours, on account of its
valour and dexterity in the use of arms.
AIRICOS, with the dedicatory title of SAN
FRANCISCO XAVIER, a settlement which belonged
to the Jesuits, and founded in 1662 by father An
tonio de Monteverde, and composed of some of
those Indians who were thus reduced to the Catho
lic faith.
AIRIHUANCA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Cotabamba in Peru.
AIRS, a small city of the province and colony
of New Jersey, in the county of Burlington.
AIUDA, NUESTRA SENORA DE LA, a village
and settlement of the Portuguese, in the province
and captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, situate
upon the sea-coast, and on the shore of the river
S. Miguel.
AIUDA, another settlement in the province and
captainship of Puerto Seguro, situate upon the
coast on the shore of the port.
AIUILA, a river of the province and alcaldia
mayor of Soconusco, in the kingdom of Guate
mala. It runs into the S. sea between the settle
ment of Suchitepec and the river Coatlan.
AIUINOS, a nation of Indians of the province
and government of Cinaloa in Nueva Espana,
converted to the faith by father Francisco Olinano,
of the abolished society of the Jesuits, in 1624.
They live towards the n. of the above province,
and in the times of their heathenism they dwelt in
the lofty mountains, in order that they might de
fend themselves from the other nations with whom
they were at war. They are docile, well-inclined,
and of good habits.
AIUN, or IUMERI, a river of the province and
A K A
viceroy/aft^ of Buenos Ayres. It runs s. and enters
the Rio Negro.
AIUNGIIA, PAGO DE, a settlement of the pro
vince and government of Tucuman, in the district
and jurisdiction of the city of Santiago del Estero,
from whence it is 22 leagues distant. It is situate
on the shore of the river Dulce.
AIUTLA, the head settlement of the district of
the alcaldia mm/or of Villalta in Nueva Espana.
It is of a cold temperature, containing 187 Indian
families, and a convent of the religious order of S.
Domingo; distant 13 leagues to the e. of its capi
tal.
AIUTLA, another settlement in the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Autlan
of the sanie kingdom, with 23 Indian families, wh*
have large stores of pulse and fruit, so rich and fer
tile is their country. It is annexed to the curacy of
Tenamaztlani, from whence it lies one league s.
A1UA, a small town of the island of St. Domin
go, situate in the line which divides the Spanish
territory from the French. It was the inhabitants
of this town who chiefly contributed to ensure the
victory which was gained against the Spaniards in
the plain of Pucrfo Real, by the president Don
Francisco de Segura y Sandoval, in 1691.
AIX, PALMARDE, a large beach on the coast
of Florida, within the channel of Bahama, near
the point of Canaveral ; memorable for the ship
wreck of 22 vessels, composing the fleet of Nueva
Espana, which took place in 1715, being under the
command of Don Antonio de Ubila ; memorable
also for the loss of two galleons from Tierra Firme,
commanded by Don Antonio de Echevers ; the
loss of the one and the other amounting to nearly
20 million dollars.
AIX, a river of the same province, which runs
into the sea very near the Palmar.
AJOIANI, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Carabaya in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Coaza.
[A JOS, a parish situate on the foot of the moun
tains which separate the rivers Paraguay and Pa
rana, about 24 leagues e. of Asuncion. Lat. 25
26 34" s. Long. 56 30 a?.]
AJOUES, a settlement of Indians of the pro
vince and government of Louisiana, in which the
French held a garrison and fort for its defence, on
the shore of a lake near the Missouri.
AJOUES, another settlement of the same province
and government, situate on the shore of the river
Missouri.
AKANCEAS, a nation of savage Indians of N.
America, who live at the conflux of the rivers
Mississippi, and another abundant stream of its
ALA
name. The religion of these idolaters is very sin
gular, for they acknowledge a supreme being, who,
they imagine, manifests himself to them in the
figure of some animal which feeds in their fields ;
and when this dies, they substitute another, after
having signified very great demonstrations of re
gret for the fate of the one which is lost.
AKANKIA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Louisiana. It is an arm of (he Mis
sissippi, which runs s. s. e. and enter* the lake of
Maurepas.
AKANSA, a settlement of Indians of the pro
vince and government of Louisiana. It has a fort
built by the French, and it is near the mouth of
the river of its name, where it enters the Missis
sippi.
AKANSA, another settlement in the same pro
vince, situate also on the shore of the aforesaid
river, and distinguished by the name of Petit
Akansa.
AKANSA, a river of the above province and
government. It rises in the country of the Oza-
ques Indians, runs many leagues s. e. as far as the
town of Satovis, when, turning to the s. it enters
by two mouths into the Mississippi, being through
out subject to large cataracts.
AKOUKA, a settlement of the province of La
Guayana, in the Dutch possessions, or colony of
Surinam ; situate on the shore of the river Little,
just before it enters the Marawin.
[ALABAHA, a considerable river in E. Flo
rida. Also said to be the name of a branch of St.
Mary s river.]
[ALABAHA, a considerable river of Georgia,
which pursues a s. course to thegulph of Mexico,
100 miles w. of the head of St. Mary s river. Its
banks are low, and a trifling rain swells it to more
than a mile in width. In a freshet the current is
rapid, and those who pass are in danger of being
entangled in vines and briars, and drowned ; they
are also in real danger from great numbers of hun
gry alligators. The country for nearly iOO miles
on each side of this river, that is to say, from the
head of St. Mary s to Flint river, which is 90
miles zo. of the Alabaha, is a continued soft, miry
waste, affording neither water nor food for men or
beasts ; and is so poor indeed, as that the common
game of the woods are not found here. The
country on the w. of Alabaha is rather preferable
to that on the ej
[ALABAMOUS, an old French fort, in the
t>. part of Georgia ; situate between Coosa and
TaUapOQse rivers, and not far from their conflu
ence.]
[ALABAMA, an Indian village, delightfully
VOL. I.
ALA 35
situated on the banks of the Mississippi, on several
swelling green hills, gradually ascending from the
verge of the river. These Indians are the remains
of the ancient Alabama nation, who inhabited the
e, arm of the Great Mobile river, which still bears
their name, now possessed by the Creeks, or Mus-
cogulges, who conquered the former,]
[ALABAMA River is formed by the junction
of the Ooosa or Coosee, or High Town river, and
Tallapoosee river, at Little Tullasee, and runs in
a s. w. direction, until it meets Tombigbee river
from the n. w. at the great island which it there
forms, 90 miles from the mouth of Mobile bay, in
thegulph of Mexico. This beautiful river has a
gentle current, pure waters, and excellent fish.
It runs about two miles an hour, is 70 or 80 rods
wide at its head, and from 15 to 18 feet deep in
the driest season. The banks are about 50 feet
high, and seldom, if ever, overflowed. Travellers
have gone down in large boats, in the month of
May, in nine days, from Little Tallasee to Mobile
bay, which is about 350 miles by water. Its banks
abound w ith valuable productions in the vegetable
and mineral kingdoms.
[ALABASTER, or ELEUTHERA, one of the
Banama or Lucayo islands, on which is a small fort
and garrison. It is on the Great Bahama bank.
The soil of this island and Harbour island, which
lies at the n. end of it, is better than Providence
island, and produces the greatest part of the pine
apples that are exported ; the climate is very
healthy. Lat. 24 40 to 26 30 n. Long. 7G 22
to 76 56 w.]
[ALACHUA Savannah is a level green plain,
in the country of the Indians of that name in
E. Florida, situate about 75 miles w. from St.
Augustine. It is about 15 miles over, and 50 in
circumference ; and scarcely a tree or bush of any
kind to be seen on it. It is encircled with high
sloping hills, covered with waving forests, and
fragrant orange groves, rising from an exube
rantly fertile soil. The ancient Alachua town
stood on the borders of this savannah ; but the
Indians removed to Cuscowilla, two miles distant,
on account of the unhealthiness of the former site,
occasioned by the stench of the putrid fish and
reptiles, in the summer and autumn, driven on
shore by the alligators, and the noxious exhala
tions from the marthes of the savannah. Though
the horned cattle and horses bred in these meadows
are large, sleek, sprightly, and fat, yet they are
subject to mortal diseases ; such as the water rot,
or scald, occasioned by the warm water of the sa
vannah ; while those which range in the high
forest* are clear of this disorder.]
E
26 ALA
ALACLATZALA, a branch of the head set
tlement of the district of S. Luis, of the coast and
alcaldia mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It
contains 125 Indian families, and is one league
from the settlement of Quanzoquitengo.
ALACRANES, some islands, or rather some
hidden rocks, of the N. sea, in the bay of Mexico,
opposite the coast of Yucatan. Those who navi
gate these parts arc accustomed to pass round be
yond them for fear of venturing amongst them, al
though there are some good channels among them,
and withgood soundings. They are for the most part
barren, producing nothing beyond a herb called
?20row,and deficient in fresh water ; neither do they
produce any animal except the mole, which is
found here in prodigious numbers. There are,
however, a quantity of birds, of three distinct sorts,
each forming a community of itself, and entirely
separated from the other two ; and it has been
observed, that if one party may have fixed upon
any place for building their nests, the others never
think of disturbing them, or driving them from it ;
but the noise these birds make is so great, that one
cannot pass near them without suffering consider
ably from their united clamours.
[A LAD AS, a parish situate about 14 leagues
s. e. of Corrientes, in Lat. 23 15 20" s. Long. 58
30 rr.~)
ALAHUIZTLAN, SAN JUAN DF, a branch
of the head settlement of the district of Escateopan,
and alcaldiamayor of Zaqualpa, in Nueva Espana.
(t contains 270 Indian families.
ALAIN, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises
in the country of the Locamas Indians, runs from
r. to n. and turning to the n. n. f. enters the Pucare.
ALAMEDA, a settlement of the missions be
longing to the religious of St. Francis in Nuevo
Mexico.
ALAMILLOS, a settlement of the province of
Taraumara and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya ; one
of the missions which belonged to the religious of
St Francis. It is close to the town and real of
the mines of Santa Eulalia.
ALAMO, a settlement of the province and
government of the new kingdom of Leon, situ
ate 15 leagues to the s. e. of the Point.
ALAMOS, REAL DE Los, a settlement and
real of the mines of the province of Sinaloa in
Nueva Espana. It is situate s. e. of the Sierra
Mad re, and surrounded by rich silver mines,
which would produce abundantly but for want of
labourers. There are in its district five estates
that are fertile in maize, French beans, and sugar
cane. The spiritual concerns of all these parts
ALA
are under the direction of a curate, whose jurisdic
tion extends as far as the river Mayo, which flows
down from the sierra. It is 20 leagues distant
from the town of Tucrtc, and between these lies
the valley of Maquipo. [Population 7900 souls.]
ALAMOS, with the dedicatory title of S. JORGE,
a town of the province and captainship of Para in
Brazil, founded by Jorge del Alamo, who gave
it his name, in a place called La Vigia. It has a
magnificent parish church, with the title of Nuestra
Senora de Nazareth , with a large and good fort,
and well furnished with artillery. Also, at the dis
tance of a league and an half from the settlement,
is a house of charity belonging to the religious
order of the Capuchins of La Piedad.
ALAMOS, another town of the province and go
vernment of Sonora, in the line that divides the
confines of this jurisdiction and the province of
Ostimuri, between the rivers Hiaqui and La
Sonora.
ALAMOS, another settlement of the same pro
vince and government as the former, situate to
the s. of the garrison of Coro de Guachi.
ALAMOS, another of the missions belonging to
the abolished society of Jesuits, in the province
of Taraumara and kingdom of Nueva V izcaya.
It is 27 leagues 5. w. and a quarter of a league s.
of the real of the mines and town of S. Felipe de
Chiguaga.
ALAMOS, another settlement and real of the
silver mines of the province and government of
Cinaloa.
ALANGAS1, a settlement of the kingdom of
Quito, in the district of the corregimiento of the
Cinco Leguas de la Capital. In its territory is a
fountain of hot medicinal waters.
A LANG AST, a river of the above corregimiento y
and rising in the desert mountain of Sincholagua ;
over it there is a large bridge, composed of a single
arch, but so strong, that when, in 1660, a part
of the mountain fell upon it, and precipitated one
half of it into the stream, the other half still re
mained firm and immoveable. This bridge is
built of mud and stone.
ALANIS, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo, in the district of the city
of Merida, situate in the way which leads from
this city to the new kingdom of Grenada.
ALANGI, SANTIAGO DE, a city and head
settlement of the district of the province of Chi-
riqui and government of Santiago de Veragua,
in the kingdom of Tierra Firme. It is small, but
abounding in fruits and cattle ; in which a regular
trade is carried on for supplying the city of Pa
nama. This trade consists principally in pigs,
ALA
mules, poultry, cheese, and salt meats. It has
likewise some mines in its district, which are not
altogether neglected, though the advantages de
rived from them would be immensely increased, if
the number of labourers were greater. It is go
verned by a lieutenant nominated by the governor
of Santiago de Veragua. ["Lat. 8 12 n. Long.
80 40 w.~\
ALAQUES, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Tacunga in the kingdom of
Quito.
ALAQUINES, a branch of the head settle
ment of the district of Tamazunchale, and akaldia
mayor of Valles, in Nueva Espana, situate on the
shore of a large river which divides this jurisdic
tion from that of Guadalcazar.
ALARA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Antioquia in the new kingdom of Gra
nada. It rises at the foot of the sierra of Gua-
moco, and s. of the town of this name ; runs a?,
and enters the Cauca.
[ALASKE, a long peninsula on the n. w. coast
of America, formed by Bristol bay and the ocean
on the n. w. and n. and by the ocean and the
waters of Cook s river on the s. and s. e. At its
extremity are a number of islands, the chief of
which, in their order westward, are, Oonemak,
Oonalasha, and Ocutnnak, which form part of
the chain or cluster of islands called the Northern
Archipelago. Captain Cook, on his return in
1779, passed through the channel e. of Oonemak
island. Sec NORTH-WEST COAST OF AMERICA.]
ALATAMALIA, a large river of the province
and government of Florida. It runs nearly due
e. and enters the sea opposite the Gcorgean isles.
[This river, which is navigable, is more properly
of Georgia. It rises in the Cherokee mountains,
near the head of a western branch of Savannah
river, called Tugulo. In its descent through the
mountains it receives several auxiliary streams ;
thence it winds, with considerable rapidity,
through the hilly country 250 miles, from whence
it throws itself into the open flat country, by the
name of Oakmulgee. Tkence, after meandering
for 150 miles, it is joined by the Oconee, which
likewise has its source in the mountains. After
this junction it assumes the name of Aiatamaha,
when it becomes a large majestic river ; and flow
ing with a gentle current through forests and
plains 100 miles, discharges itself into the Atlan
tic by several mouths. The n. channel glides by
the heights of Darien, about 10 miles above the
bar, and after several turnings, enters the ocean
between Sapelo and Wolf islands. The s. chan
cel, which is esteemed the largest aad deepest,
ALB 27
after its separation from the n. descends gently,
taking its course between M Intosh.and Brough-
ton islands, and at last by the w. coast of St.
Simon s sound, between the s. end of the island
of that name, and the ;?. end of Jekyl island.
At its confluence with the Atlantic it is 500 yards
wide.]
ALAUSI, a province and small corregimiento
or district of the kingdom of Quito ; bounded w. by
the province of Riobamba, n. w. by Chimbo, s.
by Cuenca, w. by the district of Yaguache, and
e. by that of Macas. It is watered by the rivers
Uzogoche, Gussuntos, Pinancay, Alausi, and
others of less note. It abounds in mountains, the
most lofty of which are toward the w. ; the country
is pleasant, and yields liberally every kind of
fruit and grain that are common either to America
or Europe. It contains many sugar mills, and
the sugar is the best in the kingdom. The air here
is mild and healthy, and the climate cannot be said
to be inconveniently hot. It is governed by the
corregidor, who resides in the capital.
ALAUSI, the capital of the above province. If
has in its district some mineral fountains of hot
water, established with suitable conveniences by
some families of consideration residing there. Its
trade consists in cloths, baizes, and cotton gar
ments, which are wrought in its manufactories.
It has a very good parish church, and a convent
of the order of St. Francis. [Lat. 2 12 n.
Long. 78 39 a>.]
[ALBANS, ST. a township in Franklin county,
Vermont, on lake Cham plain, opposite N. Hero
island, with 256 inhabitants.]
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a county of the pro
vince and colony of New York. It contains a
certain number of plains fertile ingrain, in which,
and in planks of pine, its principal commerce con
sists. The winter is extremely cold, and the river
Hudson is generally frozen for 100 miles, so as
to bear immense burthens. The great quantity
of snow that falls at this season is useful, not only
because it covers the grain, and keeps it from pe
rishing by the frost, but because, when it melts, it
so increases the waters of the river, as to facilitate
thereby the transportation of the productions of
the country.
[ALBANY County lies between Ulster and
Saratoga; its extent 46 miles by 28. By the
slate census, Jan. 20, 1796, the number of elec
tors in this county were 60S7, and the number of
towns 11.]
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, the capital of the
above county, founded by the Dutch in 1608,
together with that of Orange, on the shore of the
E 2
28 A L I>
river Hudson. It is small, but has a great trade
from the contiguity of the Iroquese Indians. It
contains 350 houses, built afterthe Dutch fashion ;
and that of the magistracy, which consists of
a mayor, six aldermen, and a recorder, is very
beautiful. The city is defended by a regular fort
with four bastions, the rest of the fortification con
sisting of palisades. Here the treaties and alli
ances have been made with the Indians. It was
taken by Robert Car in 1664, and added to this
province by Colonel Dongan. [It is 160 miles n.
of the city of New York, to which it is next in rank,
and 340 s. of Quebec. This city and suburbs, by
enumeration in 1797, contained 1263 buildings, of
which 863 were dwelling houses, and 6021 inha
bitants. Many of them are in the Gothic style,
with the gable end to the street, which custom the
first settlers brought from Holland ; the new
houses are built in the modern style. Its inhabit
ants are collected from various parts of the world,
and speak a great variety of languages, but the
English predominates ; and the use of every other
is gradually lessening. Albany is unrivalled for
situation, being nearly at the head of sloop navi
gation, on one of the noblest rivers in the world.
it enjoys a salubrious air, and is the natural em
porium of the increasing trade of a large extent of
country y>. and n, a country of an excellent soil,
abounding in every article for the W. India
market; plentifully watered with navigable lakes,
creeks, and rivers ; settling with unexampled rapid
ity ; and capable of afford ing subsistence to millions
of inhabitants. The public buildings are, a low
Dutch church, of ancient and very curious con-
struction, one for Episcopalians, two for Presby
terians, one for Germans or High Dutch, and one
for Methodists ; an hospital, city hall, and a hand
some brick jail. In the year 1609, Henry Hudson,
whose name the river bears, ascended it in his boat
to Auraniaj the spot on which Albany now stands.
The improvements in this city have, of late
years, been very great in almost all respects.
Wharfs have been built on the river, the streets
have been paved, a bank instituted, a new and
handsome style of building introduced. One mile
w. ofthis city, in its suburbs, near the manor-house
of lieutenant-governor Van Renssalaer, are very
ingeniously constructed extensive and useful
works, for the manufacture of Scotch and rappee
snuff, roll and cut tobacco of different kinds,
chocolate, mustard, starch, hair-powder, split-
pease, and hulled barley. These valuable works
are the property of Mr. James Caldwell, who un
fortunately lost a complete set of similar works by
re, in July 1794, with the stock, valued at
ALB
37,500 dollars. It is a circumstance worthy of
remark, and is evincive of the industry and eater-
prise of the proprietor, that the whole of the pre
sent buildings and machinery were begun and
completed in the short space of eleven mouths.
These works are decidedly superior to any of the
kind in America. All the articles above enume
rated, even to the spinning of tobacco, are manu
factured by the aid of water machinery. For the
invention of this machinery, the proprietor has
obtained a patent. These works give employ
ment and subsistence to 40 poor boys, and a num
ber of workmen.] Long. 73 42 w. Lat. 4S
40 n. lim.<v
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a large river of New
France, which takes its rise from the lake Chris-
tinaux, runs n. e. and enters the sea at Hudson s
bay.
ALBANIA, or ALBANY, a fortress in New South
Wales, N. America. [Lat. 52 17 n. Long. 81
51 w.~]
ALBARICOQUES, Point of the, a cape on
the n. coast, in the head settlement of the island
of Santo Domingo, and in the French territories.
It lies between the Trou d Enfers and Cape Bom-
bo n.
ALBARRACIN, Desert of, a very, lofty
mountain, always covered with snow, in the new
kingdom of Granada.
ALBARRADA, a settlement of Indians of
the kingdom of Chile, situate on the shore of the
river Cauchupil.
ALBARRADA, another settlement, with the dedi
catory title of San Miguel, in the head settlement
of the district of Mitla, and alcaldia mai/or of
Tentitlan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 22
Indian families, and is seven leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ALBARREGAS, a large and abundant river
of the new kingdom of Granada, which descends
from the mountains of Bogota, irrigates the coun
try and the city of Merida, running n. of this
city until it enters the lake Maracaibo.
ALBEMARLE, a county of the province and
colony of N. Carolina, and that part of it which
is most agreeable, fertile, and salutary. It pro
duces various sorts of fruits and pulse, and the
winter is very temperate. This colony was esta
blished in J670 by the lords and proprietors of it,
who equipped, at their own expeuce, three ships,
and a considerable number of persons, with provi
sions for 18 months, and an abundance of merchan
dize, tools, and arms fit for the new establishment;
to which they sent resources yearly, in the pro
portion required, until it appeared to be in a fit
ALB
A L C
state to maintain itsdf. Thus the colonisfs lived
for some years, and in time the productions in
which their commerce consisted, increased to such
a degree as tcr have caused them to excel all the
other English colonies.
ALBEMARLE, another county or part of Vir
ginia, washed by the river Fluvana on the s.
\rhieh divides itself into several branches, and
adds much to the fertility of the country. It is
bounded e. by the county of Goochiand, a ! . divided
by a chain of mountains of Augusta, and by that
of Louisa on the n. [It contains 12,585 inha
bitants, including 5579 slaves. Its extent, about
35 miles square.]
ALBEMARLE, a strait, which is the mouth or
entrance into the sea of the river Roanoke.
ALBERTO, a small settlement or ward of
the head settlement of the district of Tlazintla,
and alcaldia mayor of Ixmiqnilpan, in Nueva
Espana.
[ALBION, NEW, the name given by Sir
Francis Drake to California, and part of then, w.
coast of America, when he took possession of it.
A large uncertain tract of the n, w. coast is thus
called. Its limits, according to Mr. Arrow-
smith s chart, are between 27 12 and 41 15
n. lat. Humboldt asserts, that, agreeably to sure
historical data, the denomination of New Albion
ought to be limited to that part of the coast which
extends from the 43 to the 48, or from Cape
White of Martin de Aguilar, to the entrance of
Juan de Fuea. Besides, he adds, from the mis
sions of the Catholic priests to those of the Greek
priests, that is to say, from the Spanish village of
San Francisco, in New California, to the Russian
establishments on Cook river at Prince William s
bay, and to the islands of Kodiac and Unalaska,
there are more than a thousand leagues of coast
inhabited by free men, and stocked with otters and
Phocae ! Consequently, the discussions on the
extent of the New Albion of Drake, and the pre
tended rights acquired by certain European na
tions, from planting small crosses, and leaving
inscriptions fastened to trunks of trees, or the
burying of bottles, may be considered as futile.
The part of the coast on which Capt. Cook landed
on the 7th of March 1778, and which some desig
nate as New Albion, is in n. lat. 44 33 . e. long.
235 10 , which he thus describes : The land
is full of mountains, the tops of which are covered
with snow, while the vallies between them, and
the grounds on the sea-coast, high as well as low,
are covered with trees, which form a beautiful
prospect, as of one vast forest. At first the natives
seemed to prefer iron to every other article of
commerce; at last they preferred brass. They
were more tenacious of their property than any of
the savage nations that had hitherto been met
with ; so that they would not part with wood,
water, grass, nor the most trifling article without
a compensation, and were sometimes very unrea
sonable in their demands." Sec CALIFORNIA,
NEW.]
ALBOR, a small island of the N. or Atlantic
sea, one of the Bahamas, between those of Neque
and S. Salvador.
ALBUQUERQUE, SAN ROSA DE, a settle
ment and real of the silver mines of the alcaldia
mayor of Colotlan in Noeva Espaaa. It is 19
leagues s. w. of the head settlement of the district
of Tlaltenango.
ALBUQUERQUE, a town of New Mexico, situate
on the shore of the Rio Grande (large river) of the
N. [opposite the village of Atrisco, to the w. of
the Sierra Obscura. Population 6000 souls.]
ALBUQUERQUE, a small island, or low rocks, of
the N. sea, near that of S. Andres.
ALCA, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Condensuyos of Arequipa in Peru.
ALCALA, a settlement ot the province and
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa, and kingdom of Gua
temala, in the division and district of that city.
ALCAMANI, a branch of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Igualapa in
Neuva Espana, and two leagues to the n. of the
same.
ALCANTARA, S. ANTONIO DE, a town of
the province and captainship ofMaranam in the
kingdom of Brazil. It has been frequently invaded
by the infidel Indians, who destroyed its work
shops, so that its inhabitants have been much
seduced.
ALCANTARA, S. ANTONIO DE, another settle
ment in the province and district of Chanco, in
the kingdom of Chile, near the shore of the river
Mataquino.
ALCARAI, a small river of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres. It runs e. and
enters the river La Plata between those of Lay
man and Gomez.
ALCATRACES, Island of the, one of (hose
which lien, of St. Domingo, between the s. point
of the Caico Grande, and the Panuelo Quadrado,
(square handkerchief).
ALCHICH1CA, S. MARTIN DE, a ward of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Izucar in Nueva Espana, belonging to
that of Santa Maria de la Asuncion.
ALCHIDOMAS, a settlement of the province
of the Apaches in N uevo Mexico, situate on the
30
ALE
shore of the Rio Grande Colorado, (large coloured
river), or of the North.
ALCO, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Chumbivilcas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Libitaca.
ALCOHOLADES, a nation of Indians of the
province of Venezuela. They are of a docile and
affable disposition, and live upon the borders of
the lake Maracaibo. Their numbers are much
diminished, from the treatment they received from
the German Weltzers, who, through a covetous-
ness to possess the gold of these people, killed the
greater part of them.
ALCOZAUCA, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espana. It contains
104 families of Spaniards, Mulattoes, and Mustees;
not a single Indian dwells in it. It is of a mild
temperature, and in its district were the once cele
brated mines of Cayro, which were crushed in and
destroyed, having been almost unparalleled forthe
quantity of silver that they produced. Eight lea
gues from its capital.
ALDAS, a small settlement or ward of the head
settlement of the district of Santa Ana, and alcaldia
mayor of Zultepec, in Nueva Espana.
ALDEA, DEL ESPIRITU SANTO, a settlement
of the province and captainship of Tondos Santos
in Brazil, situate on the coast, at the mouth of the
river Joana.
ALDEA, DEL ESPIRITU SANTO, another settle
ment of the province and captainship of Seregipe,
in the same kingdom, situate on the shore, and
at the entrance of the river Real.
[ALDEN, Fort, in Cherry Valley, in the
state of New York.]
ALDWORT, a settlement of the island of
Barbadoes, in the district and parish of Santiago,
on the a>. coast.
ALEBASTER, or ELEUTHERA, an island of
the channel of Bahama. See ALABASTER.
ALEGRE, a settlement of the province and
captainship of S. Vincente in Brasil, situate s.
of the settlement of Alto.
[ALEMP1GON, a small lake northward of
lake Superior.!
ALEXANDRIA, a city of Virginia, [formerly
called Belhaven, and situated on the southern
bank of the Patowmac river, in Fairfax county,
about five miles s: w. from the Federal city, 60
s. to. from. Baltimore, 60 n. from Fredericks-
burgh, 168 n. of Williamsburgh, and 290 from
the sea; 38 54 n. lat. and 77 10 w. long,
its situation is elevated and pleasant. The soil
is clayey. The original settlers, anticipating its
future growth and importance, laid out the streets
A L G
on the plan of Philadelphia. It contains about
400 houses, many of which are handsomely built,
and 2748 inhabitants. This city, upon opening
the navigation of Patowmac river, and in conse
quence of its vicinity to the future seat of the
federal government, bids fair to be one of the most
thriving commercial places on the continent. Nine
miles from hence is Mount Vernon, the celebrated
seat of the late General Washington.]
[ALEXANDRIA, a township in Grufton county,
New Hampshire, containing 298 inhabitants, in
corporated in 1782.]
[ALEXANDRIA, a township in Hunterdon coun
ty, IVew Jersey, containing 1503 inhabitants, inclu
sive of 40 slaves.]
[ALEXANDRIA, a small town in Huntingdon
county, Pennsylvania, on the Frankstown branch
of Janiatta river, 192 miles n. w. of Philadel
phia.]
ALEXO, S. an island of the N. sea, near the
coast of Brazil, in the province and captainship
of Pernambuco, between the river Formoso and
Cape S. Agustin.
ALFARO, S. MIGUEL DE, a settlement of the
province and government of the Chiquitos Indians;
situate on the shore of the river Ubay. It has a
good port, from whence it is also known by the
name of Port of the Chiquitos. It is, however,
at present destroyed, % and the ruins alone remain.
ALFAXA I UCA,* a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Kilotepec in Nueva Espana. It con
tains 171 Indian families, and is seven leagues
e. n. e. of its capital.
ALFEREZ, Valley of the, in the province
and corregimiento of Bogota in the new kingdom
of Granada.
ALFEREZ, a river of the province and captain*
ship of Rey in Brazil; it runs n. and enters the
lake of Mini.
[ALFORD, a township in Berkshire county,
Massachusetts, containing 577 inhabitants ; 145
miles w. from Boston.]
[ALFORDSTOWN, a small town in Moor
county, North Carolina.]
ALGARROBO, a settlement of the province
and government of Antioquia in the new kingdom
of Granada ; situate on the bank of an arm of the
river Perico, in an island which it forms in the
serranias of Guamoca.
ALGODON, Island of the, one of those
which are in the N. sea, between the s. point of
the Cayco Grande and the Panuelo Quadrado.
ALGODON, a settlement of the same name. See
BIEZMK.T.
ALGODONALES, a settlement of the province
A L I
and correrrimiento of Atacama in Peru, situate on
M
the coast.
ALGONQUINENSES, or ALGONQUINS, a
nation of savage Indians, who inhabit a part of
Canada: they are continually at war with the
Iroquees. Their idiom may be looked upon as
the mother tongue of all the other nations of that
country, and differs very slightly from the rest,
so that any one speaking it would be able to
travel in any other nation in these parts. They
border on the north side of lake Huron; and
although inhabiting the whole of the coast of lake
Superior, their number, according to Mackenzie,
does not exceed 150 families.
[ALGONQUINS, of Rainy Lake, Indians of
N. America, of the precise limits of whose coun
try we are not informed. They live very much
detached in small parties. The country they
inhabit is but an indifferent one ; it has been much
hunted, and the game, of course, nearly exhaust
ed. They are well-disposed towards the whites.
Their number is said to decrease. They are ex
tremely addicted to spirituous liquors, of which
large quantities are annually furnished them by
the n. w. traders, in return for their bark canoes.
They live wretchedly poor.]
[ALGONQUINS, of Portage de Prairie, In
dians of N. America, who inhabit a low, flat,
marshy country, mostly covered with timber, and
well stocked with game. They are emigrants
from the lake of the Woods, and the country e. of
it ; who were introduced some years since by the
n. w. traders, in order to hunt the country on the
lower parts of Red river, which then abounded
in a variety of animals of the fur kind. They are
an orderly, well-disposed people, but, like their
relations on Rainy lake, addicted to spirituous
liquors. Their trade is at its greatest extent.]
ALGUILGUA. See article SANTA MONICA;
ALHUE, a settlement of the province and
corregirniento of Rancagua in the kingdom of
Chile, annexed to the curacy of San Pedro.
ALHUE, a large lake of the same province and
kingdom.
[ALIATANS, Snake Indians, of N. America,
a numerous and well disposed people, inhabiting
a woody and mountainous country ; they are
divided into three large tribes, who wander at
a considerable distance from each other, and are
called by themselves So-so-na, So-so-bubar, and
I-a-kar : these are again subdivided into smaller,
though independent bands, the names of which we
have not yet learnt : they raise a number of horses
arid mules, with which they trade with the Crow In
dians, or which are stolen by the nations on the e. of
A L I
31
them. They maintain a partial trade with the
Spaniards, from \vhora they obtain many articles
of clothing and ironmongery, but no warlike im
plements.]
[ALIATANS, of La Playes, Indians of N. Ame
rica, who inhabit the rich plains from the head
of the Arkansas, embracing the heads of Red
river, and extending, with the mountains and high
lands, e. as far as it is known towards the gulph of
Mexico. They possess no fire arms, but are
warlike and brave. They are, as well as the
other Aliatans, a wandering people. Their coun
try abounds in wild horses, beside great numbers
which they raise themselves. These people, and
the West Aliatans, might be induced to trade on
the upper part of the Arkansas river. The Alia
tans do not claim a country within any particular
limits.]
[ALIATANS, of the West, Indians of N. Ame
rica, who inhabit a mountainous country, and
sometimes venture in the plains e. of the rocky
mountains, about the head of the Arkansas river.
They have more intercourse with the Spaniards of
New Mexico than the Snake Indians. They are
said to be very numerous and warlike, but are
badly armed. The Spaniards fear these people,
and therefore take the precaution not to furnish
them with any warlike implements. In their pre
sent unarmed state, they frequently commit hos
tilities on the Spaniards. They raise a great
many horses. 1
ALLANTE, a volcano of the kingdom of
Chile, in the province and country of Arauco ;
in 1640 it burst, the mountain opening in two
places, and throwing out large shapeless masses of
lava, with so great a noise as to be heard at many
leagues distance : the mischief it did was very
considerable.
ALIBAMONS, or ALIBAMIS, a nation of
Indians of Louisiana, dwelling n. of the Apaches.
It is very numerous, and is on terms of amity with
the French ; so that they never have communica
tion with the English, but from necessity. The
former, when they first established themselves in
this country, carried on a large trade here, but it
afterwards declined, on account of the distance of
the place. [These Indians are from West Florida,
off the Allibami river, and came to Red river
about the same time as the Boluxas and Appala-
ches. Part of them have lived on Red river,
about sixteen miles above the Bayau Rapide, till
lately, when most of this party, of about 30 men,
went up Red river, and have settled themselves
near the Caddoques, where, we are informed, they
have lately raised good crops of corn. The Cad-
32 A L K
tlos are friendly to them, and have no objection to
their settling there. They speak the Creek and
Chactaw languages, and Mobilian; most of them
French, and some of them English. There is
another party of them, whose village is on a small
creek in Apelousa district, about 30 miles >? w.
from the church of Appclousa. They consist of
about 40 men. They have lived at the same
place ever since they came from Florida ; are
said to be increasing a little in numbers for a few
years past. They raise corn, have horses, hogs,
and cattle, and are harmless, quiet people.]
[AL1CHE, commonly pronounced EYEISH,
Indians of N. America, who live near Nacog
doches, but are almost extinct as a nation, there not
being more than twenty-five souls of them remain
ing. Four years ago the small-pox destroyed the
greater part of them. Some years since they
were a considerable nation, and lived in a spot
which bears their name, which the road from
Natchitoch to Nacogdoches crosses, about twelve
miles &. of Sabine river, on which a few French
and American families are settled. Their native
language is spoken by no other nation, but they
speak and understand Caddo, with which people
they are in amity, often visiting one another.]
ALINA, a settlement of the head settlement of
the district of Pinzandaro, and alcald ut mayor of
Tancitaro, in Nucva Espana. It contains 20 fami
lies of Indians, who engage themselves in the
commerce of maize and wax, and is seven leagues
s. of its head settlement.
ALIS, a settlement of the province and corrc-
gimiento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the cu
racy of Laraos.
ALISOS, FARALLOX DE LOS, an island of tlie
N. sea, on the coast of California.
ALITAT1S, a small island of the coast of
Brazil, opposite the island of Marajo, and between
those of Yurua and Nova.
ALJARACA, a river of the province and cor-
reginnento of Sicasica in Peru. It rises in the
Cordillera, e. of its capital, runs n. e. inclining to
the n. n. e. and enters the Chuquiabo.
ALJOJUCA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Tlalchico-mula, and alcaldia
mayor of Tepeaca, in Nueva Espana ; situate on
the bank of a great lake, the waters of which are
somewhat brackish ; and its depth being 70 fa
thoms, has never been found to vary. It contains
172 families, and is seven leagues n. of its head
settlement.
ALKANSAS, a nation of savage Indians of
Canada or New France, situate in 33ofw. lat.
ALL
on the w. side of the Mississippi. See ALKANSAS
River.
ALLAUCA, a settlement of the province and
corrcgimiento of Yauyos in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Tanripampa.
[ALLBURG1I, a township in Franklin county,
Vermont, containing H(j inhabitants, situated on
Missisquc bay.]
ALLCA, an ancient povincc of the kingdom of
Porn, to the s. of Cuzco. These Indians made a
great and vigorous stand against Manco Capac,
the fourth emperor of the Incus, and called the
conqueror; being much favoured by tlieruggedness
of the country, which abounds in woods, moun
tains, and lakes, as also in gold and silver mines.
[ALLEGHANY,a county in Pennsylvania, ex
tends from the junction of the river of that name
with the Ohio, where its chief town, Pittsburgh,
is situated, to the New York line. It contains
10,309 inhabitants, including 159 slaves.]
[ALLEGHANV is the most western county in
Maryland, and has Pennsylvania on the n. The
windings of the Patowmac river separate it from
Virginia on the 5. and Sideling-hill creek divides
it from Washington county on the e. It con-
4809 inhabitants, including 258 slaves. Cum
berland is its chief town. J
[ALLEGHANY Mountains, between the Atlantic
ocean, the Mississipi river, and the lakes, are a
long and broad range of mountains, made up of a
great number of ridges, extending n. e. and s. w
nearly parallel to the sea coast, about 900 miles
in length, and from 60 to 150 and 200 miles iu
breadth. Mr. Evans observes, with respect to
tliat part of these mountains w r hich he travelled
over, viz. in the back parts of Pennyslvania, that
scarcely one acre in ten is capable of culture.
This, however, is far from being the case in all
parts of this range. Numerous tracts of fine
arable and grazing land intervene between the
ridges. The different ridges which compose this
immense range of mountains, have different names
in the different states, viz. the Blue Ridge, the
North Mountain, or North Ridge, or Devil s
Back-bone, Laurel Ridge, Jackson s Mountains,
and Kittatimy Mountains; w : hich see under these
names. All these ridges, except the Alleghany,
are broken through by rivers, which appear to
have forced their way through solid rocks. This
principal ridge is more immediately called Alle
ghany, and is descriptively named the Back-bone
of the United States. From these several ridges
proceed innumerable branches or spurs. The
general name of the whole range, taken collective-
ALL
Jy, seems not yet to have been determined. Mr.
Evans calls them the Endless Mountains ; others
have called them the Appalachian Mountains, from
a tribe of Indians who live on a river which pro
ceeds from this mountain, called the Appalachi-
eola ; but the most common name is the Allegheny
Mountains, so called, probably, from the princi
pal ridge of the range. These mountains are not
confusedly scattered, rising here and there into
high peaks, overtopping each other ; but run
along in uniform ridges, scarcely half a mile high.
They spread as you proceed ,<?. and some of them
terminate in high perpendicular bluffs: others
gradually subside into a level country, giving rise
to the rivers which run s. into the Gulph of
Mexico.]
[ALLEGHANY River, in Pennsylvania, rises on
the>o>. side of the Alleghany Mountain, and after
running about 200 miles in a s. zv. direction, meets
the Monongahela at Pittsburgh, and both united
form the Ohio. The lands on each side of this
river, for J50 miles above Pittsburg, consist of
white oak and chesnut ridges, and in many places
of poor pitch pines, interspersed with tracts of good
land and low meadows. This river, and the Ohio
likewise, from its head waters until it enters the
Mississippi, are known and called by the name of
Alleghany river, by the Seneca, and other tribes
of the Six Nations, who once inhabited it.]
ALLEGU1PPES, a settlement of the province
and colony of Virginia, in the county of Hamp
shire, situate on the shore of the river Yauyau-
gani, and at the mouth which enters the Monan-
gahela.
[ALLEMAENGEL, a small Moravian settle-
ment on Swetara river, in Pennsylvania.]
[ALLEMAND, a river which falls into the
Mississippi from the s. e. about 43 miles s. of the
Natch es.1
ALLEMANDS, a settlement of the province
and government of Louisiana, on the shore of the
river Mississippi, between this river and the lake
Ovachas.
[ALLEN-TOWN, in Pennsylvania, North
ampton county, on the point of land formed by
Jordan s creek and the Little Leheigh. It con
tains about 90 houses, and an academy.
[ALLENSTOWN, a town in New Jersey, in
Monrnouth county, 15 miles n. e. from Burling
ton, and 13 s. by e. from Princeton.]
[ALLENSTOWX, a township in Rockingham
county, New-Hampshire, containing 254 inha
bitants; situated on the e. side of Merrimack
river, 25 miles n. w. of Exeter, and 40 from Ports
mouth.]
VOL. I.
A L M 33
ALLHEGENI, or rather ALLEGiiANY,a town
of the province and colony of Pennsylvania, in
which the English had an establishment and fort.
It is on the shore of the Ohio, which is also called
the Vieslle.
ALLIGATOR, Bay of, on the 5. coast of the
island of Jamaica.
ALLIGATOR, a river of N. Carolina, in the
division of Hyde ; It runs n. and enters the sea at
the sound of Albemarle.
ALL1U1TAS, a settlement of the island of
Cuba, on the n. coast, between the settlement of
Matanillas and Manati.
[ALLOWAY Creek, in Salem county, New
Jersey, emptier into the Delaware. It is navi
gable 16 miles, interrupted, however, by several
draw-bridges.]
[ALL-SAINTS, islands near Guadaloupe
island in the W r est Indies.]
[ALL-SAINTS, a parish in George-town district,
South Carolina, containing 2225 inhabitants, of
whom 429 are whites, and 1795 slaves. It sends
a member to each house of the state legislature.]
ALL-SAINTS Bay. See SANTOS.
ALMACEN, DEL REY, a settlement of the
province and corregimiento of Canete in Peru, situ
ate on the coast, opposite the islands of Chincha.
ALMAGRO, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement of the
province and corregimiento of Canete in Peru 3
founded by the conqueror Diego de Almagro, in
1536, in the valley of Chincha ; owing to a com
petition with Don Francisco Pizarro, who had
founded the city of Lima, and out of honour to
his native place of this title. It once bore the ap
pellation ot a city; but its inhabitants so dwindled
away, that it was forced to resign it a short time
after.
ALMAGUER, a city of the province and go
vernment of Popayan, in the kingdom of Quito r
founded by Captain Alonza de Fueii Mayor, in
1543, on the top of a small mountain, which is in the
middle of a plain called Guachicono. It abounds
in wheat, maize, barley, fruits, and some sorts of
cattle. Its temperature is mild and pleasant, and
in its district are some gold mines. It lies seven
leagues s. of Popayan. [Lat. 1 56 n. Long.
[ALMARIA. See VILLA RICA.]
ALMAS, REAL DEL Rio DE LAS, a Portuguese
settlement and real of gold mines, in the terri
tory of the Guayazas Indians, and kingdom of
Brazil ; situate on the shore and source of the
river Tocantiues.
ALMA?, REAL DEL Rio DE LAS, a river of the
same kingdom and territory, which rises in the
r
34 A L O
sierra near Villaboa, to the s. runs e. and enters
the Tocantines.
ALMENAS, a river of the province and corre
gimiento of Arequipa in Peru, close to the point
of Chile.
ALMER1A, a settlement of the jurisdiction
and government of Vera Cruz in Nueva Espana,
situate on the coast, at the mouth of the river
Noadan.
PALMIRA, a town in Mexico. See ANGELOS.]
ALMIRANTE, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Parayba in Brazil, situate on
the shore of the river Aracay.
ALMIRANTE, a bay on the coast of the pro
vince and government of Veragua, in the kingdom
ofTierra Firme, and w. of Escudo; thus called
from its having been discovered by Admiral
Columbus in his fourth voyage. At its entrance
are many small islands and hidden rocks, upon
which its discoverer had well nigh been wrecked.
ALMIRANTE, a river of the province and
government of Florida, which runs s. e. and enters
the sea in the bay of Panzacola.
ALMOLOIA, SAN PEDRO DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Zultepec in Nueva Espana, situate in
a spacious, very pleasant, and well watered plain.
Its temperature is mild ; it contains 77 Indian
families, and is annexed to the curacy of Temas-
caltepec. It lies three leagues w. of its capital,
and inclining to the s.
ALMOLOIA, SAN PEDRO DE, another settlement,
with the dedicatory title of San Miguel del Rio,
being the head settlement of the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Metepec in the same kingdom.
It contains 156 Indian families, and to its curacy
are annexed several others. It lies three leagues
n. w. of its capital.
ALMOLOLOIAN, the head settlement of the
district of the alcaldia mayor of Colima in Nueva
Espana. It contains 60 families of Indians, 15
of Spaniards and 22 of Mustees and Mulattoes,
who occupy themselves in the culture of maize
and French beans ; and has a convent of the order
of St. Francis, and is a quarter of a league n. of
its capital.
ALOA, a settlement of the kingdom of Quito,
in the corregimiento of the district of the Cinco
Leguas de esta Capital.
ALOASI, a settlement of the same kingdom
and corregimiento as the former.
ALOJAM1ENTO, a settlement of the pro
vince and corregimiento of Copiapo in the king
dom of Chile ; situate on the shore, and at the
mouth of the river Chiminal.
ALP
ALONCHE, a settlement of the district of
Yaguache, in the province and government of
Guayaquil, and in the kingdom of Quito.
ALOTEPEC, a settlement of the head settle-
ment of the district of Atitlan, and alcaldia mayor
of Villalta, in Nueva Espana. It contains 67
Indian families, and is 19 leagues from its capi
tal.
ALOZOZINGO, SANTA MARIA DE, a settle
ment of the head settlement of the district of San
Martin de Temelucan,atid alcaldia mayor of Gue-
jozingo, in Nueva Espana, having in it 110
families of Indians.
ALPABAMBA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Parinacocha in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Colta.
ALPAMARCA, a settlement of the province
and government of Canta in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Atabillos Altos.
ALPACIA, a settlement and asiento of the
mines of the province and corregimiento of Con-
desuyos in Peru, annexed to the curacy of An-
dary.
ALPAIACU, a small river of the province and
government of Quijos and Marcas in the king
dom of Quito. It runs from n. to s. and enters the
Llucin.
ALPARGATON, a settlement of the province
and government of Venezuela, situate near the
coast, in the bay of Burburata, to the w. of Port
Cabello.
ALPARGATON, a river in the same province and
government, which rises in the Serrania, opposite
the coast, and runs to the w. of Port Cabello.
ALPIZAGUA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Culi-
acan in Nueva Espana. It contains 36 families
of Indians. Its district abounds in the various
fruits of that region, and also in some maize. It is
five leagues e. of its capital.
ALPOIECA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Atengo, and alcaldia mayor
of Chilapa, in Nueva Espana, in which there are
42 families of Indians. It is one league distant from
its head settlement.
ALPOIECA, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Ixcateapan, and alcal
dia mayor of Tlapa, in the same kingdom. It
contains 115 families of Mistecos Indians, and is
two leagues e. of its head settlement.
ALPOIECAZINGO, a settlement of the head
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of
Tlapa in Neuva Espana. It contains 140 fami
lies of Indians, and is four leagues s. e. of its
capital.
ALT
ALPONECA, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settlement
of the had settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor (*f Jochimilco in Nueva Espaiia. Although
it is situated within the jurisdiction of that of Te-
tela, it contains 30 families of Indians, and a con
vent of the order of St. Dominic.
ALPUIECA, SANTA MARIA DE, a settlement
of the head settlement of the district of Huitepec,
and alcaldia mayor of Cucnavaca, in Nueva Es-
paiia. It contains 77 families of Indians.
[ALSTEAD, a township in Cheshire county,
New Hampshire, containing 1111 inhabitants;
eight miles s. from Charlestown.]
ALTA, a lake of the province of Venezuela, and
government of Cumana. It lies s. of the valley of
Pasqua, and w. of the river Unare, which is very
near to and joins it.
ALTABOIANO, a settlement of the province
and government of Tucuman, in the district and
jurisdiction of the city of Cordova.
ALTABONITA, a small bay of the island of
Cuba, on the n. n. e. coast, and at the e. head,
between the bay of Nipe and Port Tanabo.
ALTAGRACIA, a city and capital of the pro
vince of Sutagaos in the new kingdom of Granada.
It was founded in 1540 by the Captains Pedro
Ordonez de Cevallos, Juan Lopez de Herrera,
and Diego Sotelo. It abounds in wax, honey, and
pita, these being the productions in which the na
tives trade, as likewise in boats, cut out of the
solid trunks of the large trees, abounding in its
very craggy mountains. It has at present but a
miserably scanty population.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement, with the de
dicatory title of Nuestra Senora, in the province
and government of Cumana. Its inhabitants en
joy a royal privilege of indemnification from the
tributes. It is situate on the shore, within a
cannon s shot of the capital.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro
vince and government of Tucuman, in the king
dom of Peru, of the district and jurisdiction of
the city of Cordova, on the shore and at the
source of the Rio Segundo.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro
vince of Guayana and government of Cumana.
It is one of those which belonged to the missions
of the Catalanian Capuchin fathers.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement of the pro
vince and government of Gnayana, which is at
present separated from that of Cumana.
ALTAGRACIA, another settlement in the pro
vince and government of Venezuela, in the juris
diction of the city of S. Sebastian, and valley of
ALT 35
Orituco ; in which district there are many estates
of cacffo, esteemed particularly good, and several
sugar mills, on either side of the river Orituco.
ALT A MIR, a settlement of the province of
Barcelona, and government of Cumana, situate
on the shore of the river Chivata, to the n. w. of
the town of San Fernando.
ALTAMIRA, a settlement of the province and
government of Sierra Gorda, in the Seno Mexi-
cano, (bay of Mexico), and kingdom of Nueva
Espana ; founded by the count of that title, D.
Joseph de Escandon, colonel of the militia of the
city of Queretaro, in 1750, who gave it this name,
from his attachment and friendship towards the
Marquis of Altamira, auditor of that royal audi
ence, and one of those who were destined by the
king to be inspector in the concerns relating to the
conquest and the population of that province.
ALTAMIRA, another settlement in the province
and government of Venezuela, one of those under
the care of the fathers of the Capuchin missions.
It abounds in large cattle.
ALTAR, a town and garrison of the province
and government of Sonora.
ALTAR, a settlement in the province and go
vernment of Venezuela, consisting of Indians con
verted to the Catholic faith by the Capuchin
fathers ; in the jurisdiction of the town of San Car
los, near the river Cojade.
ALTAR, a very lofty mountain of the kingdom
of Quito, in the corregimiento of Riobamba, to the
e. of this town. It is always covered with snow,
from whence it is called the snow-mountain. It
serves as a boundary to the mountains of the coun
try, the other side of this mountain being as yet
unknown. From it the rivers Llurin and Min
take their rise, which, united, enter the Pastaza,
always running e. This mountain is one of those
which form the Cordillera called, of Collanes.
ALTO, SAN ANDRES DEL, a settlement of the
province and government of Mainas in the king
dom of Quito ; one of the missions held there by
the abolished order of the Jesuits ; situate on the
shore of the river Maraiion, and opposite the city
of S. Francisco de Borja.
ALTO, SAN ANDRES DEL, another settlement
in the province and captainship of San Vincente
in Brazil ; situate s. of the settlement of Espigon.
ALTO, SAN ANDREI? DEL, another settlement
in the province and corregimiento of Catamarca
in Peru.
ALTO, SAX ANDRES DEL, another settlement,
with the dedicatory title of San Miguel, in the
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor
F2
36
A L V
of Tecpatitlan, in the kingdom and bishopric of
Nueva Galicia. It is seven leagues e. of its capi
tal.
ALTO, SAN* ANDRES DEL, another settlement in
the province and government of Popayan, of the
kingdom of Quito.
ALTOBELO, a lofty, sharp- pointed island,
near the n. coast of flispaniola, discovered at a
great distance, and lying between the point Beata
and the island of Vaca. [Long. 71 18 . Lat.
17 38 a).]
[ALTON, a tract of land in Strafford county,
New Hampshire, n. e. from Barnstead.]
ALTOS, a settlement of the province and cap
tainship of S. Vincente in Brazil, situate between
those of Tributes and Porcon.
ALTOS, another settlement in the province and
captainship of Rey in the same kingdom, and on
the shore of the river Curucay.
ALTOS, a river of the province and government
of Guanuco in Peru. It is small, runs from s. to
n. and forming a curve towards the w. enters the
sources of the river Guallaga, opposite the settle
ment of Saramajos.
ALTOTONGA, a settlement of the head settle-
merit of the district of Xalacingo, and alcaldia
mayor of Xalapa, in Nueva Espana ; situate in a
fertile, beautiful, and spacious valley, from which
it takes its name. It is of a mild temperature,
abounding in fruits, pulse, and tobacco. Jt con
tains 105 Spanish families. The word Altotonga
signifies, in the Mexican language, hot and saltish
water ; and this comes from a river which has its
rise in two hills united to each other, and situate
at a league s distance to the s. This river runs into
the lake of Alchichica, of the jurisdiction of Te-
peaca. It lies a league and a half s. e. of its head
settlement.
ALVA, SAX Luis DE LAICACOTA DE, an
establishment of silver mines, celebrated for
their riches, in a mountain of this name, which
signifies enchanted lake ; there being a lake at the
top of the mountain formed by the Indians, who
made use of it as a place in which to deposit and
conceal their riches. This place was discovered
in 1657 by the Colonel Don Joseph de Salcedo,
who, having received some vague rumours of its
importance, and finding that there was little need
of hands for the working the mountain of San
Joseph, sent his men hither to work. They ac
cordingly opened the ground, and having suc
ceeded in finding some metals of a superior quality,
contrived to let off the lake, so as to come to the
principal vein. Here they discovered an iia-
A L V
mensc quantity of silver, which they dug out at a
trilling cxpence. They also found the mouths of
other mines ; namely, of those of Las Anirmis and
Laicacota Baxa, which were contiguous, and
equally rich. From the last of these, Salcedo
took, in one night, 93 casks full of silver, valued
at a hundred thousand dollars, also a massy lump
of silver, which weighed seven arrobas. The me
tal was, moreover, so fine and pure, that, after
paying the quinto or duty to the king, it was
coined into money without any previous refine
ment. From these riches the disgraces of Salcedo
took their origin ; it was from them that arose the
bickerings and party spirits which appeared
among the Andaluces and Criollos on one side,
and the mountaineers and the Viscainos on the
other. A battle was the consequence, and the
plain was covered with dead bodies. The plain
bears the same name (Alva), and is, to this day,
strewed with whitened bones. This disastrous
affair induced the viceroy, the Count of Lemos,
to come in person to put a stop to these differences ;
and he, upon his arrival, ordered the settlement,
which consisted of upwards of 300 houses, to be
laid waste ; and finding a pretext for the removal
of the Colonel Salcedo, caused him to undergo his
sentence in the city of Lima, in 1686 ; but, as the
sentence was about to be put into execution, it
happened, and, as it is believed, by the decree of
heaven, which would bear testimony to his inno
cence, that the mine became inundated ; so that it
could never after be emptied ; and although vast
sums have been employed upon this work, no sil
ver has ever since been extracted.
AL VAttADO, a very abundant river of Nueva
Espana, forming itself from one which descends
from the sierras of Zongolica and Misteca. All
these three unite near the settlement of Cuyote-
peque, in the alcaldia mayor of Cozamaloapan,
and collecting the streams of many others, which
swell it to an immense size, it enters the sea at the
mouth of its name, 12 leagues from Vera Cruz.
It was anciently called Papaloapan, and was the
first that was discovered by Herrian Cortes. It
has a battery at its entrance, guarded by a detach
ment from V era Cruz.
ALVARADO, a settlement of the jurisdiction and
alcaldia mayor of Vera Cruz in Nueva Espana.
It is of a hot and dry temperature, inhabited by
60 families of Spaniards and Mulattoes, whose
commerce consists in fish ; as the land, although
naturally fertile, yields no productions by which
their commerce might be enlarged. They have a
church, iu which the image of our Lady of Con-
A M A
ception is revered, on account of the miracles
wrought by it ; and according to tradition, it was
said to have been found shut up in a chest, lying
upon the sea-shore on the coasts of Goazacoalco.
Fourteen leagues from Vera Cruz, n. w. and 88 from
Mexico.
ALVARO, SIERRA DE MAESTRO, or Lunar
Sierra, a cordillera of the mountains of the coast of
Brazil, in the province and captainship of Espiritu
Santo, between the point of Tiburon and the island
of Reposo.
A L VERNE, MOUNTAIN OF, a settlement
composed of Indians, converted by the missions
of the order of St. Francis, in the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Gaudalcazar. It contains 30
families, and is 12 leagues n. of the settlement of
Sta. Rosa.
ALZ, MANUEL DE, a river of the kingdom of
Brazil. It rises between those of La Palma and
Tocantines, runs nearly s. and, forming a curve
towards the w. enters the latter river in 10 s.
according to the map of Cruz, and 11 18 s. ac
cording to Arrowsmith, [which refutes the opinion
of Mr. De Lisle, who places it in 7.]
A LZOUJ, a settlement of the head settlement of
the district of San Luis, of the coast and alcaldiamay-
orof Tlapain Nueva Espana. It contains 190 fami
lies of Indians, who are very industrious in tilling
and cultivating the ground, which produces, in
abundance, maize, cotton, French beans, and rice.
AMA, a settlement of the province and govern
ment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy of
Huamanga.
AMACACHES, a nation of Indians, of the
kingdom of Brazil, and province and captainship
of Rio Janeiro, inhabiting the woods and moun
tains towards the 5. It is very numerous, and
much dreaded, on account of the incursions which
they have made upon the Portuguese establish
ments. Amongst them are to be found some canni
bals. Their weapons are darts and macanas, a sort of
club, composed of a very heavy and solid wood ;
and they use in their wars a very active poison,
with which they anoint the points of their arrows
and lances.
AMACHURA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Cumana. It runs n. and enters the
sea in the principal mouth of the Orinoco.
AMACORE, a large river of the province and
government of Guayana, which descends from the
W.Cordillera, and running towards the e. waters
many parts unknown, or at least inhabited by some
barbarous Indians. Its banks are covered with
beautiful and umbrageous trees. After collecting
in its course the waters of several other rivers, it
empties itself into the N. sea.
AMA
37
AMACU, a lake of the province of Guayana;
in that part which is possessed by the Dutch.
AMACU1CA, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Xonacatepec, and alcaldia
mayor of Cuernavaca, in Nueva Espana.
AMACUITLAPILCO, a settlement of the
same head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Xonacatepec.
AMACURO, a settlement of the province and
government of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate in the interior of the Serrania. It
is one of those missions belonging in that province
to the fathers of the Aragonese Capuchins, at the
point of Paria, and on the interior coast of the
gulph Triste.
AMACURO, a river in the same province, which
runs towards the n. and joins the Orinoco at its
large mouth, called De Navios.
AMADEA, a river of the province and govern
ment of S. Juan de los Llanos in the new kingdom
of Granada. It rises to the n. of its capital, and
joins the Meta very near to its source.
AMAGUAJES, S. ANTONIO DE, a settlement
of the province and corregiwiento of Pastes in the
kingdom of Quito, situate on the shore of a small
river, which enters that of S. Miguel.
AMAGUANA, a settlement of the kingdom of
Quito, in the corregimiento of the district of the
Cinco Leguas de su Capital.
AMAGUANA, a river of the same province and
kingdom, which rises from the n. summit of the
Paramo, or desert of Elenisa, and running w.
collects all the waters which take their course
from that cordillera, and from the mountains of
Ruminavi and Pasuchua. It afterwards joins the
river Ichubambato the n. at a small distance from
the settlement of Conocoto ; and being increased by
the streams which flow in abundance from the &.
part of the cordillera t it changes its name to Guail-
labamba ; and then, receiving also the waters of
another, called Pisque, takes the denomination of
Alchipechi, following a ;i. course till it enters the
river of Esmeraldas ; which is so large, that near
the settlement of S. Antonio, in the corregimlento
of Quito, it is necessary to cross it en taravita, its
width not admitting of its being passed by a ford,
or by a bridge.
AMAGUNTICK, a stagnant water, or lake, of
New France, on the confines of New England.
AMAIA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Chayanta, or Charcas, in Peru.
AMAIALUI, a settlement and asiento of the
gold mines of the province and corregimiento of
Chayanta, or Charcas, in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Chayantacas.
AMAIUCA, a small river of the province and
38
A M A
country of the Amazonas. It rises in (he territory
lying between the Payaguas and the Cobachis In
dians ; runs with an inclination to the s. s. c. and
enters the Mazanon, very near the mouth of the
large river Napo .
AMAJUNO, a small river of Florida, which
runs w. and enters the sea opposite the island of
Anclote.
AMAMAZOS, a nation of barbarous Indians,
o the n. of the city of Ganuco in Peru ; bounded
by the nation of the Panataguas, and s. w. by the
cordillera real of the Andes.
AMAMBAI, CORDILLERA DE, a sj emzofthe
province and government of Paraguay. It extends
many leagues from the n. n. w. to the s. s. e. and
its mountains abound in the herb Paraguay.
AMAMBAI, CORDILLERA DE, a river ot the same
province, which rises in the territory of the Mon-
teses Indians. It runs s. and enters the Parana,
opposite the large island of Salto.
AMANA, a settlement of the province of Bar
celona, and government of Cumana, situate on the
shore of the river of its name, to the n. of the
Table-land of Guampa.
AMANA, a river in the same province and go-
vernment, which rises at the foot of the mountains
of Bergantin ; runs e. and enters the Guarapiche.
AMANALCO, S. GERONIMO DE, the head
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Metepeque in Nueva Espafia. It contains 1224
families of Indians.
AMAN1BO, a river of the country of the Ama
zonas, or Guayana, in the Dutch possessions. It
runs n. making several windings, and enters the
sea near the lake of Iracubo.
[AMANIBO, a town on the coast of Guayana,
between Paramaribo, and Cayenne.]
AMANIQUE, a river of the province and
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Qui
to. It rises in the territory of the Plateros In
dians, runs from e. to w. and enters the river
Perene, or ancient Maranon.
AMANTANE, SAN MIGUEL DE, an island of
the great lake Chucuito, belonging to the pro
vince of Paucarcolla, on the lofty plains of which
were established some settlements of note, but
which have, by lapse of time, fallen into decay.
The houses were somewhat peculiar, having been
built entirely of stone, and the roofs of the rooms
having been vaulted with the same ; forming edi
fices altogether handsome and well-constructed.
This island, which is three leagues in circumfe
rence, is full of orchards and gardens, producing
fruits, herbs, and flowers.
AMANTARA, a small island of the lake Titi-
A M A
caca, belonging to the province and government
of Chucuito, near the strait of Capachica.
AMAUTATA, a river of the province and cor-
regimiento of Carabaya in Peru. It rises in the
valley of Inaguana, to the s. of the settlement of
Cuyocuyo, and runs n. forming a curve to enter
the source of the river Inambari.
AMAZONAS, SAN FELIPE DE, a settlement ot
the province and government of Mainas in the
kingdom of Quito. It is on the shore of the river
Nanai.
AMAPAES, a barbarous nation of savage In
dians in Nueva Andalucia, to the w. of the river
Orinoco, and near the mountain of Paria. They
inhabit the territory between the rivers Catury,
Cayari, and Meta, and are bounded by the Isape-
rices, with whom they are continually at war.
They are valiant and hardy, sincere and faithful ;
they live by the chase, and by fishing, and their
arms are bows and arrows, which are tipped with
a very active vegetable poison. The territory is
caJled Amapaya, and is comprehended in the pro
vince of Paria.
AMAPALA, a settlement of the. province and
government of Nicaragua in the kingdom of Gua
temala, situate upon a strip or narrow point of
land "running into the S. sea, at the distance of
four leagues from the town of San Miguel, and
220 miles s. c. of Guatemala. [Long. 87 55 w.
Lat. 13 12 .]
AMAPILCAN, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Tlapa in Nueva Espafia, containing
15 Indian families.
AMACUCHO, alias TAMBERIA, a settlement of
the province and cor regimiento of Cajamarca in
Peru.
AMARETE, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Larecaja in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Charazani.
AMARGOS, an island of the coast of Chile,
at the mouth or entrance of the river Valdivia ;
where there is also a castle of the same name.
AMARGOSO, a river of the province and cap
tainship of Rio Grande in Brazil. It rises near
the coast, runs n. and enters the sea by a wide
mouth, between the point of Tiburon and that of
Mello.
AMARILLO, a river of the province and cor
regimiento of Loja in the kingdom of Quito. It
rises at the foot of the sierra, near the settlement of
Saraguro ; runs w. and enters the Tumbez.
AMAR1SCOGGIN, a river of the district of
Maine. See ANDROSCOGGIN.
AMARO, JUAN, a town of the province and
captainship of the bay of Todos Santos in the
A M A
kingdom of Brazil, founded in the year 1668 by
a Portuguese gentleman of this name, in virtue of
the concession of proprietorship made by King
Don Pedro, and as a reward for the services of the
former in its conquest. The same gentleman im
mediately sold it to Colonel Manuel Araujo de
Aragon, whose descendants are in possession of it
at the present day. Its population and commerce
are equally scanty. It is situate near the river
Longoribo, [or Panuaca. Lat. 13 17 n. Long.
40 14 w.]
AM ABO, JUAN, a settlement, also called Mina de
Luis Amaro, in the territory of Guayazas, of the
same kingdom , situate on the shore of a river which
enters the Tocan tines.
AMARO, JUAN, another settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Puerto Seguro in the
same kingdom ; situate at the port of the capital.
AMARO, JUAN, another settlement of the pro
vince and captainship of Pernambuco, situate at
the source of the river of Antonio Grande, to the
n. n. e. of the settlement of San Sabastian Novo.
AMARO, JUAN, another settlement, called Sari
Amaro el Velho, or Viejo, in the same province
and captainship as the former.
AMARO, JUAN, another town of the province and
captainship of San Vincente in the same kingdom,
situate on the shore of the bay of this name.
AMARO, JUAN, a small island near the coast of
this last mentioned province, where the Portuguese
have a fort or castle, with the name of La Cruz.
It is on the side of the bay of San Vincente.
AMARUCA, a settlement of the province of
Guayana and government of Cumana ; one of those
belonging to the missions held there by the Cata-
lanian Capuchin fathers. It lies s. of the city of
Santo Tomas.
AMARUMAIU, a large river of the king
dom of Peru, which rises in the cordillera of the
Andes, in 13 30 s. lat. It passes through the
province of Mojos, after a long course of many
leagues through unknown parts ; and after fre
quently changing its name, it enters into the Ma-
ranon, in 4 36 . s. lat.
AMASARENDO, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Parayba in Brazil, situate near
the coast.
AMATENANGO, a settlement of the pro
vince and alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the king
dom of Guatemala.
AMATEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Zulte-
pec in Nueva Espana, situate on the top of a moun
tain. It is of a cold temperature, and its popu-
A M A 39
lation consists of 80 Indian families. It lies 12
leagues s. e. of of its capital.
AMATEPEC, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district of Totontepec, in the alcal
dia mayor of Villalta. It is of a cold temperature,
contains 15 families of Indians, and lies a little more
than seven leagues to the e. of its capital.
AMATICLAN, S. Luis DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district of Huitepec, and
alcaldia mayor of Cuernavaca, in Nueva Espana.
It contains 43 families of Indians.
AMATINCHAN, a settlement of the head set
tlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlapa
in Nueva Espana. It contains 62 families of In
dians, and lies two leagues n. e. of its capital.
[AMATIQUES, a sea-port town at the mouth of
Guanacos river, which empties into the Amatique
gulf, or gulf of Honduras, in the province of Vera
Paz, Mexico. The inhabitants are chiefly logwood-
cutters, and on the s. of the gulf is a tract of land
called Amatique land. Lat. 15 23 . Long. 89.]
AMAT1TLAN, SAN CHRISTOBAL DE, a
settlement of the kingdom of Guatemala, si
tuate in the valley of Mixto, or of Pinola. In
the Mexican tongue it signifies the city of letters,
from a custom which the natives have of writing
upon the bark of trees, and thus forming tablets,
which they send to a great distance. It has some
excellent medicinal baths, renowned for the cure of
several infirmities. A great commerce is carried
on from the salt which is collected every morning
from the shores of a lake, and which they purity.
It has a large market-place, with a magnificent
church, and a convent of the order of St. Domi
nic, being one of the richest establishments main
tained by this order throughout that kingdom.
It is said to be famous for having made the dis
covery of curing the cancer by eating raw lizards.
The Indians used this remedy from the time of
their gentilism, and it was first tried by the Eu
ropeans in 1780, as appears by testimony and in
formation transmitted by the provisional viceroy
of New Spain, Don Martin de Mayorga ; the same
information having been passed, by order of the
King, to the tribunal of the first physician of this
court.
AMATITLAN, SAN CHUISTOBAL DE, another
settlement of the same province, distinct from the
former.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA TE ? a settlement of
the head settlement of the district and alcaldia
mayor of Tanzitaro in Nueva Espana, situate on
the skirts of the sierra of this name. It is of a
cold temperature, inhabited by 60 families of In-
40
A M A
dians, 29 of Spaniards, and 12 of Ahistees and
Mulattoes. So great is its commerce, and so
abundant is it in fruits and grain, that it could
maintain, with ease, double its present number.
It has a convent of Monks, of the order of St.
Francis ; in whose church, an image of Christ cru
cified, and which image also bears the title of
Milagro, or miracle, is held in particular reve
rence. It is said to have obtained this title from a
miracle well authenticated among the people of
this settlement. Fourteen leagues s. of its capital.
AMATLAN-, SANTA ANA DK, another settle
ment, with the dedicatory title of San Luis, of the
head settlement of the district and akaldia mayor
of Mialniatlan in the same kingdom. It contains
380 families of Indians, including those of its wards ;
and here, as in the former settlements, is found
a fruit something like a filbert, which they call
coatecos, or tcpexilotes^ which is veryjiard, and of
which are made beads and rosaries, ornamented
and painted with different ciphers of Jesus, Mary,
and Joseph, or sentences of the Magnificat, which
are so permanent that it has been thought by some
that the trees produced them in this state : they
arc not unfrequently carried to Spain in little
boxes. It is two leagues to the n. of the capital.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settle
ment belonging to the missions of the order of
St. Francis, in the akaldia mayor of Tuchipila,
at a short distance from the large river of Guada-
laxara. Ten leagues n. W. of its capital.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement
of the head settlement of the district Tepoxtlan,
and akaldia mayor of Cuernavaca.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settle
ment, which is the head settlement of the district
of the akaldia mayor of Cordova, annexed to the
curacy of La Punta. It contains 220 Indian
families, who, from the fertility the ground ac
quires from the waters of the rich stream of the
Truchas, arc eabled to cultivate large quantities
of fruits and pulse. Two short leagues s. of its
capital.
AMATLA.V, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement,
with the dedicatory title of San Joseph, the head
settlement of the district of the akaldia mayor of
Zacatlan. In this settlement, and in the wards of
its district, the families of Indians are estimated
at 248.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement
(with the dedicatory title of San Pedro) of the
head settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor
of Cozamaloapan. It is of a hot temperature, situ
ate on the shore of a large river of the same name,
and was formerly the capital. It contains 150
A M B
families of Indians, and is two leagues e. of its
capital.
AMATLAN, SANTA ANA DE, another settlement
of the head settlement of the district and akaldia
mayor of Izatlan. It is 12 leagues from Aqua-
lulco, which i^ the capital.
AMAZONAS. See the article MARANON.
AMBALEMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Tocarima, and government of Mariquita, in the
new kingdom of Granada, situate on the shore of
the large river Magdalena. It produces in abund
ance the fruits peculiar to its climate, which is
excessively hot : these are sugar-cane, maize,
yucas, and plantains. It is much infested with
Moschettoes, moths, and serpents ; and its in
habitants may amount to about 100. It lies 12
leagues s. w. of Santa Fe.
AMBANA, a settlement of the province and
corregimicnto of Caxatambo in Peru.
AMBAR, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimiento of Larccaja in Peru.
AMBARGASTA, a settlement of the province
and government of Tucuman, in the district and
jurisdiction of the city of Santiago del Estero ;
front whence it is distant 52 leagues.
AMBATO, ASIENTO DE, the division and dis
trict of the province and corre^imiento of Rio-
bamba, part of which is in the kingdom of Quito.
Its temperature is very mild and healthy, the air
is good, and the earth so fruitful that it is no un
common thing to see the husbandman sowing,
reaping, and threshing, all in the same day. The
crops are abundant, and of the best quality. It
has many plantations of sugar-cane, from which is
procured a sugar superior to any produced by the
estates of the contiguous provinces : it has also
many delicate and exquisite fruits, and an abund
ance of cochineal, which they employ for dyeing,
and of which a much larger quantity might be
procured. The capital bears the same name, and
is founded upon a rugged spot on the banks of a
large river. Its temperature is benign and salu
brious ; it abounds in all kinds of flesh, and choice
productions ; the edifices are beautiful : besides
the parish-church, which is very good and large,
it has two parish-chapels of ease, and a convent of
Franciscans. In the year 1698 it was entirely de
stroyed, from an eruption of the volcano of Coto-
paxi, which is near to it; and, at the same time,
the snowy-mountain, or desert of Carguairaso,
throwing up a river of mud or lava, which inun
dated the whole country near, ruined the crops,
and killed the cattle, which in vain endeavoured to
avoid the destructive deluge. The monuments of
this misfortune are still visible, and various chinks
A M B
or chasms are still remaining, especially one, about
four or five feet wide, and running from n. to s.
nearly a league in length, towards the s. point of
the town ; but nevertheless, owing to the fertility
and extensive commerce of the town, it has become
already more considerable than it was formerly.
In several houses they make a sort of fancy bread,
so white and of so exquisite a flavour as far to sur
pass any sort of biscuit ; this article is exported
largely, even to the most distant settlements, since
in no other has it ever been imitated with success,
although the very flour and water have been car
ried hence for the experiment. It is 18 leagues
from Quito, and four from Tarunga. [Lat. 1 14
w. Long. 78 25 .]
AMBATO, ASJENTO BE, a river of the province
and corregimiento of Riobamba, near the former
capital. It runs with such violence, and with
such a tremendous stream, that it is impossible to
pass it otherwise than by a very strong built
bridge : it has one of wood, braced with thick
links of iron. This river afterwards joins others,
and these together form a large river, called
Patate.
AMBATO, ASIENTO DE, a mountain of the pro
vince and government of Tucuman in Peru, in the
jurisdiction of the city of Catamarca, to the w. of
the jurisdiction. It is large, and renowned not so
much for its considerable mines, of which vestiges
are yet apparent, as for the rumbling noises caused
in it by the air, which seem occasionally to pro
duce a kind of slight earthquake.
[AMBER Bay, on the peninsula of Yucatan
in the bay of Honduras, lies n. of ASCENSION Bay,
which see.]
[AMBERGREESE Key, an island in Hanover
bay, on the e. side of the peninsula of Yucatan,
in the bay of Honduras. It runs along the mouth
of the bay, is 70 miles long, but very narrow.
See ASCENSION Bay.
AMBOCAS, SAN LUCAS DE, a settlement of
the province and corregimiento of Loja in the king
dom of Quito.
AMBOL, SAN, a small river of the province
and government of Buenos Ayres. It runs w. and
enters the Plata near the town of Santa Lucia.
[AMBOY. See PERTH AMBOY.]
[AMBROSE, ST. an island in the S. Pacific
ocean, on the coast of Chile, four or five leagues
due &\ from St. Felix island. At first view, it
appears like two small islands ; but after a nearer
approach, it is found they are joined by a reef.
It lies in Lat. 26 17 40" s. and Long. 79 8
35" &. from Greenwich. There is a large rock
four miles to the n. of the island, called, from its
VOL. I.
A M E 41
appearance, Sail Rock. Captain Roberts, who
was here in 1792, found St. Felix island inacces
sible. On St. Ambrose island, his crew killed and
cured 13,000 seal skins, of the best quality, in
seven weeks. The island has little else to recom
mend it. Fish and craw fish abound. The best
season for sealing is from the 1st of April to the 1st
of August. The island has the appearance of
having had volcanic eruptions.]
AMBROS1O, SAN, a small settlement or ward
of the head settlement of the district of Ocula,
and alcaldia mayor of Tocuyo ; thus called by
Ambrosio de Alfinguer, who wns the first who en
tered it in 1529. In its vicinity are the Barbarian
Indians, the Xuruaras, and the Corominos. The
territory is level, fertile, and abounding in maize,
and in all sorts of grain ; also in cotton and sugar
cane, which, however, being very watery, will not
admit of being made into sugar. The climate is
hot and unhealthy, and it has to the e. the cordil-
lera of the mountains of San Pedro, and to the w.
the cordillera of those of Bogota.
AMBUQUI, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of the town of Ibarra in the king
dom of Quito, situate on the shore of the river
Mira-cerca, of the settlement of Pimampiro.
AMEALEO, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of San Juan del Rio, and alcal
dia mayor of Queretaro, in Nueva Espana, an
nexed to the curacy of Santa Maria of Tequisqui-
apan. It contains 58 families of Indians.
AMECA, a head settlement of the district of the
alcaldia mayor of Autlan in Nueva Espana. It
contains 40 families of Spaniards and Mustees, and
43 of Indians, who trade in seeds and swine, hav
ing enough of them for the supply of the jurisdic
tion. In its district are many herds of large
cattle, with some goats. Thirty leagues to the n.
of its capital.
AMECA, another settlement of the head settle
ment of the district and alcaldia mayor of Tala in
the same kingdom. It is ot a moderate tempe
rature, fertile in all kinds of seed, fruit, and pulse.
In its vicinity, towards the w. is the great estate of
San Nicolas, and to the e. that of Cabejon, besides
many others on the shore of the river, which runs
to the town of La Purificacion. Eight leagues w.
s. w. of its capital.
AMECAMECA, a head settlement of the dis
trict of the alcala ia mayor of Chalco in Nueva
Espana, situate at the skirts of a mountain which
leads up to the snowy volcano, on which account
it is of a very cold temperature. The whole of its
district is full of very fertile estates, and in one of
these was born the famous Sor Juana Ines de la
42 A M E
Cruz, the Mexican poetess, and who was baptized
in the parish church of this settlement. It con
tains 570 families of Indians, and some of whites.
Three leagues between the e. and s. of its ca
pital.
AMECAQUK, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Calpa, and alcaldia mayor
of Atrisco, in Nueva Espana. It contains 275
families of Indians, and is five leagues s. w. of its
capital.
AMEL1E, or AMF.LIA, a county of the pro
vince and colony of Virginia in North America.
It lies between several rivers, and is bounded on the
n. by the county of Cumberland, on the e. by that
of Prince George, and s. and w. by that of Lu-
nemberg. [Amelia, including Nottaway, a new
county, contains 18,097 inhabitants, of whom
11,037 are slaves.]
AMELIE, or AMELIA, an island, situated seven
leagues n. of the city of S. Agustin, on the e.
coast of Florida. It is nearly two miles wide and
thirteen long, and one league distant from the river
of St. Juan. [It is fertile, and has an excellent
harbour. Its . end lies opposite Cumberland
island, between which and Amelia isle, is the entry
into St. Mary s river, in Lat. SO 41 40" n.
Long. 81 34 40" w.]
AMKLIE, or AMELIA, a settlement of the same
province, situate on the shore of the river Con
ga n-
[AMELINS, ECOUA, is a s. e. head branch of
\\abash rive^, whose mouth is nine miles w. e.
from the mouth of Salarnine river, and 45 miles s.
zv. from the Miami village and fort.]
AMENGOACA, a river of the province and go
vernment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ; it
rises in the territory of the Uniguesas Indians,
runs from re. to e. and afterwards turning n. enters
the Ucayale.
AMERICA, the Indies, or the New World,
one of the four parts of the Universe, and the
largest. It Mas richer and better peopled in the
time of the Indians, and more fertile and abound
ing in the necessaries and comforts of life. It is,
as it were, surrounded by the sea, and is indeed a
continent as far as the Arctic Pole, where its boun
daries have not been discovered. This immense
country, nearly 2000 leagues in length, was un
known to the ancients, until it was discovered by
Christopher Columbus, a Genoese, in the service
of their Catholic Majesties, Don Fernando V.
and Dona Isabel, in four following voyages. In
the first voyage he departed from the port of Palos
dt- Moguer, with three small vessels and ninety
meu, in the year 1491, and hud to contend with
A M E
incredible difficulties, as well in combating the
prejudices of the Spaniards, who opposed his
ideas, holding his attempt as something chime
rical, as in preserving the crews of the vessels that
accompanied the expedition ; many of whom,
depressed and tired with the labours and hard
ships of so long a voyage, endeavoured to put an
end to their existence. It is improperly called
America, from the celebrated pilot Horentin Ame-
rico Vespucio, who discovered the continent to the
5. of the equinoctial line : others will have that it
was before discovered by Sancho de Huelva, who
was driven there in a storm in the year 1484.
The English assert, that in 1170, or 1190, it was
discovered by a man of the name of Madoc, or
Madocro, son or brother of Ousen Quisneth,
prince of Wales, who, in two voyages to Virginia,
Florida, Canada and Mexico, founded English
colonies ; but this is a mere fable. This country
has produced, and yet produces gold, silver, and
other precious metals, in prodigious quantities, an
infinite variety of herbs, plants, fruits, roots, fish,
birds, and animals unknown, and such as had
never heretofore been seen ; an astonishing variety
of exquisite woods, some of the trees being of an
enormous size. Its natives, though, on account of
the innumerable nations and provinces of which it
is composed, differ entirely amongst each other,
were nevertheless all idolaters. The greater part
of this immense country, which is, from its size, as
it were unpeopled, is possessed by the Spaniards,
who were its discoverers and conquerors ; but after
this, the French, invited by its riches, established
themselres in different parts, as also did the En
glish, the Portuguese, the Dutch, and the Danes.
America is divided into North and South by the
isthmus of Panama, or Ticrra Firme. TheN. part,
known at the present day, extends from 11 to 70 de
grees of latitude, and comprehends the kingdoms
of Nueva Espana, California, Louisiana, Nuevo
Mexico, Virginia, Canada, Newfoundland, Florida,
and the islands of St. Domingo, Cuba, Jamaica,
Puertorico, and the other Antilles. The Meri
dional or 8. part extends itself from 12 degrees n.
lat. to 60 .s\ comprehending Tierra Firme, Darien,
the new kingdom of Granada, Nueva Andalucia,
Peru, Chile, Paraguay, Quito, the country of the
Amazonas, Brazil, and the Tierras Magallanicas,
or of the Patagones. Its largest mountains are
those of the great chain, or Cordillera of the Andes,
which run from n. to s. from the isthmus of Pa
nama to Cape Horn. The mountain Chimborazo
is the loftiest of any known in the world at the pre
sent day; and others, especially those in Quito,
are of an extraordinary height, and always covered
2
AMERICA.
43
with snow. America is also watered by the largest
rivers in the universe ; such are those of the Ama-
zouas, Orinoco, Magtlalcna, Atrato, La Plata,
Esmeraldas, Jeneyro, Negro, Coca, Ucayale,
Cauca, Putumayo, Beni, Madura, Napo, Pa
rana, Pilcomayo, Mississippi, St. Lawrence, &c.
The barbarous nations belonging to it are innu
merable, and scattered over all parts, living in the
most savage slate in the mountains, forests, and
lakes, without any head, government, or laws ;
some of them are cannibals, and they all gain their
livelihood, in general, by fishing and the chase.
Their languages are as various as their different
nations ; nevertheless the mo-st universal dialect
that is spoken in Peru is the Quechuan and the
Aymaran, and in Nueva Espaiia the Mexican.
Of religions, the most common are, idolatry among
the barbarians, and the Catholic religion in those
countries which have been subdued. Some of the
idolaters worship the sun, moon, and the stars ;
but they confess, and are sensible of a superior
Being, who created them, and who preserves them.
They believe in the immortality of the soul, the
rewards and punishments of another world, and in
the common enemy, whom they call Zupay ; in
the universal deluge, and many other truths,
although even these are enveloped in a thousand
errors, and disfigured with accounts and fables
which have been handed down to them by their
ancestors ; others, more savage, adore nothing, or
at least pay but little respect to their idols, which
they choose from among plants, serpents, and
quadrupeds. It is evident they have, all of them,
some confused sort of light, impressing them with
something that they cannot understand, but
which they respect and fear. The greater part of
them are given to polygamy, and they are not
without their ceremonies in matrimony, and at
their funerals ; but they are all, without excep
tion, much addicted to drunkenness, arid have
different sorts of strong drinks, which they make
of herbs, roots, fruits, &c. They are, for the
most part, robust, moderate, liberal, faithful, com
passionate, patient, and silent ; but revengeful,
jealous, luxurious, and stupid : of an obscure
colour, with hair long and black, with round
faces, being of a sad countenance, beardless, and of
a good stature and person. There are some that are
of a good colour, with a cheerful and noble coun
tenance ; and grace and pleasantness are not want
ing amongst the women. Besides these Indians,
America is inhabited by the Europeans, who have
established themselves here since the times of its
conquest, also by the sons of those, who are known
by the name of Creoles, those of Peru being called
Chapetones, and those of Nueva Espana Cachu-
pines. The Negroes, who are brought from the
coast of Africa in considerable numbers, and who
are sold as slaves to work in the sugar-cane < states,
and in the mines of gold or silver, and other ser
vile capacities, are the authors of a race called
Castas, or peculiar breeds : thus the Mustees are
the offspring of the Spaniard and the Indian, and
the Mulattoes of the Spaniard or White and of a
Negro or other woman ; the names of such off
spring being Zambo, Cholo, Puchuela, Salta Atras,
Tente en el Ay re, Quarteron, Quinteron, &c.
This country abounds in gold, silver, copper,
quick-silver, iron, antimony, sulphur, nitre, lead,
load-stone, and marbles of every sort and colour ;
in diamonds, rubies, emeralds, amethysts, gra
nites, alabaster, rock-crystal, and all kinds of
precious stones and minerals, besides its pearl-
fisheries, which are carried on in many parts.
Its fields produce every kind of grain, fruit, pulse,
herbs, plants, and flowers, native to Europe, be
sides an infinite variety of others peculiar to this
climate ; such as the cacao tree, the cinnamon,
pepper, sarsaparilla, xaynilla, scarlet dye, to
bacco, balsams of a thousand kinds, Brazil and
log-wood, bark, sassafras, aloes, vu\& azibar ; fine
smelling incense, gums, barks, resins, and medi
cinal herbs. The number of cattle is incredible,
and the breed of European horses and mules de
serves particular estimation. Its woods are filled
with tigers, leopards, and bears ; its rivers, witli
lizards, alligators, and thousands of different kinds
of fish ; in its fields are found numbers of vipers
and snakes, differing, to a surprising degree, in
their powers, qualities, forms, and colours ; also
other insects and venomous animals. The climate
is various, and is changed according to the situ
ation of the country, or of the different places. In
the valleys and plains, and on the shores of the sea,
it is commonly very hot ; upon the slopes or skirts
of mountains, and in the country which lies more
lofty, the temperature is most commonly mild and
pleasant. The copious rains that are frequent
under the equinoctial line, are not the only cause
of the mildness of temperature experienced in
those parts, but this is effected in no small degree
by the winds and snows of the neighbouring moun
tains, from which proceeds an excessive degree of
cold. The part possessed by the King of Spain,
and which is the larger, is governed by four Vice
roys, established in Lima, Buenos Ayres, Mexico,
aud Santa Fe ; an account of which governments
will be found under their articles, and for a des-
o 2
44
AMERICA.
criptiou of which we have referred to the Chroni
cles of Antonio de Herrera, as being the most
punctual and complete.
In what regards those who first peopled, and
who were the ancient inhabitants of this hemis
phere, and from whence they came, we leave this
problem to be answered by the numerous cele
brated historians and philosophers who have writ
ten so much upon this subject ; observing only,
that the opinion which, at the present day, most
generally obtains, is, that America was peopled in
the n. part, from Kamtchatka.
[AMERICA is one of the four quarters of the
world, probably the largest of the whole, and is,
from its late discovery, frequently denominated the
New World, or New Hemisphere. This vast
country extends from the 56th degree of s. lat. to
the north pole, and from the 55th to the 165th de
gree of w. long, from Greenwich. It is nearly
10,000 miles in length. Its average breadth may
be about 1800 or 2000 miles. It has two sum
mers and a double winter, and enjoys almost all the
variety of climates which the earth affords. It is
washed by two great oceans. To the e. it has
the Atlantic, which divides it from Europe and
Africa. To the w. it has the Pacific, or Great
S. sea, by which it is separated from Asia. By
these it carries on a direct commerce with the other
three parts of the world. America is divided into two
great continents, called North and South America,
by an isthmus about 500 miles long, and which,
at Darien, about lat. 9 n. is only 60 miles over ;
other writers say 34 miles. This isthmus, with the
n. and s. continents, forms the Gulph of Mexico,
in and near which lie a great number of islands,
called the West Indies, in contradistinction to the
eastern parts of Asia, which are called the East
Indies.
In America Nature seems to have carried on her
operations upon a larger scale, and with a bolder
hand, and to have distinguished the features of
this country by a peculiar magnificence. The
mountains of America are much superior in height
to those in the other divisions of the globe. Even
the plain of Quito, which may be considered as
the base of the Andes, is elevated farther above the
level of the sea than the top of the Pyrenees in
Europe ; and Chimborazo, the most elevated point
of the Andes, is 20,280 feet high, which is at least
7102 feet above the Peak of Teneriffe. From the
lofty and extensive mountains of America, descend
rivers, with which the streams of Europe, of
Asia, or of Africa, are not to be compared, either
for length of course, or for the vast body of water
which they convey to the ocean. The Danube,
the Indus, the Ganges, or the Nile, in the e. hemi
sphere, are not of equal magnitude, even with the
St. Lawrence, the Missouri, or the Mississippi, in
N. America ; and fall far short of the Amazon
and the La Plata in S. America.
The lakes of the New World are no less con
spicuous for grandeur than its mountains and
rivers. There is nothing in other parts of the
globe which resembles the prodigious chain of
lakes in N. America, viz. Superior, Michigan,
Huron, Erie, and Ontario : they may be properly
termed inland seas of fresh water : and even those
of the second or third class are of greater circuit
(the Caspian sea excepted) than the greatest lake
of the ancient continent.
The luxuriance of the vegetable creation in the
New World is extremely great. In the s. pro
vinces, where the moisture of the climate is aided
by the warmth of the sun, the woods are almost
impervious, and the surface of the ground is hid
from the eye under a thick covering of shrubs, of
herbs, and weeds. In the n. provinces, although
the forests are not incumbered with the same wild
luxuriance of vegetation, the trees of various spe
cies are generally more lofty, and often much
larger, than are to be seen in any other parts of the
world.
Notwithstanding the many settlements of the
Europeans on this continent, great part of Ame
rica remains still unknown. The n. continent
contains the four British provinces, viz. 1. Up
per Canada; 2. Lower Canada, to which are
annexed New-Britain, and the island of Cape
Breton ; 3. New-Brunswick ; 4. Nova Scotia, to
which is annexed St. John s island. Besides these
there are the island of Newfoundland, and the 16
United States. It contains also the Spanish terri
tories of E. and W. Florida, Louisiana, New
Mexico, California, and Mexico. Besides these
there are immense unexplored regions to the w. and
n. w. The s. continent has been already delineated.
America, so far as is known, is chiefly claimed
and divided into colonies by three European na
tions, the Spaniards, British, and Portuguese. The
Spaniards, as they first discovered it, have the
largest and richest portion, extending from Louisi
ana and New Mexico in N. America, to the straits
of Magellan in the S. sea, excepting the large
province of Brazil, which belongs to Portugal ;
for though the French and Dutch have some forts
upon Surinam and Guayana, they scarcely deserve
to be considered as proprietors of any part of the
s. continent.
AMERICA.
Next to Spain, the most considerable proprietor
of America was Great Britain, who derived her
claim to N. America from the first discovery of
that continent by Sebastian Cabot, in the name of
Henry VII. of England, in the year 1497, about
six years after the discovery of S. America by Co
lumbus, in the name of the king of Spain. The
country was in general called Newfoundland, a
name which is now appropriated solely to an island
on its coast. It was a long time before the English
made any attempt to settle in this country. Sir
Walter Raleigh, an uncommon genius and a brave
commander, first shewed the way, by planting a
colony in the s. part, which he called Virginia, in
honour of queen Elizabeth, who was unmarried.
The French, indeed, from this period until the
conclusion of the war of 1756, laid a claim to, and
actually possessed Canada and Louisiana ; but in
that war, they were not only driven from Cana
da and its dependencies, but obliged to relinquish
all that part of Louisiana lying on the e. side of
the Mississippi ; and the British colonies, at the
peace of 1763, extended so far as to render it dif
ficult to ascertain the precise bounds of the empire
of Great Britain in N. America. To the n. Bri
tain might have extended her claims quite to the
pole. From that extremity, she had a territory ex
tending s. to Cape Florida in the Gulph of Mexi
co, in n. lat. 25, and consequently near 4000
miles in a direct line ; and to the w. the bounda
ries were unknown : but having entered into dis
putes with her colonies, she brought on a war, of
which she felt the ruinous effects, by the dismem
berment of her empire in N. America ; and Bri
tish America, at the peace in 1783, was circum
scribed within the narrow limits already men
tioned.]
A Chronological List of the most celebrated Dis
coverers of America :
Years.
1492. Christopher Columbus, a Genoese, who,
on the llth October, first discovered the
island which is called San Salvador, one of
the Lucayas, and afterwards the following :
1497. The island of Trinidad, coast of Nueva
Andalucia.
1498. The island of Margarita.
1302. Portobello, Nombre de Dios, the Rio de
San Francisco, with the other coasts and
islands. This great man, alas ! worthy of a
better fortune, died on the 20th May, 1506,
in Valladolid ; and having required in his
will that his body should be carried em
balmed to the island of St. Domingo, one of
the Larger Antilles, these lines were inscribed
Years.
upon his tomb, and which, for those times,
are excellent :
Hie locus abscondit prceclarf membra Columbi y
Cujus prcedarum nomen ad asfra xolat.
Non satis unus erat sibi mundus notus, at orbem
Ignotum priscis omnibus ipse dedit.
Divilias summas terras dispcrsit in omnes,
Atque animas ccelo tradidit innumcras.
Intpnit campos ditinis legibus aptos,
Pegibus et noslris prospera regna dedit.
1497. Americo Vespucio discovered, in the month
of May, the coast of Paria, and from him the
whole of the New World takes its name.
1498. The Antilles, the coast of Guayana, and
that of Venezuela.
1501, The const of Brazil, the Bay of Todos
Santos, and the e. coast of Paraguay.
1503. A second time the coast of Brazil, the
river Curubnta, that of La Plata, and the
coast of Los Pampas in Paraguay.
1498. Vicente Yanez Pinzon, a Spaniard, dis
covered Tombal, Angra, the Rio de las
Amazonas and its islands, the Para or Mara-
non, and the coast of Paria and Caribana.
1501. Rodrigo Galvan de Bastidas, a Spaniard,
discovered the islands Verde, Zamba, the
city of Calamari, now Cartagena, the Gulph
of Uraba, part of the n. coast of Darien and
that of Sims.
151 1 . Juan Diaz de Solis, a Spaniard, discovered
part of the course of the river La Plata in Pa
raguay.
1512. Vasco Nunez de Balboa discovered the S.
or Pacific sea through the Isthmus of Pa
nama.
Juan Ponce de Leon discovered Florida.
1514. Gaspar de Morales discovered, in the S.
sea, the islands of Las Perlas and those of
Rey.
1515. Pedrarias Davila discovered the coast of
Panama, the Cape of Guerra, Cape Blanco,
and the a?, coast of Darien, as far as the point
of Garachine.
1517. Francisco Hernandez de Cordova disco
vered Yucatan.
1518. Juan de Grijalba began the discovery of
Nueva Espana.
1519. Hernando de Magallanes, a Portuguese,
discovered the port and river of San Julian^
and on the 6th of November of the following
year, 1520, the strait to which he gave his
name. He also discovered the land of the Pata-
gones, that of Fuego, and the Pacific Sea. He
was the first who went round the world from
46
AMERICA.
Years.
the w. to the c. in which voyages he spent
three years and 28 clays, returning to Eu
rope in the same ship, which was called the
Victor j/, and of which it was said,
Prhna ego velivolis ambivi curs ib us orbem.
Afagelliana worn sub duce duct a f retro*.
Ambh i, weritotfue vocor Victoria ; sunt mi
Vela, alce t prelium gloria, pugna mare.
1522. Gil Gonzalez Davila discovered through
Nueva Espana the S. Sea, and Andres Nino
652 leagues of coast in the N. Sea.
1524. Rodrigo Bastidas discovered Santa Marta.
1525. Francisco Pizarro, Hernando de Luqne,
and Diego de Almagro,. joined company in
Panama, and discovered the river of San
Juan, the country of Esrneraldas, and the
coast of Manta.
1526. Francisco Pizarro discovered the land of
Tumbez.
Francisco de Montejo discovered Yucatan.
Sebastian Gobato, a Venetian, discovered
the coast and land of Pernambuco, and 200
leagues further on of the river Paraguay,
and of that of La Plata.
1531. Garcia de Lerma, a Spaniard, discovered
a great part of the large river Magdalena in
the new kingdom of Granada.
Diego de Ordcz discovered the grand river
Orinoco, and the country of the Caribes.
Nunode Guzman discovered Nueva Gali-
cia, called Xalisco.
1533. Francisco Pizarro, Marquis of Los Char-
cas and Atavillos, discovered the island of
Puna, Tumbez, Truxillo, the coast of Peru,
as far as Guanuco and Caxamarca.
1535. He discovered the river Rimac, Pachaca-
mac, and the coast of Lima.
1533. Pedro de Alvarado and Hernando dc Soto
discovered Cuzco and Chimo.
1534. Sebastian Venalcazar discovered Quito,
the Pastes Indians, and other parts of Po-
payan.
1535. Diego de Almagro discovered Atacama
and Chile.
Pedro de Mendoza, a Portuguese, disco
vered the rest of the river La Plata, and the
famous mountain of Potosi.
1539. Pedro de Valdivia discovered the rest of
the kingdom of Chile, the country of the
Araucanos, Chiloe, the land of the Pata-
gones, and the coast of Magellan to the z&
1540. Gonzalo Pizarro discovered the rivers Na-
po arid Coca, aud the province of the Canelos.
Years.
1540. Panfilo de Narvaez discovered Nuevo
Mexico.
Francisco de Orellana discovered the
grand river Maranon, or of the Arnazonas.
1543. Domingo de Irala discovered the rivers
Paraguay and Guarani.
1566. Alvarode Mendana discovered the Solo
mon Isles.
1576. Francis Drake, an Englishman, discovered
Cayenne and the coast of Guayana..
157S. lie discovered the islands of the straits of
Magellan, the whole of the coast, of Chile,
the islands of Mocha, other islands, and the
coast of Peru.
15S5. He discovered the coast of the llio del
Hacha and of Coro, of which it is said :
Quern tlmuit Icevis etiam Neptunus in widis y
Et rediit toto victor ab oceano,
Fcedifragos pellcns pelago prostabit Iberos
JDrakius, huic tumulus CKquoris unda fuit.
1601. Juan de Onate discovered the rest of Nu
evo Mexico.
1616. Jacobo de Maire, a Dutchman, discovered
the strait which still preserves the name he
gave it.
1617. Fernando Quiros discovered the unknown
land to the *. near the Antarctic Pole.
1619. John More, James Hermit, and John
Hugo Scapenham, Dutchmen, discovered
the islands of the Estates, Port Mauritius,
and the island called Hermit.
1670. Nicolas Mascardi, a Jesuit, discovered the
city of Cesares, in the kingdom of Chile.
[1764. Byron, an Englishman Islands in Pacific
Ocean.
1766. Carteret, an Englishman do.
Wallis, an Englishman do.
Pages, a Frenchman do.
Bougainville, a Frenchman do.
1769. Cook, an Englishman made discoveries
1771.
in the Pacific.
Surville, a Frenchman do.
1775.
Marion and du Clesmeur, Frenchmen do.
Hearne, an Englishmando.
Cook, Clerke, and Gore, Englishmen do.
Carter, an Englishman in N. America.
1789. Mackenzie, an Englishman do.
Pike, an American in Louisiana.]
A Catalogue of the Founders of the principal
Cities of S. America.
Years.
1502. Christopher Columbus Portobelo.
1509. Alonso de Ojeda Buenavista.
* Probably J reta.
AMERICA.
Years.
1.5 JO. Diego Nicuesa Nombre de Dios.
1514. Gabriel de Roxas Acla.
1517. Caspar Espinosa Nata.
1518. Pedrarias Davila Panama.
1519. Pedro Daza Santiago de Atalayas.
1525. Gonzalo de Ocampo Cordova deCumana.
Marcelo Villalobos Margarita.
Rodrigo Bastidas Santa Marta.
1526. Ifiigo Carbajal Curaana.
1530. Ambrosio Alfinger Maracaibo.
1531. Francisco Pizarro Piura.
Pedro de Heredia Cartagena and Tolu.
Fraucisco Pizarro- Arequipa.
Sebastian Benalcazar Quito.
Francisco. Pacheco Puerto Viejo.
Nicolas Federman Rancheria.
Francisco Pizarro Truxillo, Lima.
Pedro de Mendoza Buenos Ayres.
Francisco Henriquez Tenerife.
Diego dc Almagro Almagro.
Alonso de Alvarado Chachapoios.
Pedro de Mendoza Buena Esperanza.
Sebastian Benalcazar Cali, Popayau.
Francisco de Orellana Guayaquil.
Pedro de Anasco Timana.
Gonzalo Ximenez de Quesada Santa Fe.
Sebastian Benalcazar La Plata.
Juan Salazar La Ascension.
Pedro Anzures Chuquisaca.
Francisco Pizarro Huamarga.
Juan Gomez Alvarado Guanuco.
Lorenzo de Aldana Pasto.
Sebastian Benalcazar Plasencia.
Martin Galiano Velez.
1510. Geronimo Santa Cruz Mompox.
Pedro Ordifiez de Cevallos, Lope de Her-
rera, and Diego Sotelo Altagracia.
1541. Juan Salinas Valladolid.
Pedro de V aldivia Santiago de Chile.
Geronimo Aguado Malaga.
Francisco Henriquez Barbudo.
1542. Jorge Robledo Antioquia, Anserma, Car-
tago.
Sebastian Benalcazar Arma.
Juan de Salinas Loyola
1543. Alonso Fuenmayor Almaguer*
Juan Moreno Caloto.
Sebast ian Benulcazar -Caramanta.
Diego Martinz de Ospina Neiva.
THUS Diaz Melgarejo Ontiveros.
1544. Sebastian Venegas Tocaima.
Lorenzo Martin Tamalaincque.
Fernando Valdez Soiupallon, S. Miguel
de las Pulmas,
Years.
J544.
1546.
1547.
1548.
1549.
1535.
153G.
1537.
1538.
1539.
1550.
155 1 .
1552.
1553.
1555.
1557.
1558.
1559.
1560.
1562.
1563.
1566.
1570.
1571.
Pedro de Valdivia Coquimbo, La Serena.
Alonso Mercadillo Loxa.
Jacobo Castellon Cadiz.
Luis Lanchero Muzo.
Pedro dc Ursua Tudela.
Francisco Roldan Victoria.
Alonso Mendoza La Paz, Vilianueva de
los Infantes.
Garcia de Mendoza Confines.
Juan Nunez de Prado Cordova del Tucu-
man, Santiago del Estero.
Diego Palomina Jaen.
Andres Salinas Salinas.
Pedro Mercadillo Zamora.
Fernando de Santa Ana Los Reyes.
Peel rode Valdivia Villa Rica, La Imperial.
Andres Lopez Galarza Ibaque.
Francisco Pedroso Mariquita.
Pedro Mantilla San Juan Giron.
Geronimo Avellaneda S. Juan de los
Llanos.
Juan Viliegas Segoria.
Pedro de Valdivia Valdivia.
Pedro de Alvarado Toro.
Juan Lopez de Heredia Caguan.
Andres Hurtado de Mendoza Canete.
Pedro de Tarita Londres.
Adriano de Vargas S. Joseph de Cravo.
Gil Ramirez Davalos Cnenca.
Miguel de Armendariz Pamplona.
Andres Hurtado de Mendoza Osorno.
Diego de Paredes Paz de Truxillo.
Gil Ramirez Davalos Baeza.
Lope Garcia de Castro Castro, or Chiloe.
Francisco Faxardo Carballeda.
Francisco Rivas Cara.
Domingo Fernandez de Solo Caceres.
Diego Lopez de Zuniga fca.
Juan de los Pinos Merida.
Alonso Rangel Salazar de las Palmas.
Pedro Centellas Barcelona.
Diego Lopez de Zuniga Arnedo.
Juan de Salamanca-Carora.
Francisco Cuceres San Christobal.
Francisco 1 lernandez Ocana.
Francisco de Toledo Guancavelica.
Martin de Loyola Santa Cruz de Loyola.
Miguel de Ibarra Ibarra.
Juan Pedro Olivcra Cornuta.
Pedro Sarmiento Filipolis, Nombre de Dios.
Antoniode los Rios San Jus(ino>
Domingo Lozano Buga.
Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza
Mendoza,
48
Years
1572. Gaillermo de la Mota Villar San Luis
de Marafion.
Diego Vaca de Vega Borja.
Diego Fernandez de Cordova Moquehna.
Juan de Zarate S. Martin del Puerto.
Joseph Manso de Velasco Buena vista del
Callao.
Catalogue of the Founders of the principal Cities
of Spanish N. America.
1494. Bartolomew Columbus St. Domingo.
Christopher Columbus Bonao.
Christopher Columbus Concepcion de la
Vega.
1502. Juan de Esquivel Higuey.
Juan de Esquivel Ceibo.
Nicholas de Ovando Puerto de Plata.
1503. Diego Velasquez Xaragua.
Diego Velasquez Salvatierra.
Diego Velasquez Maguana.
Diego Velasquez Yaquimo.
1504. Diego Velasquez Azua.
Nicolas de Obando Yaguana.
Nicolas de Obando Buenaventura.
1505. Rodrigo Mexica Cotui.
1506. Juan de Esquivel Salvaleon.
1509. Juan Esquivel Santiago de los Cabal-
leros.
Juan de Esquivel Sevilla.
1510. Juan Ponce de Leon Puertorrico.
1514. Diego Velasquez Santiago dc Cuba.
Diego Velasquez Baracoa.
Diego Velasquez Puerto Principe.
Diego V r elasquez Sancti Spiritus.
Diego Velasquez Havana.
Juan de Garay Melilla.
Juan de Garay Oristan.
1518. Hernan Cortes Segura de Tepeaca.
Hernan Cortes Vera Cruz.
1520. Gonzalo de Sandoval San Estevan del
Puerto.
1522. Andres de Tapia Medellin.
Gonzato de Sandoval Goazacoalco.
Gonzalo de Sandoval Colima.
1523. Juliano Rodriguez de Villafuerte Zaca-
tula.
Francisco Fernandez de Cordova- --Leon
de Nicaragua.
Francisco Fernandez de Cordova Gra
nada.
1524. Francisco Fernandez de Cordova Bru-
selas.
Pedro de Alvarado Santiago de Guate
mala.
Francisco de las Casas Truxillo.
AMERICA.
Years.
1525. Hernan Cortes Nra. Sra. de Victoria de
Tabasco,
1526. Francisco de Montejo Valladolid de Yu-
} . .catan.
1528. Diego Mazariegos Villaroel.
1530. Diego Davila S. Sebastian de Chiametla.
Niuio de Guzman S. Miguel de Culia-
can.
Gabriel de Roxas Gracias a Dios. tmrr^
1531. Diego Mazariegos Chiapa.
Alonso de Carceres Comayagua.
Nuiio de Guzman Guadalaxara.
Nuno de Guzman Espiritu Santo.
Nuiio de Guzman Compostela deXalisco.
Nuno de Guzman Purificacion.
Christobal de Olid Pascnaro or Mechoa-
can.
1532. Francisco de Montejo Salamanca.
Diego Davila San Jorge de Olancho.
1533. Licenciado Saluieron Puebla de los Ange
les.
Nicolas de Obando Monte Christi.
1536. Christobal de Olid Valladolid .
Pedro de Alvarado San Pedro.
1538. Alonso de Ojeda Buena V r ista.
1540. Francisco de Montejo S. Francisco de
Campeche.
1542. Francisco de Montejo Merida.
1551. Francisco de Ibarra Guadiann.
1560. Juan de Tolosa Zacatecas.
1565. Pedro Menendez San Agustin.
1570. Don Martin Henriquez Concepcion de
Zelaya.
1596. Andres de Arriola Panzacola.
1599. Conde de Monterrey Monterrey.
1613. Martin Reolin Lerma.
1618. Diego Fernandez de Cordova Cordova.
1623. Jacobo Castellon Cubagua.
1637. Martin de Zavala Cadereita.
1642. Alvaro de Quinoncs LoreHzana.
1748. Don Joseph Escandon Monclova.
1750. Don Joseph Escandon Altamira.
[AMESBURY, a flourishing town in Essex
county, Massachusetts, on the n. w. bank of Merri-
mack river, about four miles n. w. of Newbury-
port, containing 1801 inhabitants. Powaws river
divides the township from Salisbury, over which a
handsome bridge has lately been erected. A num
ber of mills lie on this river round the lower falls.
See POWAWS River.]
[AMEWELL is the most populous town in
Hunterdown county, New Jersey. It contains
5201 inhabitants, including 283 slaves.]
[AMHERST, a township in Cumberland coun-
A M I
ty, Nova Scotia, situate on Chignecto Bason, on
the s. side of La Planch river, and on the rivers
Napan and Macon. The navigation of the two
last is difficult, on account of shoals. The town
was settled by North Irish, Yorkshire, and New
England people.]
[AMHERST, the shire town of Hillsborough
county, New Hampshire, is a town of some note,
formerly Souhegan West, and was originally
granted from Massachusetts. It has 2369 inhabi
tants, and was incorporated in 1762. The Aurean
Academy was founded here in 1790. A few years
ago, the township being much infested with wolves,
the people, on a day appointed, surrounded a large
swamp whicli they frequented, and kept up an in
cessant firing of guns and beating of drums the
whole day ; which music forced the wolves to de
camp the following night with dismal bowlings,
and they have never done any mischief in the town
since. Amherst lies on a n. branch of Souhegan
river, which falls into Merrimack river, and is 60
miles w. of Portsmouth, and 53 n.w. of Boston.
Lat. 42 54 n. Long. 71 33 o>.]
[AMHERST, a township in Hampshire county,
Massachusetts, containing 1233 inhabitants; 91
miles w. from Boston, and about eight n.e. from
Northampton.]
[AMHERST County, in Virginia, lies between
the Blue Ridge and the tidewaters, and contains
13,703 inhabitants, including 5296 slaves. It lies
on the n. of James river.]
[AMICU, a lake in the province of Cumana,
S. America, whose waters run s. through Parima
river into the Amazon.]
AMICURI, a lake of the province and country
of th Amazonas, in the part possessed by the
Portuguese, formed by a river which enters the
Madera.
AMILGAMBO, or AMILGANELO, a settlement
of the province and government of Tucuman, in
the jurisdiction of the city of Rioxa, to the n. n. e.
It is now destroyed, and the ruins of it alone re
main.
AMILPA, a head settlement of the district of
the alcaldia mayor of Xochimilco in Nueva Es-
pana, situate on the top of a mountain whicli rises
near the capital. It has in it a very good convent
of the order of St. Francis, with an endowed ca-
thedral for the instruction of the novices in the
Mexican tongue. It is surrounded by many wards ;
and the number of Indian families amount alto
gether to 730, who live by tilling the ground.
[AMILPAS, two volcanoes in the province of
Guatemala in New Spain, near the mountains of
Soconusco.]
VOL. I.
A M O
49
AMILTEPEC, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Juquila, and alcaldia may or
of Xicayan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 14
families of Indians, and is six leagues from its ca
pital towards the n. e.
AM1NE, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, which rises in its mountains, and
runs from w. to e. until it enters the Guarapiche.
AM1RCARE, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia,
which rises near the country of the Caribes In
dians, runs from w. to e. and enters the Caroni.
AMIT, a river of the province and government
of Louisiana, which runs from s. to the side of the
Mississippi, and enters the Akankia.
AM1XOCORES, a barbarous nation of Indians
of the kingdom of Brazil, who inhabit the woods
and mountains to the $. of the capital of Rio Ja-
neyro. They are cruel and treacherous, and main
tain a continual warfare with the Portuguese.
Their territory and their manners are but little
known.
AMOCO, a settlement of the province and eor-
regimiento of Ayinaraez in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Pocoanca.
[AMOENIA, a thriving township in Dutchess
county, New York, six miles distant from Sharon
in Connecticut. It contains 3078 inhabitants, of
whom 383 are electors.]
AMOGUAJES, SAN ANTONIO DE, a settle
ment of the province and government of Quijos
Marcas in the kingdom of Quito, situate on the
shore of a small river which enters the Putumayo.
AMOI, a river of the province and government
of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito. It rises in
the country of the Simi^ayes Indians, runs from
n. to s. and enters the Tigre, or Pinguera.
AMOI A, a river of the new kingdom of Gra
nada. It rises behind the desert of Ruiz, and
after many turnings enters the river Magdalena.
AMOLA, or AMULA, alcaldia mayor and juris
diction of Nueva Espana, in the kingdom of Nu
eva Galicia, and bishopric of Guadalaxara. In
the Mexican tongue it signifies the land of many
trees, from its being well stocked with them. The
name is now corrupted, and is called Amula. Its
jurisdiction is composed of 17 settlements, which,
from the coast of the S. sea, form a cordillera to
wards the e. as far as the boundaries of Zavula.
The capital is the settlement of Tuzcacuezco.
The settlements of its jurisdiction are :
Tuzcacuezco, Cuzalapa,
Mazatlan, Ton ay a,
San Gabriel, Tetepam,
Ayotitlan, Xiquilpa,
A M O
Chacala,
Copa/a, Cuicatlau,
San Juan, Z a pot it Ian,
Chachichilco, Toxin.
Tollman,
AMOLTEPEC, a settlement of the alcaldia
mayor of Teozaqualco in Nucva Espaua. It con
tains 96 families of Indians, who gather cochi
neal and cultivate some maize. Jt is nine leagues
to the .<?. ofifs capital.
[ YMONOOSl CK, an Indian name given to
two fivers in New Hampshire ; the one is called
Upper Amonoosnck, passing through a track of
excellent meadow. Jl rises near the n. end of the
White hills, runs n. about 15 miles, where is a
carrying place of about three miles to Amariscog-
gin river. From thence the river runs s. to. and
w. nearly 18 miles, and empties into the Con
necticut at Northumberland, near the Upper
Coos.
The other is called Great or Lower Amonoo-
suck, which rises on the w. side of the White
mountains. It falls into the Connecticut just
above the town of Ilaverhill in Lower Coos, by
a mouth 100 yards wide. About two miles from
its mouth it receives Wild Amonoosuck, 40 yards
wide, from Francoiiia and Lincoln mountains.
Two or three hours rain raises the water in this
last mentioned river several feet, and occasions a.
current so furious as to put in motion stones of a
foot in diameter, but its violence soon subsides.]
AMOPOCAN, a settlement of Indians of the
province and corregimietilo of Cuyo in the king
dom of Chile, situate on the shore of a river.
AMORTAJADO. See SANTA CLARA.
AMOTAPE, a settlement of the province and
rorrtgimicfilo of Piura in Prtu, immediately upon
the coast of the S. sea, and a quarter of a league
from, the river of its nnme, which forms itself into
pools in the rainy season, which so fertilize the
land as to produce abundance of seeds, roo/s, and
fruits peculiar to a hot climate. It is in the direct
Voad called Vales, which leads to Piura. In its
vicinity is a mine of Cope, a sort of black and
hard naphtha, resembling ns/iphulla, in which a
great commerce is carried on with the ports,
Avheie it is used instead of a. quitran, though it is
more conunonlv mixed with the latter. [In -4
50 kit. 80 42 w. lung.] and 14 leagues from the
capital.
AMOTAPF, a sierra of the same province and
corregimiento, beginning at cape Blanco, arid
running in a n. n. c. direction until it becomes in
corporated with the sierra of Pachini.
AMOTAP. -, a river ef the above province.
A M S
AMOZAQtJE, a settlement and head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of the
Puebla de los Angelos, situate in a hot and diy
temperature. It contains, besides the parish
church, a convent of the order of St. Francis ;
one hundred families of Spaniards, Mulattoes, and
Mustees, and 586 of Indians, including those of
the wards of its jurisdiction. Three leagues c. of its
capital.
[A MPA LLA, by some authors called AM PALI A,
a city and seaport in Guatemala gulf, in that of
Mexico, 350 miles s. e. of the city of Guatemala,
and carries on a brisk trade in cochineal, cocoa,
hides, indigo, &c.]
AMPARAES, a settlement of the province and
corrcgimiento of Paucartambo in Pern, annexed
to the curacy of that of Cochabamba. [Lat.
19 12 jr. Long. 67 3 a>.] ,,cqH
AMPATA, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, and of the jurisdiction
of the city of Rioja, and to the s. of the same.
AMPI, a settlement of the province and ror-
regimiento of Parinacoche in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Pacca.
AMPOLA, a river of the province and colony
of N. Carolina, which runs s. and enters the Al-
dama.
AMPONES, a barbarous nation of Indians in
the province and government of Paraguay. The
natives are small, and inhabit the forests of the
Rio de la Plata to the s. It is bounded n. by the
Yaperaes, e. by the Mcpones, and s. by the Chi-
menes. They all form one nation, although they
are dirided into several tribes. They are cour
teous and valorous, maintain themselves upon
wild fruits and fish, which they catch in the.yeigh*
bouring lakes, and which they preserve by smok
ing. They enjoy a line country and a healthy
climate. They have some gold mines, and this
metal is also found in the sand of the shores of
their rivers; nor are they without some inter
course with the city of Concepcion. Some have
been converted to the Catholic faith through the
zeal and exertions of the Jesuits.
AMSTERDAM, a capital town of the island
of Cura/ao, with a large bay on the s. coast, op
posite the cape of Ilicacos of Tierra Finne.
[AMSTKHUAM, a new township in Montgomery
county, New York. It contains 235 inhabitants,
who arc electors.]
AMSTERDAM, NEW, a city in the province of
Guajjfc^ta, and in the Dutch possessions, situate
near fl|i$oast. [Lat. 6 n. Long. 57 15 o>.]
AMsk.iiDAM, another city in the province
and colony of New England, which belongs to
AMU
(he English, but founded by the Dutch on the
shore of the bay and river called Mantrati. See
NEW YORK.
AMSTERDAM, an island of the S. sea, discovered
by the Dutch captain Tasmani, who gave it this
name in 1643. It lies for the most part very low,
and is subject to inundations of the sea at the flood
tides, when the water rises to the height of nine
feet. It is inhabited by savages of a docile and
affable nature, who have good means of subsist
ence. The climate is temperate, and it is seven
leagues distant from the other island, which the
Dutch call Rotterdam.
AMUES, SAN FRANCISCO DE LOS, a settle
ment and real of the silver mines of the alcaldia
mayor of San Luis de la Paz, and bishopric of
Mechoacan, in Nueva Espana. It contains 36
families of Spaniards, 92 of Mustees and Mulattoes,
and 43 of Indians, who are all employed in the
commerce of the silver that is dug from the mines.
Fifteen leagues e. of the capital.
AMULALAS, or AMULALS, a settlement of
the province and government of Tucuman, called
formerly Mataray. It is a population of the an
cient Abipones Indians.
AMURCAS, a nation of barbarous Indians,
descended from the Panches, in the new kingdom
of Granada. They live in the forests to the s. of
the river Magdalena; but of them little is known.
[AMUSKEAG FALLI, in New Hampshire, are
on Merrimack river, 16 miles below Concord,
and seven below Hookset falls. It consists of
three pitches, one below the other, so that the
water falls about 80 feet in the course of half a
mile. The second pitch, which may be seen from
the read on the w. side, is truly majestic. In the
middle of the upper part of the fall is a high
rocky island, on the top of which are a number of
pits, made exactly round, like barrels or hogs
heads, some of which are capable of holding
several tons ; formed by the circular motion of
small stones, impelled by the force of the descend
ing water. There is a bridge a little below the
falls, 556 feet in length, and 20 in breadth, con
sisting of 2000 tons of timber, and made passable
for travellers 57 days after it was begun. Lat.
42 59 nJ
AMU fURI, a large river of the new kingdom
of Granada, which runs through the plains of
Cazanare, and being united to the river of this
name, enters the Orinoco on the n. side.
AMUZGOS, a head settlement of the- district
of the a/ca/(#a mayor of Xicayan in Nueva Es
pana. It is of a hot temperature, and contains
ANA l
three or four families of Spaniards, and 76 of
Indians, who carry on a commerce in cotton,
bainilla, tobacco, and cochineal, which are its
natural productions. It lies 15 leagues between
n. and s. of its capital.
ANA, STA. a settlement of the government of
Mariquita in the new kingdom of Granada. It
has more than 200 housekeepers, is of a hot tem
perature, but is nevertheless healthy, and abound
ing in natural productions, notwithstanding it
must be allowed, that the water is apt to cause
cotosj or morbid swellings in the throat, an epi-
demy to which almost all the inhabitants are sub
ject. It has been a place of note, in consideration
of its silver mines, from whence immense quanti
ties of this metal have been extracted, but they
are now abandoned.
ANA, STA. another small settlement or ward in
the district of Ocuila, and alcaldia mayor of Mari-
nalco, in Nueva Espana.
ANA, STA. another settlement in the district of
Tenanzingo, and of the former alcaldia mayor in
the same kingdom, situate on the verge of a deep
chasm, which divides this jurisdiction from that of
Zaqualpa. It contains 31 families of Indians, is
of a moderate temperature, and lies two leagues
from its capital.
ANA, STA. another settlement and head settle
ment of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Zul-
tepec in the same kingdom. It contains 117
families of Indians, who collect much wax and
virgin honey in their district. Seven leagues *.
of its capital.
ANA, STA. another, in the head settlement of the
district and alcaldia mayor of Toluca, with 124
families of Indians, and close to its capital.
ANA, STA. another, in the head settlement of the
district of Isabel, and alcaldia mayor of Cholula.
It contains 134 Indian families, and is three
leagues s. of its capital.
ANA, STA. another, in the province and govern
ment of the Chiquitos Indians in Peru, reduced
by the missions held there by the Jesuits. In the
head settlement of the Rio Capivari.
ANA, STA. another, in the province and govern
ment of Cartagena, and kingdom of Tierra Firme,
of the district of Mompox, situate on the shore of
the large river Magdalena.
ANA, STA. another, of the missions that were
held by the Jesuits in the province and govern
ment of Paraguay, situate on the *hore oft Jie river
Parana, between the settlements of San Cosine and
Loreto.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and can-
H 2
52 ANA
tainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore of
the river Xingu, in the country of the Guaiapis
Indians.
ANA, STA. another, of the island of Curac,oa,
and colony of the Dutch, situate on the s. coast,
and opposite that of Tierra Firme.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and govern
ment of Buenos Ayres, situate to the s. of San
Joaquin.
ANA, STA. another, of the province of Tarau-
mara in Nueva Espana, a reduction of the mis
sions held here by the Jesuits. It is 15 leagues
from the real of San Felipe de Chiguaga.
ANA, STA. another, of the province of Cinaloa,
a reduction of the missions of the abolished society
of the Jesuits.
ANA, STA. another, in the kingdom of Nueva
Mexico, a reduction of the missions of the order
of St. Francis.
ANA, Si A. another, in the province and cor-
regimiento of Castro Vireyna in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Pilpichaca.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and corregi-
miento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the curacy
of Pucquin.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and corre~
gimiento of Porco in the same kingdom.
ANA, STA. another small settlement or ward of
the district and jurisdiction of Valladolid, in the
province and bishopric of Mechoacan.
ANA, STA. another,in the head settlement of the
district of Yautepec, and alcaldia mayor of Nex-
apa, in Nueva Espana, situate on the top of a
bill. It contains 18 Indian families, who employ
themselves in the culture of grain ; and it lies to
the s. of its bead settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Mitla, and alcaldia mayor of Tentit-
lan. It contains 25 families of Indians, is of a
cold and moist temperature, and lies a little more
than four leagues from its head settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Amaqueca, and alcaldia mayor of
Zayula, situate between two lofty hills to the s.
of lake San Marcos. It is of a benign and
healthy temperature, enjoys pure and delicate
waters, contains 70 Indian families, and its dis
trict abounds in maize, wheat, and fruits. Five
leagues n. e. of its head settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the corrtgimiento and
jurisdiction of Velez, in the new kingdom of Gra
nada, annexed to the curacy of Chitaraque. It is
of a hot temperature, abounding in the same fruits
as that place, and from whence it is but at a small
distance. It contains 250 housekeepers.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and corre-
gimicnto of Angaraes in Peru.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Tepecpan, and alcaldia mayor of
Theotihuacan, in Nueva Espana.
ANA, STA. another, which is the real of the
mines of the alcaldia mayor of Guanajuato, in the
same kingdom and province, and bishopric of
Mechoacan.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district of Huchuetlan, and alcaldia mayor of
Cuicatlan. It contains 149 families of Indians,
and is two leagues and a half to the ;/. of its head
settlement.
ANA, STA. another, of the head settlement of
the district and alcaldia mayor of Tlajomulco. It
contains a convent of the order of St. Francis.
ANA, STA. another, of the missions held there
by the Jesuits, in the province of Tepeguana and
kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya: situate on the shore
of the river Florido, near the settlement and real
of the mines of Parral.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and go
vernment of Maracaibo, in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme; situate on the shores of the lake of this
name, and at the part opposite to the entrance of
the same.
ANA, STA. another, of the same province and
government as the former, situate in the peninsula
formed by the cape of San Roman, of that coast,
and in the w. part.
ANA, STA. another, of the province of Barce
lona, and government of Cumana, in the kingdom
of Tierra Firme; one of those held in charge by
the missionaries of Peritu, and followers of St.
Francis ; situate on the top of a mountain, towards
th s. and a quarter of a league e. of the town of
San Fernando.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and govern
ment of Cumana, situate to the e. of the city of Cu-
managoto, and near the settlement of Aracagua.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and go
vernment of Moscos in the kingdom of Quito ;
situate on the shore of the river Yacume, between
this and that of Marmore.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and country
of the Amazonas, in the territory of Matagroso ;
situate near the river Senere, between this and the
Itenes.
[ANA, STA. a mission and real of mines of the
province of Old California, celebrated on account
of the astronomical observations of Velasquez.]
ANA, STA. another settlement and parish 01 the
island of Guadaloupe, situate in the part of the Gran
Tierra and s. coast, in front of the Diamond isles.
ANA
ANA, STA. another, which is the real of the
gold mines belonging to the Portuguese, in the
territory and country of the Araes Indians in Bra
zil, situate on the shores of the port and river of
that name.
ANA, STA. another, which is a parish of the
English in the island of Jamaica, in the n. part.
ANA, STA. a town of the province and govern
ment of Venezuela, founded in the peninsula of
Paraguana, very near the w. coast.
ANA, STA. another, in the n. part of the island
Margarita, of the Guayqueries Indians, who are
indemnified by the king from all contributions.
They employ themselves in fishing, and in the
years when the rain is abundant they have plenty
of maize. They manufacture very fine hats of
straw,* and cords of the same, which they use
in ornamenting their lances, and for other pur
poses.
ANA, STA. a small river of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, which runs into the
sea near the cape of San Antonio of the Rio de la
Plata.
ANA, STA. another, in the province and alcaldia
mayor of Tabasco in Nueva Espana, which runs
into the sea between the river Topliquillos and
Dos Bocos, in the bay of Mexico.
ANA, STA. another, of the province and country
of tile Amazonas, in the territory of Matogroso.
It rises in some mountains near the road that leads
to Villaboa, runs from n. to s. making several
windings, and enters the river Prieto, just pre
vious to its entering upon the confines of Para
guay.
ANA, STA. another, also called \acuma, in
the province and government of Moxos of the
kingdom, of Quito. It rises near lake Rogacuelo,
runs towards the s. s. e. and afterwards directing
its course to the e. enters the river Marmore.
AN A, STA. another, of Hispaniola or St. Domingo,
in the part possessed by the French. It runs
w. and enters the sea by the coast in this direction,
between the settlement of San Luis and the river
Tuerto.
ANA, STA. another, on the coast which lies
between the river La Plata, and the straits of
Magellan.
ANA, STA. islands of the N. sea, near the coast
of Brazil, in the bay of San Luis de Marauans.
Of these there are three, but they are all deserted.
They abound in thick woods, in which are found
large birds, called by the Indians faux, from suf
fering themselves to be easily taken. [Long. 43
44 . Lat. 2 SO 7 .]
ANA, STA. another small island of the same
ANA S3
kingdom of Brazil, on the coast of the province
and captainship of Maranan, also called Dos
Macomes by the Portuguese, between the point
of Arboles Secos (dry trees) and the canal of
Buen Fondo.
ANA, STA. another, in the straits of Magellan,
on the n. coast, near the entrance of the S. sea.
ANA, STA. a bay of the island of Curazao, op
posite the cape or point of Hicacos.
ANA, STA. a mountain of the province and go
vernment of Venezuela, called El Pan de Santa
Ana, in the peninsula of Paraguana.
ANA, STA. a point of land on the w. coast of
the straits of Magellan, between the bay of Agua
Buena and that of La Gente.
ANA, STA. another, on the same coast and
strait, in the bay of Buena Pesca.
ASA, STA. another river, with the additional
title Maria, in the province and government of
Buenos Ayres. It runs w. and enters the Parana
between the rivers of Potre and Antonio Tomas.
[See ANNA and ST. ANN.]
[ANAHUAC, the ancient Indian name of Now
Spain, or Mexico, including all the parts of New
Spain lying between the 14th and 21st degrees oT
latitude.]
ANAICA, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Canta in Peru, annexed to the curacy
of Arahuay.
ANAIRAHI, a settlement of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the shore
of the river Xingu, in the country of the Guayapls
Indians.
ANALCO, the akaldia mayor and jurisdiction
of Nueva Galicia in Nueva Espana, of the bishop
ric of Guadalaxara. It is much reduced, and
extends to only as far as three other settlements,
but enjoys the title from being governed by ah
ordinary alcalde, who appoints annually one bf
those of Guadalaxara. The productions of ifs
territory are wheat, maize, seeds, and various
sorts of fruit peculiar to that region. The princi
pal settlement bears the same name. It is of a
cold temperature, and inhabited by 16 families of
Spaniards and Mustees, and 40 of Indians. It
lies a little more than a league to the e. of Guada
laxara, and 80 w. of Mexico, with a slight incli
nation to the n.
ANALCO, another, with the dedicatory title of
San Juan, the head settlement of the district and
alcaldia mayor of Teocuilco in the same kingdom,
of a moderate temperature. Close to it runs the
large river of the same name, in which, at certain
seasons of the year, trout are found. With its
waters they irrigate and fertilize the land for cut-
54
ANA
tivating several fruits ; but the principal emolu
ment of the inhabitants, who are cpmposed of 182
families of Indians, consists in cochineal. Four
teen leagues to thew. with some inclination to the
w. of its capital.
ANALOG, another, with the dedicatory title of
San Pedro, in the head settlement of the district
and alcaldia mayor of Juchipila, annexed to the
curacy of Atemanica, from whence it is two
leagues arid an half distant.
ANALCO, another, in the kingdom of Nueva
"i r*
Vizcaya, situate somewhat more than a quarter of
a league to the s. of the capital of Ouadiana.
ANALOG, another, with the dedicatory title of
San Antonio, in the head settlement and alcaldia
mayor of Cumavnca.
ANA PVCUSI, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Acoria, situate on the shore of the
river I.^ruchnca.
ANANDIVA, or ANADINVA, a river of the
province and captainship of Marauan in Brazil.
ANANEA, a settlement of the province and
corregimietito of Asangaro in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of the capital.
ANANEO, a mountain of the corrcgitnicnlo
and province of Asangaro in the kingdom of Peru,
where there are some rich gold mines, which pro
duce five or six thousand castellanos [an old
Spanish coin, the fiftieth part of a mark of gold,]
a year. Formerly it yielded abundantly, but
the working of it is at present impeded by the
snows.
ANAPITI, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Caxamarquilla in Peru.
ANAPOIMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Tocaima, and government of Mariquita, in the
new kingdom of Granada, situate below the plain
of Juan Diaz. It is of a burning and extremely
bad temperature, abounding only in ticks or lice,
which are very obnoxious and troublesome. It is
situate amidst crags and steep mountains. It is a
short day s journey from Santa Fe, in the high
road which leads to Tocaima. It is very scantily
inhabited, scarcely containing a dozen Indian
families.
ANAPUIA, a large province of Andalucia,
abounding in woods, lying to the s. of the moun
tains of San Pedro. It extends towards the w.
from the river Buria, to the e. from the moun
tains of Meta, and to the n. from the district of
the province of Venezuela. It is very barren, and
its woods are inhabited by some families of the
Parimoes, barbarian Indians.
ANAQU1TO, a valley or entrance to the city
A N C
of Quito, lying on its n. side, having in it a her
mitage or chapel, in which was buried the first
viceroy of Peru, Blasco Nunez Vela, who died
in the battle fought on this plain between himself
and Gonzalo Pi/arro in 1546. It is more than a
mile long, and has a lake abounding in fish and
aquatic fowl.
ANA U AM A, a river of the country of the
Amazonas, in the purt possessed by the Portu
guese.
ANARIQl 1, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Caxamarquilla in Peru.
ANASCO, a settlement of the island of Puer-
torico, situate on the w. coast, on the shore of
the bay of its name.
[AN AST ATI A, ST. a small island closS to
the coast of E. Florida, situated s. of Mastances
inlet, where the river Mastances forms two islands
of the same name at its mouth. St. Anastatia
island is bounded on the n. by St. Augustine s bar.
Here is a quarry of fine stone for building.]
ANATIGUCHAGA, lakes of the province
and government of Maiuas in the kingdom of
Quito. They are three in number, upon the
banks of the river Maranon, with which they com
municate in the territory of the Mainas Indians.
ANAURA-PUCU, a river of the province of
Guayana, in the Portuguese possessions.
ANAU1LLANA, a small river of the province
and country of the Amazonas, in the Portuguese
possessions. It runs from n. to s. and enters the
river Negro, close to the settlement of Toromas.
ANAUX, a river of the province and govern
ment of Venezuela, one of the four which supply
with water the city of Caracas. It rises in the
serrania which lies between this city and thr port
ofGuaira s. and enters the Guaire near the ca
pital.
ANCA MARES, a nation of Indians who in
habit the c. shore of the river Madera, bounded s.
by the nation of Guarinumas, and n. by the Hu-
nuriaes. It is a very warlike and robust nation.
In 1683 they attacked the Portuguese, and obliged
them to give up their intention of introducing
themselves to the right of navigating the river.
They are divided into different tribes or parts, the
most numerous of which are those who form the
tribe of the Ancamaris, inhabiting the shores of
the river Cayari.
ANCA, Point of, on the coast of the king
dom of Chile, and district of Guadalubquen, one
of the two which form the mouth or entrance of the
river of Valdivia.
ANCAS, a nation of Indians, who give their
name to a large settlement of the province of
A N C
Iluailas in Peru, between that -of Curuay, and
that of Yungay. The memory of it alone re
mains, it having 1 been overwhelmed by the ruins
of a mountain, which burst by an earthquake on
the 6th of January, in the year 1725, burying
tlie whole of the population, which amounted to
15,000 souls.
ANCASTE, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of
Gatamarca.
ANCATATA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Paria in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Challapata. It lies 21 leagues from the
town of Oruro.
ANCATEMU, a settlement of Indians of the
island of La Laxa, in the kingdom of Chile, on
the shore of the river {Jiiren.
ANCE, GRAND, a settlement and parish of
the island of Martinica, a curacy of the religion
of .Santo Domingo, situate on the n. coast, be-
\veen the river Capot and that of Lorrain, oil the
shore of the river of its name.
ANCE, GRAND, a small river of the above
island. It runs n. e, and enters the sea close to
that settlement.
A SICE, GRAND, a large bay and capacious
and convenient port of the island of San Christo-
bal, one of the Antillas, in the s. e. extremity,
towards the part of the s. w. between the point of
Salinas and the Gros-Cap.
ANC^, GRAND, another bay, called La Grande
del E. in the island of Guadalupe, on the coast
which looks to that point, between the point of
Vieux-Fort and Los Tres Rios.
ANCE, GRAND, another, called Quartel de
Petite-Ance, a settlement and parish of the
French, in the part which they possess in the
island of St. Domingo, oa the n. coast, between
those of Morin and Llanos of the N.
ANCE, GRAND, another bay of -the coast of
the Rio de San Lorenzo, in New France, between
the rivers Oville and the Three Salmones.
.ANCE, GUAND, another river, La Petite-
Ance, in the island of St. Domingo, and in the
French possessions, it rises near tin? n. coast,
runs n, n. w. and enters the sea opposite the shoal
La Cocque Y r ieul!e.
ANCES, GRANDS, two bays of the island of
Guadalupe, on the w. w. coast, at a small distance
from each other, between the fort of San Pedro
and the point of Gros-Morne, or Gran Morro.
ANCliAC, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Iluanta in Peru, situate on the
summit of the mountain, and on the opposite part
of the river Angoyaco.
A N C 55
ANCIIIHUAI, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of liuumunga in Peru, annexetk
to the curacy of Anco.
ANCHO, a river of the province and govern
ment of Santa Marta in the kingdom of Tierra
Fiirue. It enters the sea from the coast, to the w.
of the point of Aguja.
ANCLOTE, a small island close to the coast
of Florida, between Charles bay and the rrver
S. Pedro. [Lat. 29 4 n. Long. 83 41 pj.1
[ANCLOTE Point, on the peninsula of Califor
nia, and coast of the N. Pacific ocean, lies in
lat. 29 IT w. and 115 11 w. long.; s. from
the town of Vclicata, and n. e. from the small
island of Guadalupe.]
ANCO, a settlement of the province and corre-
gimiento of Huamanga in Peru, the province of
Huanta interposing. It is of a cold temperature,
but abounding in the productions peculiar to the
mountains of the Andes, in which i(s inhabitants
have some estates, where they cultivate cocoa,
sugar-cane, maize, and some garden herbs. Its
territory is extremely fertile, but much infested
by insects and reptiles, such as snakes, vipers, and
scorpions, which arc common in every part of the
mountains. Here they have plantains, alligator-
pears, chirinioyas, guat/abtu- , pines of excellent
flavour, oranges, lemons, and other fruit. It has
four other settlements annexed to its curacy, and
formerly it had also another, called Marocmarca,
which was in the valley of this name, within the
mountains ; having been depopulated at the be
ginning of this century, from the inhabitants re
tiring to the other settlements, from dread of the
tigers. It contains 1200 souls, including those of
the four other aforementioned settlements. Twenty
leagues distant from its capital. [Lat. 13 14 s.
Long. 73 10 a>.]
ANCO, another settlement in the province and
corrcgimicnto of Omasuios in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Achacache.
ANCOBAM BA , a settlement of the province and
corre*rir)riento of Amaraez in Peru.
rANCOCpS Creek, in New Jersey, a water of
the Delaware, six miles s.w. from Burlington. It
is navigable 16 miles; and considerable quantities
of lumber are exported from it.]
A.NCON, a very lofty mountain of the pro
vince ami kingdom of Tierra Firme, near to which,
and almost at the skirts, is situate the city of Pa
nama. It is full of a variety of large trees, dif
ferent birds, and animals ; contains several foun
tains of very good water, by. means of which the
city is supplied with a never-failing stream, which
they call Chorrillo, but which is, however, some
56 A N C
distance from the city. There was formerly on
its summit a telegraph, or watch-tower, supported
by the king, to give notice of the vessels which
were coming to that port.
ANCON, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Chancai in Peru, situate upon the
coast.
ANCON, a point of the coast of the S. sea, in
the former province and correginnento.
ANCOX, a gulph, with the sirname of Sardi-
nas, in the province of Esmeraldas and kingdom
of Quito. It lies very open, and consequently
the currents are very rapid. It is somewhat more
than tive leagues distant from the mouth of the
river of Santiago, and four from the point of
Manglares. Its centre is in Lat. 1 25 n. Long.
78 50 w.
ANCON, a shoal of the e. coast of the strait of
Magellan, with the sirname of South. It is oppo
site the bay of Los Gigantes.
ANCONES, very lofty mountains on the coast
and in the government of Santa Marta, on the
skirts of which is a lake, in which are caught
botiitos, (sea fish resembling tunnies). They lie
between the city and the point of Chichibacoa.
ANCOOS, a small river of the province and
English colony of New Jersey, in the county of
Burlington. It runs n. n. w. and enters the Dela
ware.
ANCORA, a small island of the coast of Brazil,
in the province and captainship of Rio Janeyro,
between Bahia-Hermosa, and the river De las
Ostras.
ANCORA1MES, a settlement of the province
and corregimienlo of Omasuyos in Peru, situate
upon the e. shore of the lake Titicaca.
A NCOS, a settlement of the province and cor
regimiento of Conchucos in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Llapo.
ANCUD, a small settlement of the island of
Chiloe, from which the Archipelago derives its
name, the number of the islands being 40. The
largest of all, in which is the city of Castro, is that
of Chiloe, which shuts in the Archipelago on the
u\ They abound in wheat, maize, and amber.
It is usual to find gold upon the sea shore. This
Archipelago is 83 leagues long from n. to s. and
35 wide from e. to w.
ANCUIA and ABADES, a settlement of the
province and government of Pastos in the king
dom of Quito.
ANCUMA, CORDILLERA DE, mountains of
the kingdom of Peru. They run from n. n. w. to
*. s. e. from the province of Asangaro to that of
La Paz, on the side of the great lake Titicaca,
AND
dividing the provinces of Asangaro and Oina-
suyos from those of Apolabamba, Larecaja, and
La Paz.
ANCUTERES, a nation of infidel Indians,
inhabiting the forests of the river Napo. They are
very numerous, savage, treacherous, and incon
stant ; have amongst them a people called Santa
Maria de los Ancuteres, on the shore of a river.
It was a rcducr.ion of the Jesuitical missiona
ries of the province of Quito; is bounded on the s.
and s.s. e. by the nation of the Congies Indians,
and bordering upon those of the Abixiras and
Icaquates.
ANDABAMBA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Acobamba.
ANDAC, a small river of the province and
colony of Nova Scotia. It runs s. and enters the
sea at the bay of Fundy.
ANDACOLLO, a settlement and seat of the
gold mines of the province and corrcgimiento of
Coquimbo in the kingdom of Chile. ^In its dis
trict is the valley of Las Huigerillas, in which is
a convent of the strict observers of the religion of
San Francisco; and upon a lofty mountain, where
the various ramifications of the cordillera unite,
is a celebrated gold mineral. On the summit is a
small plain, from whence runs a stream. In its
church is reverenced an image of Nuestra Senora
del Rosario, before which not only the people of
the neighbouring provinces are eager to make their
devotions, but also some of the most remote pro
vinces.
ANDAHUA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Condesuyos ofArequipain Peru.
ANDAHUAILAS, a province and corregi
miento of Peru, bounded on the n. e. by the pro
vince of A bancay and by that ofAimaraez, s. e.
by Parinacocha, s. by Lucanas, w. by Vilcas
Huaman, and n. e. by the summit of the mountains
of the Andes, from whence it is not remembered
that the infidel Indians, (who inhabit the interior
of those mountains), ever made an incursion upon
this province. Its forests are very thick. It is
24: leagues long from n. w. to s. e. and 15 wide.
The high road from Lima to Cuzco passes through
it. It lias no other river of note than that which
runs down from the province of Vilcas Huaman,
dividing these provinces, and which is called in
this province river of Pampas. The same has a
bridge of criznejas or twigs, of 30 yards long, and
above one and an half wide, by means of which the
cargas pass which are carried from Lima to Cuz
co, and also those which pass from the latter place
to Lima. This province produces wheat, maize,
AND
seeds, and all kinds of fruit ; and from its having
parts in it of a cold temperature, it abounds like
wise in the productions which arc natural to a
similar climate, but this, indeed, in a decree not
more than sufficient to supply its own necessities.
The only branch of its commerce is sugar, of
which SO or 40 thousand arrobas are manufac
tured yearly in several estates. Among the best
of these is that of Moiobamba, -which is entailed
on the Marquises of that title. The inhabitants of
this province should amount to 12,000 souls,
divided into 27 settlements. The repartimiento
used to amount to 110,500 dollars, and the alca-
vala, or centagc on goods sold, to 884 dollars. Its
capital is the settlement of the same name, in Lat.
13 25 s. and Long. 73 s 4 x.
ANDAHUAILAS, a valley of the above province,
memorable for a great battle, in which the Inca
Viracocha was victorious over the nation of the
Chancas, who were commanded by his brother.
Thirty leagues from Cuzco.
AiVDAHUAlLILLAS, a settlement of the
province and corregimiento of Quispicanchi in
Peru .
ANDAIMARCA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Castro- Vireyna in Peru, an
nexed to the curacy of Huaitara.
ANDAJES, a settlement of the province and
corregimicnto ofCaxatambo in Peru.
ANDALIEN, Valley of, in the province and
corregimiento of Puchacay in the kingdom of
Chile. Jt lies e. of the city of Concepcion.
ANDALIEJ*, a large and navigable river of the
same province and kingdom, which traverses and
irrigates that valley. It laves the fields of the
city of Concepcion, and enters the sea at the bay
of this name, between the rivers Maule and Bio-
bio.
ANDALGALA, a river of the province and
government of Tucuman, on the confines of the
kingdom of Chile.
ANDALGALA, a lake of that province.
ANDALUCIA,NuEVA, a province of the king
dom of Tierra Firme, anciently called Serpa ; divid
ed into North, or Superior, and South, or Inferior.
It comprehends Guayana, or Caribana and Paria.
Taking it at its full extent, it is more than 300
leagues from the island of Margarita, to the cape
Pinion, or n. shore of the river Maranon, inhabit
ed by the barbarous nations of the Caribes, Omi-
guas, Peritoes, Palenques, Arvacos, Amapaes,
Ivarepices, Parimoes, and others. Among the
many rivers which lave it, the largest is the Ori
noco. Its climate is for the most part hot and un
healthy. The ground is rugged, mountainous,
VOL, I.
AND 57
covered with forests, and but little known. Its
coasts, as well on the n. as e. were first discovered
by Columbus in 1497, and afterwards by Ame
rica Vespucio, with Alonzo de Ojeda, in May
I4S8. It contains mines of gold and other metals,
although they are not worked : it has also pearl
fisheries, which, although in former times t!vy
yielded most plentifully, are at present neglected.
It abounds in cattle, and the greatest source of its
commerce is in cacao, of an excellent quality.
The capital of the province is Cumana.
Catalogue of the barbarous nations and principal
towns of this province.
Nations. Aquire,
Acomes, Aricani,
AmapaeSj Aro,
Aravis, Aropa,
Aricaretis, Aruari,
Aricoris, Atanari,
Arbacas, Berbis,
Campagotes, Buria,
Canuris, Cabomi,
Carivinis, Caora,
Chahuas, Capurvaca,
Cumanaes, Cassipouri,
Eparagois, Caturi,
Marones, Cavo,
May os, Corentin,
Iflorinies, Coropatuba,
Omiguas, Coura,
Palenques, Curiguacuriu,
Papinis, Demarari,
Parimoes, Esquebo, or
Parragotes, Esquibo,
Peritoes, Europa,
Saymagoes, Guaveteri,
Sebayos, Guarepiche,
Supiayes, Majo,
Vacuronis, Mahuiri,
Yaos, Masiacari,
Vuaripices. Maravin4,
Cities. Maroni,
Cadiz Nueva, Macpari,
Cordova, Moruga,
Cumana. Orinoco,
Mountains. Ovarabiche,
Guanta, Ovetacates,
Panagara, Pao,
San Pedro, Paraba,
Saporovis, Piari,
Vacarima. Saima,
Jtivers. Sinamari,
Amacore, or Surinam,
Amacuri, Timeraris,
Amana, Varca,
i
58
AND
Varima, Essequeb,
Via, or Mompatar,
Uvia, Surinam.
Vyacopo, or Islands.
Yacopo, Assapara,
Vyaricopo. Blanca,
Promontories. Cayena,
Caldera, Coche,
Cepercu, Cubagua,
Cenobebo, Iracapono,
De Salinas, Maiparo,
Oranges, Maraca,
Pinzon, Marasi,
Roniata. Margarita,
Lakes. Ovaracapa,
Cassipa, Escudo,
Parirne. Tortuga,
Fountains. Trinidad.
A ray a,
ANDAMARCA, a town of the province and
corregimienlo of Cajamarquilla in Peru.
ANDAMARCA, another settlement in the pro
vince and corregimiento of Carangas, of the arch
bishopric of Charcas, in the same kingdom.
ANDAMARCA, another, of the province and cor-
regimiento of Parinacoclias, annexed to the cu
racy of Charcana.
ANDAMARCA, another, in the provinceand corre-
gimiento of Jauxa, annexed to the curacy of Comas,
situate on the frontiers of the infidel Indians of the
mountains.
ANDAMVRCUS, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Chacayan.
ANDAQUIES, a settlement of the province
and government of Popayan in the new kingdom
of Granada.
ANDARAl, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Condensuyos de Arequipa in Peru.
ANDARAPA, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Andahuailas in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of San Geronimo.
ANDARIEL, a settlement of the province and
government of Darien in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the n. coast, on the shore of the
gulph of Uraba.
ANDASTES, a barbarous nation of Indians of
Canada, bounded by Virginia.
ANDES, CORDILLERA DE LOS, a chain of
mountains and most lofty serranias, which extend
oyer nearly the whole of America, for the space of
more than 1000 leagues, running continually from
n. to s. from the province of Santa Marta, where
they have their origin, in the Sierra Nevada, of the
new kingdom of Granada, through the provinces
of Peru and Chile, as far as the straits of Magellan
and cape Horn, where they terminate. They are
divided into two branches : one which passes
through the interior of the new kingdom of Gra
nada, on the s. part of the plains of San Juan,
beginning in Guayana ; and the other which forms
various lines and curves, divided in different direc
tions, through Cuzco, Tucuman, Tarma, and Pa
raguay, and afterwards becomes united with the
grand chain of mountains of Brazil. It takes its
course through the isthmus of Panama into the
kingdom of Nicaragua, passes into those of Gua
temala, Mechoacan, and the province of (/inaloa,
and continues itself through the unknown countries
of N. America. Those mountains are clad with
immense forests, and their tops are continually
covered with snows, from the melting of which
are formed great lakes, and the largest rivers in
the world. Their greatest elevation is in the
kingdom of Quito, where the lofty Chimborazo
rises superbly among the rest; it has many volca
noes vomiting fire, and which have caused infinite
mischief in the provinces, producing earthquakes,
inundations, and scattering, far and wide, mud,
bitumen, and burning stones : in its entrails are hid
den the greatest treasures of nature, such as gold,
silver, and other metals, precious stones, marbles,
and mineral earths of the rarest and most esteemed
qualities. Almost all the mines in the bosom of
these rich mountains are worked, and principally
those of Peru and Chile. Besides the name of
Andes, they bear others also, given to them by the
various settlements in their vicinities. The roads
which, upon their account, were made by the
Incas, Emperors of Peru, were truly magnificent ;
but they are at present destroyed, and those which
are used now for the communication of the inte
rior provinces, may be called precipices rather
than roads, and are only passable on foot, or on
mules, which are very tractable and safe. These
mountains are inhabited by many barbarous and
fierce nations, and they abound in mineral waters
of approved medicinal virtues. The greatest width
of these mountains is 20 leagues, being in some
parts 12 leagues from the sea-coast, and in others
approaching to it within five leagues. They
abound in vicunas, guanaeosj monkeys, and apes of
infinite kinds, tigers, leopards, and swine, who
have the navel in the spine and smell of musk,
with a multitude of other curious birds and ani
mals, altogether unknown in Europe ; such is the
condor, in the kingdom of Chile, which is a car
nivorous bird of an extraordinary size, having the
power to carry with it up into the air animals of
considerable weight, such as sheep, and even small
2
ANDES.
59
calves, making, as it flies, a noise which may be
heard at a great distance. The craggy parts
abound in cacao., so useful for the Indians, as also
in cachalagua. It has been attempted to pass
irom Chile to Peru, but this cannot be effected
during six months in the winter without imminent
risk, since many have been lost who have enga
ged in this enterprise. Indeed it is said, that at
that time the Cordillera is shut up.
[The lofty chain of the Andes, running along the
western coast of America, extends on both sides
of the equator to near the 30th degree of latitude.
It is of unequal height, sinking in some parts to
600 feet from the level of the sea, and at certain
points, towering above the clouds to an elevation
of almost four miles. The colossal Chimborazo
lifts its snowy head to an altitude which would
equal that of the Peak of Teneriffe, though placed
on the top of Mount Etna. The medium height
of the chain under the equator may be reckoned at
14,000 feet, while that of the Alps and Pyrenees
hardly exceeds 8000. Its breadth is proportion-
ably great, being 60 miles at Quito, and J50 or
200 at Mexico, and some districts of the Peruvian
territory. This stupendous ridge is intersected in
Peru and Nueva Granada by frequent clefts or
ravines, of amazing depth ; but to the n. of the
isthmus of Panama, it softens down by degrees,
and spreads out into the vast elevated plain of
Mexico. In the former provinces, accordingly,
the inhabitants are obliged to travel on horseback
or on foot, or even to be carried on the backs of
Indians ; whereas carriages drive with ease through
the whole extent of New Spain, from Mexico to
Santa Fe, along a road of more than 15,000 miles.
The equatorial regions of America exhibit the
same composition of rock that we meet with in
other parts of the globe. The only formations
which Humboldt could not discover in his travels,
were those of chalk, roe- stone, grey wakke, the
topaz-rock of Werner, and the compound of ser
pentine with granular limestone, which occurs in
Asia Minor. Granite constitutes, in South Ame
rica, the great basis which supports the otber for
mations ; above it lies gnesis, next comes mica
ceous schist, and then primitive schist. Granu
lar limestone, chlorite schist, and primitive trap,
often form subordinate beds in the gnesis and mi
caceous schist, which is very abundant, and some
times alternates with serpentine and sienite. The
high ridge of the Andes is every where covered
with formations of porphyry, basalt, phonolite,
and greenstone ; ami these, being otten divided
into columns, that appear from a distance like
ruined castles, produce a very striking and pic
turesque effect. At the bottom of those huge
mountains, occur two different kinds of limestone ;
the one with a filiccous base, enclosing primitive
masses, arid sometimes cinnabar and coal ; the
other with a calcareous base, and cementing toge
ther the secondary rocks. Plains of more than
600,000 square miles are covered with an ancient
deposit of limestone, containing fossil wood and
brown iron ore. On this rests the limestone of the
Higher Alps, presenting marine petrifactions at a
vast elevation. Next appears a lamellar gypsum,
impregnated with sulphur and salt; above this,
another calcareous formation, whitish and homo
geneous, but sometimes cavernous. Again occurs
calcareous sandstone, then lamellar gypsum mixed
with clay ; and the series terminates with calca
reous masses, involving flints and hornstone. But
what may perplex some geologists, is the singular
fact noticed by Humboldt, that the secondary for
mations in the new world have such enormous
thickness and elevation. Beds of coal are found
in the neighbourhood of Santa Fe, 8650 feet above
the level of the sea ; and even at the height of
14,700, near Huanuco in Peru. The plains of
Bogota, although elevated 9000 feet, are covered
with sandstone, gypsum, shell-limestone, and evea
in some parts with rock-salt. Fossil shells, which
in the old continent have not been discovered high
er than the summits of the Pyrenees, or 11,700
feet above the sea, were observed in Peru, near
Micuipampa, at the height of 12,800; and again
at that of 14,120, besides at Huancavelica, where
sandstone also appears. The basalt of Pichincha,
near the city of Quito, has an elevation of 15,500
feet ; while the top of the Schneekoppe in Silesia
is only 4225 feet above the sea, the highest point
in Germany where that species of rock occurs.
On the other hand, granite, which in Europe
crowns the loftiest mountains, is not found in the
American continent above the height of 11,500
feet. It is scarcely known at all in the provinces
of Quito and Peru. The frozen summits of Chim
borazo, Cayambe, and Anitsana, consist entirely of
porphyry, which, on the flanks of the Andes,
forms a mass of 10 or 12,000 feet in depth. The
sandstone near Cuen^a has a thickness of 5000
feet ; and the stupendous mass of pure quartz, on
the w. of Caxamarca, measures perpendicularly
9600 feet. It is likewise a remarkable fact, that
the porphyry of those mountains very frequently
contains hornblende, but never quartz, and seldom
mica. The Andes of Chile have a distinct nature
from those three chains called the ?Jaritime Moun
tains, which have been successively formed by th*
waters of tiie ocean. This great interior structure
60
AND
AND
appears to be coeval with the creation of the
world. It rises abruptly, and forms but a small
angle with its base ; its general shape being that of
a pyramid, crowned at intervals with conical, and,
as it were, crystallized elevations. It is composed
of primitive rocks of quartz, of an enormous size,
and almost uniform configuration, containing no
marine substances, which abound in the secondary
mountains. It is in the Cordillera of this part of
the Andes, that blocks of crystal are obtained,
of a size sufficient for columns of six or seven
feet in height. The central Andes are rich, be
yond conception, in all the metals, lead only
excepted. One of the most curious ores in the
bowels of those mountains is the pacos, a com
pound of clay, oxyd of iron, and the muriate of
silver, with native silver. The mines of Mexico
arid Peru, so long the objects of envy and admira
tion, far from being yet exhausted, promise, under
a liberal and improved system, to become more
productive than ever. But nature has blended
with those hidden treasures the active aliments of
destruction. The whole chain of the Andes is
subject to the most terrible earthquakes. From
Cotopaxi to the S. sea, no fewer than forty volca
noes are constantly burning ; some of them, espe
cially the lower ones, ejecting lava, and others
discharging the muriate of ammonia, scorified
basalt and porphyry, enormous quantities of water,
and especially moya, or clay mixed with sulphur
and carbonaceous matter. Eternal snow invests
their sides, and forms a barrier to the animal and
vegetable kingdoms. Near that confine the tor
por of vegetation is marked by dreary wastes.
In these wide solitudes, the condor, a fierce and
powerful bird of prey, fixes its gloomy abode. Its
size, however, has been greatly exaggerated.
According to Humboldt, it is not larger than the
laemmcr geyer, or alpine vulture of Europe; its
extreme length being only three feet and a half,
and its breadth across the wings nine feet. The
condor pursues the small deer of the Andes, and
commits very considerable havoc among sheep and
heifers. It tears out the eyes and the tongue, and
leaves the wretched animal to languish and expire.
Estimating from very probable data, this bird
skims whole hours at the height of four miles ; and
its power of wing must be prodigious, and its
pliancy of organs most astonishing, since in an
instant it can dart from the chill region of mid-air
to the sultry shores of the ocean. The condor is
sometimes caught alive, by means of a slip-cord ;
and this chaie, termed correr bmtres^ is, next to
a bull-fight, the most favourite diversion of the
Spanish colonists. The dead carcase of a cow or
horse soon attracts from a distance crowds of these
birds, which have a most acute scent. They fall
on with incredible voracity, devour the eyes and
the tongue of the animal, and plunging through
the anus, gorge themselves with the entrails. In
this drowsy plight they are approached by the
Indians, who easily throw a noose over them.
The condor, thus entangled, looks shy and sullen ;
it is most tenacious of life, and is therefore made to
suffer a variety of protracted tortures. The most
important feature of the American continent, is the
very general and enormous elevation of its soil.
In Europe the highest tracts of cultivated land
seldom rise more than 000 feet above the sea ;
but in the Peruvian territory extensive plains
occur at an altitude of 9000 feet ; and three fifths
of the viceroyalty of Mexico, comprehending the
interior provinces, present a surface of half a mil
lion of square miles, which runs nearly level, at an
elevation from 6000 to 8000 feet, equal to that of
the celebrated passages of Mount Cenis, of St.
Gothard, or of the great St. Bernard. These
remarkable facts are deduced chiefly from barome
trical observations. But Humboldt has adopted a
very ingenious mode, infinitely superior to any
description, of representing at one view the col
lective results of his topographical and mineralo-
gical survey. He has given profiles, or vertical
sections, of the countries whlcn he visited, across
the continent, from Acapulco to Mexico, and
thence to Vera Cruz ; from Mexico to Guanaxu-
ato, and as far as the volcano of Jorullo ; arid from
Mexico to Valladolid. These beautiful plates
are in every way highly interesting.]
ANDIETUM, asmall river of the province and
colony of Maryland. It runs s. and enters the
Potowmac.
AND1NOS, a small river of the province and
country of the Amazonas, in the Portuguese pos
sessions, and in the territory of the Natayas In
dians. It runs from s. s. e. to n. n. w. and enters
the lake Maguegazu. According to the descrip
tion of Mr. Bellin, who calls it Andiras, it enters
the river Abacachis.
ANDOAS, SANTA TOM AS DE, a settlement and
reduction of the missions held there by the Jesuits,
in the province and government of Mainas, of the
kingdom of Quito.
[ANDO\ /r ER, a large, fertile, and thriving town
in Essex county, Massachusetts. It contains 2863
inhabitants, in two parishes. In the s. parish are
a paper mill and powder mill, from the latter of
which the army received large supplies of gun
powder in the late war. There is an excellent aca
demy in this town, called Phillip s Academy,
AND
which owes its existence to the liberal benefactions
of the family whose name it bears. Andover is
under excellent cultivation, particularly that part
ivhich is watered by Shawsheen river. It lies
about 20 miles &. from Newbury-port, and about
22 n. from Boston. Lat. 42 41 n. Long. 71
8 a?.]
[A-NDOVF.R, in Hillsborough, New Hampshire,
contains 645 inhabitants, and was incorporated
1779.]
[ANDOVER is the s. w. township in Windsor
county, Vermont, has Chester on the e. lies 32
miles n. e. of Bennington, and contains 275 inha
bitants.]
[AN DOVER, a place in Sussex county, New
Jersey, near the source of Pequest river, five miles
s. s. t. from New Town, and 16 in the same direc
tion from Walpack.]
ANDRE, BAHIA DE, on the ;?. coast of the
straits of Magellan.
[ANDRE, ST. a town in the kingdom of Leon,
in N. America, near the mouth of Nassas river,
which falls into the gulf of Mexico.]
[ANDREANOFFSKI Isles, a crescent of isles
between Asia and America, discovered in 1760.
See BEHRING S Straits, and NORTHERN Archi
pelago. 1
ANDRES, SAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Texupilco, and alcaldia may
or of Zultepec, in Nueva Esparia, situate on the
top of an extensive and craggy elevation, of a hot
and moist temperature. It contains 77 families of
Indians, and is three leagues to the e. of its capi
tal.
ANDRES, SAX, another settlement of the head
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of
Toluca, in the same kingdom, with 134 families of
Indians. It is a small distance n, of its capital.
ANDRES, SA.V, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Tlatotepec, and alcaldia mayor of
Tepeacn. It contains 33 families of Indians, and
is three leagues from its head settlement.
ANDRES, SAN, another, which is the head set
tlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor of
Tuxt a. It contains 1 170 families of Indians.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of the alcaldia mayor of Marinalco,
at the distance of one short league from its capi
tal.
AN DUES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Texpatlan, and alcaldia mayor
of Cuernavaca.
ANDRES, SAV, another, which is a small ward
united to that of Tequiszitlan, in the alcaldia may-
or of Theotihuacan.
AND
61
ANDRES, SAN, another, in the head settlement
of the district of Ahuacathm, and alcaldia mayor
of Zacatlan, at more than a league s distance from
its head settlement.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Xonotla, and alcaldi i mayor of
Tetela, lying one league s.w. of its head settle
ment.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district and alcaldia mayor of Guejozingo.
It contains 15 families of Indians, including those
of the ward of San Pedro, which is joined to it,
both being tothe s. of their capital.
ANDRES, SAN, another, a small settlement or
ward of the alcaldia mayor of Guauchinango, an.
nexed to the curacy of that of Tlacuclotepec.
AN DUES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Papalotipac, and alcaldia mayor
of Cuicatlan, with 20 families of Indians.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Hiscontepec, and alcaldia mayor
of Nexapa. It comprehends 68 families of Indians.
ANDRLS, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district of Tepehuacan, and alcaldia mayor of
Tepee, in which there are reckoned to be 40 fami
lies of Indians, employed in cultivating cotton.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of the district and ahaldia mayor of Zapatlan and
Tuspa. In its vicinity, and upon the shores of
the river Amazonas, is an estate called El Tigre
a la Raya, (the tiger at bay), and that of Mangtia-
ro, also upon the shore of the same river. It is four
leagues from its capital.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the missions that
were held by the Jesuits, in the province of Te-
peguana, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situate
on the shore of the river of Las Nasas.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the mission belong
ing to the order of St. Francisco, in the province
of Taraumara, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya;
10 leagues distant between the s. e. and e. s. e. of
the real of San Felipe de Chiguaga.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the jurisdiction and
government of San Juan Giron, in the new king
dom of Granada, situate in the most uneven part
of \\\G serrania.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Cartagena, in the kingdom of Ticrra
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Sinu.
ANDRI s, SAN, another, of the same province
and government as the former, and at a small dis
tance from it.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Lucanas in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Pucquin.
<3 AND
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Zacapula in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the missions that
belonged to the Jesuits, in the province and go
vernment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito, on
the shore of the river Hayai, at a small distance
from that of San Juan.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Chiapa in the kingdom of Gua
temala.
ANDRES, SAN, another settlement and parish of
the English, in the island of Jamaica, on the s.
side.
ANDRES, SAN, another, being a parish and the
head settlement of the district of the island of Bar-
badoes, situate upon the e. coast.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the above island,
of the district and parish of St. Thomas.
ANDRES, SAN, another, of the province and
alcaldia mayor of Vera Paz in the kingdom of
Guatemala.
ANDRES, SAN, an island of the N. sea, situate
in front of the coast of Tierra Firme, and s. of that
of Santa Catalina : it is desert.
ANDRES, SAN, another island of the N. sea,
one of the Lucayas, between the island Larga and
that of El Espiritu Santo.
ANDRES, SAN, a bay of the province and go-
rernment of La Louisiana, between the two rivers
Incognitos (unknown).
ANDRES, SAN, another bay of Florida, in the
province of Georgia, between that of Santa Rosa
and the river Apalachicola.
ANDRES, SAN, a fort of the English, situate in
an island of the coast of Georgia.
ANDRFS, SAN, a cape, or point of land, on the
coast of the Patagones, which lies between the
river of La Plata and the straits of Magellan.
[ANDREW S, ST. a small town in the con
tested country between New Brunswick and the
United States ; situated in the rear of an island of
the same name, on the e. side of the arm of the
inner bay of Passamaquoddy, called Scoodick.
The town is regularly laid out in the form of an
oblong square. The few inhabitants are chiefly
employed in the lumber trade. The common tides
rise here about 18 feet.]
[ANDREW S, ST. atownship in Caledonia county,
Vermont, 100 miles n. e. from Bennington.l
[ANDREW S, ST. a parish in Charleston district,
South Carolina, containing 2947 inhabitants, of
whom 570 are whites, and 2516 slaves.]
[ANDREW S Sound, ST. lies s. of Jekyl s island,
and is formed by it and a small island at the mouth
of Great Sagilla river. The small river opposite
this sound separates Camden from Glynri county,
in Georgia.]
fANUROS Islands, sometimes called Holy
Ghost Islands, are of very considerable magnitude,
and have been very erroneously placed in almost
every map or chart of the Bahama islands. They
extend in a sort of curve, or crescent, upwards of
forty leagues in length. There is a passage be
tween the northern point of them (at J culler s
keys) and the Berry islands, ofditlicult navigation,
and not above eight feet deep. Vessels, therefore,
proceeding from that quarter to Cuba, should go
round the n. end of all the Berry islands, over the
Great Bahama bank; which, however, will (not
admit ressels drawing more than 12 feet. There
arc also several passages, or creeks, (though very
shallow), through this chain of islands, particularly
towards the s. extremity and Grassy Creek keys.
Upon the w. side of Andros islands is the most
n. extremity of the Great Bahama bank. On the
e. side there are no soundings at any considerable
distance from the shore. The most w. point of
the principal Andros island lies about 10 or 11
leagues w. n. w. from the w. end of New Provi
dence. High Point, which is the most s. part of
it, lies about eight leagues s. from the w. end ol the
same island. There are few, if any, inhabitants now
on Andros island. In the interior of the island, there
is a shallow swamp or lake of fresh water, almost
the only one which is to be found in the Bahama
islands ; and it communicates with the sea by a
creek, or lagoone, navigable for flat-bottomed
boats. Great quantities of various sorts of timber
abound in the interior; but, from the shallowness of
the banks, and extreme difficulty of getting any
communication to the coast, the trees remain un
touched. One part of Andros island extends to
the w. very far into the Great Bahama bank, in
a s. w. direction from New Providence, towards
Salt key and the island of Cuba. In J788 An
dros island contained about two hundred inhabi
tants, including slaves; and previous to May
1803, lands were granted by the crown, to the
amount of 16,025 acres, for the purpose of culti
vation. See BAHAMAS.]
[ANDROSCOGGIN,orAMARiscoGGiNRiver,
in the district of Maine, may be called the main
western branch of the Kennebeck. Its sources are
n. of lake Umbagog. Its course is southerly till
it approaches near to the White mountains, from
which it receives Moose and Peabody rivers. It
then turns to the e. and then to the A- . e. in which
A N E
course it passes within two miles -of the sea-coast,
and then turning n. runs over Pejepskaeg lulls
into Merry- Meeting- bay, \vhere it forms a junction
with the Kennebeck, 20 miles from the sea. For
merly, from this bay to the sea, the confluent
stream was called Sagadahock. The lands on this
river are very good.
ANEAV, Port of the, on the w. coast of the
island of Newfoundland andgulph of St. Lawrence,
between cape Raye and the bay of Anguila.
ANECUILCO, a settlement of the head settle
ment of the district of Tetelzingo, and alcaldia
mayor of Coautla, in Nueva Espaila. It contains
20 families of Indians, and at a little more than a
league s distance there is the estate of Mapaztlan ;
in the vicinity of which is a ranc/ieria, consisting
of 22 families ofMtilattoes and Mustees, who have
near to this place another estate, in which they
grind silver-metals, and which is of the real
of the mines of Coautla. It is one league s. w. of
its head settlement.
ANEGADA, a small island of the N. sea, one
of the Antillas, situate to the e. of that of rtier-
torico. It is barren, without water, and desert,
[is dependent on Virgin Gorda. It is about six
leagues long, is low, and almost covered by water
at high tides. On the s. side is Treasure Point.
Lnt. 18 46 n. Long. 61 22 a?.]
ANEGADA, also a bay of the coast of the straits
of Magellan. It is large and capacious, and lies
between that of San Matias and the cape of San
Andres.
ANKGADA, a small island near the coast
of Vera Cruz, in the bay or gulph of Mexico,
between the Arrecife del Palo, and the island of
Cabezas.
AN EG A DA, a point of land of the 5. coast of
the straits of Magellan, close to the cape of Orange,
and opposite the bay of La Poses ion.
AN EGA DA, another bay of the coast of the
Patagones, which lies between the river of La Plata
and The strait of Magellan.
ANECADITOS, a settlement of the island of
Cuba, on the ?. const, between port Trinidad and
the island Cochinos.
ANEGADIZOS, River of the, in the province
and government of Choco, of the kingdom of
Tierra Firme. It runs almost directly from e. to
w. into the S. sea, near the point of Salinas.
ANEGADIZOS, SENAS DE i,os, the name of three
mountains, which are upon the coast of the S. sea,
in the same province and government as the former
river.
ANEMBI, a river of the province and govern
ment of Paraguay in Peru.
A N G 63
AUGACIIILLA, a river of the district of Gua-
dalabquen, in the kindom of Chile. It runs o\
and enters the Valdivia near this city.
ANGAGUA, SANTIAGO DE, a settlement of
the head settlement of the district of Uruapan,
and alcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in the province
and bishopric of Mechoacan ; situate in the in
terior of the serrania. It contains 22 families of
Indians, and is distant 10 leagues to the s. of its
head settlement, and 15 from the capital.
ANGAMARCA. a settlement of the province
and corregimienlo of Latacunga in the new king
dom of Quito.
ANGAMOCUT1RO, SAN FRANCISCO DC, a
settlement of the head settlement of the district of
Puruandiro, and alcaldia mayor of Valladolid, in
the province and bishopric of Mechoacan ; situate
on the top of a hill, in the e. part of its capital ;
is of a warm and dry temperature ; contains 45
families of Spaniards, Mustees, and Mulattoes,
and 106 of Indians. Twenty-five leagues e. of its
capital Pasquaro.
ANGARAES, a province and corregimiento of
Peru, bounded on the n. by the province of Jauja,
on the w. by the Andes, arid joins the province of
Castro-V irreynato the s. ; to the c. it is bounded by
the island of Tayacaja, of the province oflluanta :
24 leagues in length from e. to w. and 12 in width,
having a very irregular figure. Its temperature is
for the most part cold, except in one or two
hollow uneven parts, which are somewhat tempe
rate ; but there is nevertheless no scarcity in
wheat, maize, and other seeds. In the temperate
parts are cultivated the sugar-cane, some fruits
and herbs, and a kind of hay called ichu, serving
as fuel for the ovens in which they extract the
quicksilver, from which great emolument is de
rived, since the miners buy this article at a great
price. It abounds in cattle of every kind, and in
native sheep, which serve to carry the metals to
the ovens. There are also found in this province
various coloured earths for painting, such as umber,
which they call guancahclica^ oropimente^ ocre
almagre, vermillion, and others of different hues.
It is watered by the river Sangoiaco, which divides
it from the island of Tayacaja, belonging to the
province of lluanta, the river Vilcabamba, which
also divides it from the province of Tauxa, and
the rivers Licay and La Sal, all of which run into
the Maranon. It has six curacies or parishes of
Indians, and 30 other settlements, dependent upon,
or annexed to these. Its reparthniento was 36,422
dollars, of which it paid 1456 of alcumla in five
years. The capital is Guancavelica, and the set
tlements of its jurisdiction are,
A N G
Andabamba,
Paucara,
Ilillinca,
Vechuilluiaillas,
Iluachocollpa,
Pata,
Iluando,
Palea,
Anancusi,
Pallalla,
Chacapa,
Iscuchaca,
Cuenca,
Moya,
Vilcabamba,
Incahuasi,
Acobambilla,
Callanmarca,
Achonga.
San Antonio,
San Sebastian,
Santa Ana,
Santa Barbara,
Acobamba,
Acoria,
Conaica,
Lircay,
Julcarmarca,
Autarpanca,
Iluaillas,
fluancahuanca,
Congallo,
San Christoval,
Asuncion,
Sacsamarca,
Huailazuchu,
Chacllatacana,
Espiritu Caja,
Todos Santos,
ANGASMAIU, a river of the province and
government of Popayan, in the valley of Los
Mahteles. It runs from e. to ?. and, alter collect
ing the waters of the Tuanambu and the Guaitara,
enters the Patia on the s. side, which thus be
comes increased by its stream. It then divides the
jurisdiction of Quito from that of Popayan, and
is the mark of the boundary of the inquisition of
Lima, and the point from whence that of Carta
gena begins. Its mouth is in Lat. 2 4 n. Long.
78 24 w.
ANGASMAHCA, a settlement of the province
and government of Tarma in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Parianchacra.
ANG ASMARCA, another, of the province and cor-
regimiento of Huamachuco, also in Peru.
ANG ASM A RCA, a river of the same province and
correginritnfo. It rises to the s. of the capital,
and enters the river Santa.
ANGEL, SAN, a settlement of the head settle
ment of (he district and alcaldia mat/ or of Coyoacan
in Nueva Espana, of an agreeable and delightful
temperature, and well stocked with houses, gar
dens, and orchards, which serve as places of re
creation to the people of Mexico. There is a
convent of mo;<ks of the order of St. Francis,
and another magnificent convent of the bare-footed
Carmelites, which is a college of studies. It has
some commerce in cloths and baizes, wrought in
its manufactories ; is distant somewhat more than
a quarter of a league from the zz. of its capital.
ANGIX, SAX, another settlement in the head
settlement of the district and alcaldia mayor of
Periban in the same kingdom. It contains 86
jfaniilies of Indians, and six of Muslecs, who ob
tain a livelihood in making shoes and saddles, as
its territory has no productions whatever. It has
a convent of the order of St. Francis, and is six
leagues to the e. of its capital.
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the kingdom of Chile,
which is a place of encampment, and a frontier of
tiie Arucanian Indians, near the river Biobio.
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the province and
corngianento of Pasto in the kingdom of Quito,
situate in the road which leads down from Po
payan.
ANGEL, SAX, another, of the province and
government of Sonora in Nueva Espana, on the
shore of a river which enters into that of Gila, to
the a?, of the garrison of Horcarsitas.
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the missions held by
the Jesuits, in the province and government of
Buenos Ayres, on the shore of the river Yui.
Here the Portuguese, commanded by Gomez
Freirede Andrade, held their head -quarters, in the
year 1756, when the lieutenant-general Don Pedro
Cevallos, with the Marquis of Valdelirios, was
sent over to treat for an exchange of prisoners
between the settlement of Paraguay and the crown
of Portugal. [It was founded in the vear 1707,
in Lat. 28 17 19" n. Long. 54 52 .]
ANGEL, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito,
situate at the source of the river of its name.
ANGEL, SAN, a large island of the gulph of
California, or Red sea of Cortes, situate in the
most interior part of it, at a small distance from
the coast.
ANGEL, SAN, a river of the province and cor~
regimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito,
which rises from the desert of Angel, runs s. s. e.
and enters the Mira, a little before the bridge
which is across the latter, in Lat. 27 T n.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, a capital city
of the province of Tlaxcala in Nueva Espana,
founded in 1533 by the bishop Don Sebastian
Ramirez de Fuenleal ; is of a warm and dry
temperature, and one of the most beautiful cities
of America, being inferior to none in Nueva
Espana, save its capital. Its temples are sump
tuous, its streets wide, and drawn in a straight
line from e. to w. and from n. to s. ; the public
squares are large and handsome ; and the ancient
edifices of proportionate architecture. The ca
thedral is extremely rich, ornamental, and well
endowed ; to this is united the magnificent chapel
of Sagrario, with two curacies and four assisting
parish chapels, which are, the chapel of the In
dians, that of Los Dolores, at the bridge of San
Francisco, that of Los Cozos, and another, also
ANGELES.
65
having the name of Los Dolores, contiguous to
the convent of Bethlemites, and that of San Mar
cos, as suffragan : besides these, it has four other
parishes ; that of San Joseph, with five places of
visitation, which are those of (he Indians, San
Pablo, Santa Ana, San Antonio, and Nuestra Se-
nora de Loreto ; also the parish of Santa Cruz,
with four other places of visitation, namely, of
Santiago, San Miguel, San Matias, and Guada-
lupe ; the parish of Santo Angel Custodio with
two ; Los Remedies, and San Baltasar, and that of
Santa Cruz with three ; namely, of San Juan del
Rio, El Santo Christo de Xonacaltepec, and Mise-
ricordia. It contains the three following convents :
St. Domingo, a large building ; the royal college
of San Luis, with public studies and the convent for
recluses of San Pablo : and in its vicinity two
large chapels, one of the Mistecos Indians, and
another of the order of Penitence, to which is an
nexed that of La Santa Escuela. It has also a
convent of the religious order of St. Francis, and
some independent chapels of the order Tercera of
Indians ; and without the walls of the city, other
churches and hospitals. It has also the college which
was formerly of the Jesuits, and contiguous to that,
the church of San Miguel, of Indians ; and of San
Ildefonso,of barefooted Carmelites, which is a house
for novices and for studies ; two colleges of San J uan
de Dios, one for novices and the other a hospital,
called San Pedro ; the college of San Hipolito de la
Caridad, and the convent of Bethlemites, of the
La Convalescence, with schools for children ; the
church of the Oratorio de San Felipe Neri, and that
of the congregation of the ecclesiastics of St. Peter,
for the practising of ministers in the duties of the
pulpit and the confessional. Its monasteries are
those of Concepcion, San Geronimo, Santisima
Trinidad, "Santa Catalina, of Dominican nuns ;
Santa Ines de Monte Policiano, of the same order ;
of Santa Rosa de Maria, of barefooted Carmelites ;
of Santa Monica, of the Recoletan Agustines, Ca
puchins, and St. Claire. The colleges which
adorn this city are, San Pedro and San- Juan, in
which is included the Tridentine seminary, where
the collegians are taught grammar, the graver
sciences, and the Mexican tongue ; also the great
college of San Pedro and San Pablo, for studying
theology and philosophy ; of San Geronimo, for
teaching grammar ; and of San Ignacio, for the
graver studies. Here is a college for children,
with the title of La Caridad ; another entirely for
married women and widows ; that of Jesus Maria,
contiguous to that of San Geronimo ; and another
female convent, with a magnificent temple and de
vout sanctuary of the miraculous image of Nuestra
VOL, I.
Sefiora de la Soledad. Besides these aforesaid
temples, there are, without the walls of the city,
various chapels and hermitages in the wards of
the Indians which encompass it ; and with those
who inhabit these wards, and those within the
city, the numbers of families amount to 3200 of
Mexican Indians, and 15,000 Spaniards, Mustees,
and Mulattoes. The commerce which they main
tain, although it has been upon the decline from
the beginning of the present century, with regard
to what it was before, consists of cloths and fruits
of Spain and of the country, and some cloths
from China, besides various effects which find
their way hither from the other provinces. It
also traffics in soap of various qualities, cotton
manufactures, fine earthen ware, resembling that
of Talavera, and all kinds of iron and steel work,
as plough-shares, chopping-knives, table-knives,
spurs, and stirrups ; and, what are held in particular
estimation, the white arms, renowned for a singular
temper, and not inferior to those of Toledo. It
is the seat of the bishop suffragan to the arch
bishop of Mexico, established in the year 1526, in
the city of Tlaxcala, and translated to this in
1550. Its mitre has had the glory of having
adorned the head of the venerable Senor Don Fray
Juan de Palafox, whose canonization is no small
subject of discussion at the present day. This
famed person was the author of many sacred and
profound works, and among the rest, those of the
turbulent disputes which he maintained with the
extinguished society of the Jesuits.
[La Puebla de los Aageles, the capital of the
intendancy of its name, is more populous than Lima,
Quito, Santa Fe, and Caracas ; and after Mexico,
Guanaxuato, and the Havannah. the most consider
able city of the Spanish colonies of the new conti
nent. La Puebla is one of the small number of Ame
rican towns founded by European colonists; for in
the plain of Acaxete, or Cuitlaxcoapan, on the spot
where the capital of the province now stands,
there were only in the beginning of the 16th cen
tury a few huts, inhabited by Indians of Cholula.
The privilege of the town of Puebla is dated 28th
Sept. 1531. The consumption of (lie inhabitants,
in 1802, amounted to 52,951 cargas (of 300 pounds
each) of wheaten flour, and 36,000 car gas of
maize. Height of the ground at the Plaza Mayor,
7381 feet; population, according to Humboldi,
67,800. This city is 22 leagues to the e. of
Mexico. Long. 98 3 . Lat. 19.]
Catalogue of the Bishops of La Puebla de los
Angeles.
I. Don Fray Julian Garces, native of Aragon.
a Domincan, preacher to the Em ptror Charles Y,.
K,
66
ANGELES.
elected bishop of Tlaxcala in 1527 ; lie died in
1542.
2. Don Fray Pablo de Tulavera, native of the
town of Navalinarquende ; elected in 1543 ; died
in 1545.
3. Don Fray Martin Sarmicnto, native of Oja-
castro, a Franciscan monk, commissary-general of
India; elected in 1546; died in 1557.
4. Don Bernardo de Villa Gomez ; elected in
1559 ; died in J570.
5. Don Antonio dc Ruiz de Morales y Molina,
native of Cordova ; elected in 1572; he died in
1576.
6. Don Diego dc Romann, a native of Valla-
dolid, canon of Granada, inquisitor, founder of
the college of the Jesuits of his country ; elected
in 1378 he died in 1606.
7. Don Alonso de la Mota y Escobar, native of
Mexico, dean of that metropolitan church ; he
founded the college of San lldefbnso, of the
Jesuits of this city, endowed it with provisions for
25 nuns ; and under his direction and influence,
were founded the convents of Santa Teresa and
Santa Ines.
Also, Don Juan de Santo Matia Saenz de Ma-
fiosca, bishop of Cuba, removed to this, but died
before he took possession of it.
8. Don Gutierre Bernardo de Quiros, native of
Tineo in Asturias, inquisitor of Toledo and Mex
ico ; elected in 16^6; he died in 1638.
9. Don Juan de Palafox y Mendoza, native of
Ariza in Aragon, treasurer of Tarazona; elected
in 1639 ; promoted to the archbishopric of Mexico
in 1556.
10. Don Diego Osorio de Escobar y Llamas, na
tive of Coruna, canon of Toledo ; elected in 1556,
founder of the convent of LaSantissima Trinidad,
of monks of Concepcion ; promoted to the arch
bishopric of Mexico in 1667.
11. Don Manuel Fernandez de Santa Cruz, na
tive of La Palencia, mayor collegian of Cuenca,
magistral canon of Segovia, bishop of Chiapa and
of Gnadalaxara ; promoted in 1667; he founded
the colleges of San Pedro and San Pablo, of St.
Domingo, that of San Joseph dc Gracia, for
children, and that of Santa Monica ; he finished
the beautiful tower of the church, erected two
gates of marbles, put up the statues, and finished
the exchange, which fronts the mart ; he was pro
moted to the bishopric of Mexico in 1703, presented
to this in 1676 ; he did not accept of the promotion of
the bishopric or vice-royalty of Mexico, to which
he was invited ; he died in the year 1699.
Don Fray Ignacio de Urbina, of the order of
St. Gerorae, archbishop of Santa Fe, in the Nuevo
Reyno de Granada ; he was before presented to
this in 1702, but declined it.
12. Don Garcia Legaspi Altamirano, native of
Mexico, archdeacon of that metropolis ; as bishop
of this church, promoted in the year 1703, of
which he took possession the following year, and
in a short time died.
13. Don Pedro Nogales Davila, native of Za-
lamea in Estremadura, of the order of Alcantara,
inquisitor of Logrono ; he was elected in 1708,
and died with the reputation of sanctity in 1721.
14. Don Juan Antonio de Lardiz-avaly Elorza,
native of Segura in Guipuzcoa, mayor collegian of
San Bartolome, magistral canon of Salamanca,
and professor of sciences in that university ; he
was elected in 1722, and was offered the arch
bishopric of Mexico in 1735 ; this however he de
clined accepting, and died in 1733.
15. Don Benito Crespo, a knight of the order
of Santiago, native of Estremadura, dean of
Oaxaca, bishop of Durango ; promoted to La
Pnebla in 1734, and died in 173?!
16. Don Pedro Gonzalez Garcia, native of Tor-
delaguna ; he was delaying three years and an
half in the port of Santa Maria, without daring to
embark on account of the war, when he was pro
moted to the bishopric of Alvila in Spain, in
1743.
17. Don Domingo Pantalcon Alvarez de Abreu,
native of Canaria, archbishop of St. Domingo ;
promoted to this of La Puebla in 1743; he en
couraged the foundation of the convent of Santa
Rosa, and dedicated the church of Nuestra Seiiora
del Refugio, in the small settlement of Las Caleras ;
he died in 1763.
18. Don Francisco Xavier Fabian y Fuero,
native of Terzaga, bishop of Siguenga, of which
he was magistral collegian in the grand college of
Santa Cruz, canon and abbot of Santa Leocadia
in the church of Toledo ; elected in 1764, and
promoted to the archbishopric of Valencia in
1774.
19. Don Victoriano Lopez Gonzalo, vicar-
general of the church of La Puebla ; elected in
1774.
[ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, Intendancy of.
This intendancy, which has only a coast of 26
leagues towards the great ocean, extends from 16
57 to 20 40 of n. latitude, and is consequently
wholly situated in the torrid zone. It is bounded
on the . e. by the intendancy of Vera Cruz, on
the e. by the intendancy of Oaxaca, on the s. by
the ocean, and on the w. by the intendancy of
Mexico. Its greatest length, from the mouth of
the small river Tecoyame to near Mcxitlan, is 118
ANGELES.
[leagues; and its greatest breadth, from Techuacan
to Mecameca, is 50 leagues.
The greater part of the intendancy of Puebla is
traversed by the high cordilleras of Anahuac.
Beyond the 18th degree of latitude the whole
country is a plain eminently fertile in wheat,
maize, agave, and fruit trees. This plain is from
1800 to 2000 metres, or 5905 to 6561 feet, above
the level of the ocean. In this intendancy is also
the most elevated mountain of all New Spain, the
Popocatepetl. This volcano, first measured by
Humboldt, is continually burning ; but for these
several centuries it has thrown nothing up from its
crater but smoke and ashes. This mountain is
COO metres, or 1968 feet, higher than the most
elevated summit of the old continent. From the
isthmus of Panama to Bering s straits, which
separate Asia from America, we know only of
one mountain, Mont St. Elie, higher than the
great volcano of Puebla.
The population of this intendancy is still more
unequally distributed than that of the intendancy
of Mexico. It is concentrated on the plain which
extends from the eastern declivity of the snowy
mountains to the environs of Perote, especially on
the high and beautiful plains between Cholula, La
Puebla, and Tlascala. Almost the whole country,
from the central table-land towards San Luis and
Ygualapa, near the S. sea coast, is desert, though
well adapted for the cultivation of sugar, cotton,
and the other precious productions of the tropics.
The table-land of La Puebla exhibits remark
able vestiges of ancient Mexican civilization. The
fortifications of Tlaxcala are of a construction
posterior to that of the great pyramid of Cholula,
a curious monument, of which Humboldt promises
to give a minute description in the historical account
of his travels in the interior of the new continent. It
is sufficient to state here, that this pyramid, on the
top of which he made a great number of astrono
mical observations, consists of four stages ; that in
its present state the perpendicular elevation is only
54 metres, or 177 feet ; and the horizontal breadth
of the base, 439 metres, or 1423 feet ; that its
sides are very exactly in the direction of the meri
dians and parallels ; and that it is constructed (if
we may judge from the perforation made a few
years ago in the n. side) of alternate strata of brick
and clay. These data are sufficient for our recog
nising in the construction of this edifice the same
model observed in the form of the pyramids
of Teotihuacau, which that author also de
scribes. They suffice also to prove the great
analogy between these brick monuments, erect
ed by the most ancient inhabitants of Anahuac,
the temple of Belus at Babylon, and the pyra
mids of Menschich-Dashour, near Sakhara in
Egypt.
The platform of the truncated pyramid of Cho
lula has a surface of 4200 square metres, or 45,208
square feet English. In the midst of it there is a
church dedicated to Nuestra Senora de los Reme
dies, surrounded with cypress, in which mass is
celebrated every morning by an ecclesiastic of In
dian extraction, whose habitual abode is the sum
mit of this monument. It is from this platform
that we eujoy the delicious and majestic view
of the Volcan de la Puebla, the Pic d Orizaba,
and the small Cordillera of Matlacueye, which
formerly separated the territory of the Cholulans
from that of the Tlaxcaltec republicans.
The pyramid, or teocalli of Cholula, is exactly
of the same height as the Tonatiuh Itzaqual of
Teotiuhacan, already adverted to ; and it is three
metres, or 9. 8 feet, higher than the Mycerinus, er
the third of the great Egyptian pyramids of the
group of Ghize. As to the apparent length of its
base, it exceeds that of all the edifices of the same
description hitherto found by travellers iu the old
continent, and is almost the double of the great
pyramid known by the name of Cheops. Thosewho
wish to form a clear idea of the great mass of this
Mexican monument, from a comparison with objects
more generally known, may imagine a square, four
times the dimensions of the Place Vendome, co
vered with a heap of bricks of twice tlie elevation
of the Louvre ! The whole of the interior of the
pyramid of Cholula is not, perhaps, composed of
brick. These bricks, as was suspected by a cele
brated antiquary at Rome, M. Zoega, probably
formed merely an incrustation of a heap of stones and
lime, like many of the pyramids of Sakhara, visited
by Pocok, and more recently by M. Grobert. Yet
the road from Puebla te Mecameca, carried across
a part of the first stage of the teocalli, does not
agree with this supposition. We know not the
ancient height of this extraordinary monument.
In its present state, the length of its base is
to its perpendicular height as eight to one, while
in the three great pyramids of Ghize, this propor
tion is as one and six-tenths and one and seven -
tenths to one, or nearly as eight to five.
The intendancy of Puebla gratifies the curiosity
of the traveller also with one of the most ancient
monuments of vegetation, the famous ahahuete,
(cupressus disticha. Linn.), or cypress of the
village of Atlixco, which is 76.4 feet English in
circumference, measured interiorly (for its trunk
is hollow) ; the diameter is 16 feet English. This
Cypress of Atlixco is, therefore, to within a few
K 2
ANGELES.
[feet of the same thickness as the baobab (andan-
sonia digitata) of the Senegal.
The district of the old republic of Tlaxcala, in
habited by Indians jealous of their privileges, and
very much inclined to civil dissensions, has for a
long time formed a particular government. It is
indicated in the general map of New Spain as
still belonging to the intendancy of Puebla ; but
b^ a recent change in the financial administration,
Tlaxcala and Guautlade las Hamilpas were united
to the intendancy of Mexico and Tlapa, and
Ygualapa separated from it.
There were, in 1793, in the intendancy of Pue
bla, without including the four districts of Tlax
cala, Guautla, Ygualapa, and Tlapa :
Males 187,531 souls.
Fcmaleg m ^2l
,Males 25,617
Females 29,363
iMales 37,318
[ Females 40,590
Secular ecclesiastics * 585
Monks 446
Nuns.. 427
Indians,
Spaniards
or whites,
Mixed race,
Result of the total enumeration, 508,098 souls,
distributed into six cities, 133 parishes, 607 vil
lages, 425 farms (haciendas), 886 solitary houses,
(ranches), and 33 convents, two-thirds of which
are for monks.
The government of Tlaxcala contained, in 1793,
a population of 59,177 souls, whereof 21,849
were male, and 21,029 female Indians. The
boasted privileges of the citizens of Tlaxcala are
reducible to the three following points: 1. The
town is governed by a cacique and four Indian
alcaldes, who represent the ancient heads of the
four quarters, still called Tecpectipac, Ocotelolco,
Quiahutztlan, and Tizatlan ; these alcaldes are
under the dependence of an Indian governor, who
is himself subject to the Spanish intendant : 2.
The whites have no seat in the municipality, in
virtue of a royal cedula, of the 16th April 1585 :
and, 3. The cacique, or Indian governor, enjoys
the honours of an alferez real. The progress
of the industry and prosperity of this province
has been extremely slow, notwithstanding the
active zeal of an intendant equally enlightened
and respectable, Don Manuel de Flon, who lately
inherited the title of Count de la Cadena. The
flour trade, formerly very flourishing, has suf
fered much from the enormous price of car
riage from the Mexican table-land to the Ha-
vannah, and especially from the want of beasts of
burden. The commerce which Puebla carried on
till 1710 with Peru, in hats and delft ware, has en
tirely ceased. But the greatest obstacle to the
public prosperity arises from four-fifths of the
whole property ( fined s) belonging to mort-main
proprietors ; that is to say, to communities of
monks, to chapters, corporations, and hospitals.
The intendancy of Puebla has very considerable
salt-works near Chila, Xicotlan, and Ocotlan, in
the district of Chiautla, as also near Zapotitlan.
The beautiful marble, known by the name of
Puebla marble, which is preferable to that of Biza-
ron and the Real del Doctor, is procured in the
quarries of Totamehuacan and Tecali, at two and
seven leagues distance from the capital of the in
tendancy. The carbonate of lime of Tecali is
transparent, like the gypsous alabaster of Volterra,
and the Phengites of the ancients.
The indigenous of this province speak three
languages totally different from one another, the
Mexican, Totonac, and Tlapanec. The first is
peculiar to the inhabitants of Puebla, Cholula, and
Tlascala ; the second, to the inhabitants of Za-
catlan ; and the third is preserved in the environs
of Tlapa. Whatever may be the depopulation of
the intendancy of Puebla, its relative population is
still four times greater than that of the kingdom of
Sweden, and nearly equal to that of the king
dom of Aragon. The industry of the inhabi
tants of this province is not much directed to
the workitig of gold and silver mines. Those
of Yxtacmaztitlan, Temeztla, and Alatlauquitepic,
in the Partido de San Juan de los Llanos, of
La Canada, near Tetela de Xonotla, and of San
Miguel Tenango, near Zacatlan, are almost aban
doned, or at least very remissly worked.
The most remarkable towns of the intendancy of
Pnebla are, the capital of this name, Tlascalla,
Cholula, Atlixco, Tehnacan de las Granadas,
Tepeaca or Tepeyacac, Huljocingo or Huexot-
zinco. Population in 1803, 813,300. Extent of
surface in square leagues, 2696. Number of
inhabitants to the square league, 301.]
ANGELES, PUFBLA DE LOS, with the dedicatory
title of Nuestra Senora, a town of the province
and government of Popayan, founded in 1565 by
the captain Domingo Lozano. It was large and
well peopled ; but it is at present reduced to a
miserable state, by the repeated ravages committed
in it by the infidel Indians of the frontier. Twenty
leagues from Tocaima, and nine from the town of
Neiva.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, an other settlement,
with the sirname of Angeles de Roamainas, a re-
duccion of the missions which belonged to the re
gulars of the company of Jesuits, in the province
A N G
and government of Mainas, of the kingdom of
Quito, situate on the shore of the river Napo ;
founded by the father Lucas Maxano in 1659,
from a nation of Indians of its name.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, with the
dedicatory title of Santa Maria, in the province
and government of Cumana, of the kingdom of
Tierra Firme, situate in the middle of the serrania.
It is one of those of the mission which is under the
care of the Capuchin Catalanian fathers.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, with the
dedicatory title of Nuestra Senora, in the district
of Chiriqui, of the province and government of
Yeragua, kingdom of Tierra Firrae.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, with the same de
dicatory title, a reduction of the missions in Ori
noco, held by the regulars of the extinguished
order of Jesuits, of the province of the new king
dom of Granada, situate on the shore of that river.
It is composed of Indians of the nation of Saliva.
In 1733 it was destroyed and burnt by the Caribes
Indians, who could not, with all their strength,
destroy the cross that was in it.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, of the pro
vince and government of La Senora in Nueva Es-
pafia; situate on the shore of the river of this name.
ANGELES, PUEBLA DE LOS, another, of the
district and corregimiento of Bogota in the new
kingdom of Granada, near the capital of Santa Fe.
ANGELES, PUEBLV DE LOS, a bay on the coast
of thegulph of California, or Red sea of Cortes, in
the most interior part of it, behind the island of
the Angel de la Guardia.
ANGELES PUEBLA DE LOS, a port on the coast
of the province and alcaldia mayor of Tecoantcpec
in Nueva Espana, and in the S. sea. It is the
mouth of the river Cayola, between that of La
Galera and the settlement of Tanglotango.
ANGLOIS, CUL DE SAC, a port of the 5. e.
coast of the island of Martinica, very convenient,
secure, and well sheltered. It is between the cape
Ferre, and the bay of the same name.
ANGLOIS, CUL DE SAC, another port on the
n. coast of the river Lawrence in New France,
to the s. of St. Pancras.
ANGOGARD, a settlement of New France, or
Canada, situate on the shore of the river St. Law
rence, at a small distance from the city of
Quebec.
ANGOIACO, a river of the province and cor
regimiento of Angaraes in Peru. It is the same
that afterwards takes the name of the Ancient Ma-
raiion ; some call it Sangolaco.
ANGOL, a city of the kingdom of Chile,
founded by Pedro de Valdivia, with the name of
A N G 69
Los Confines. It was afterwards changed by Don
Garcia Hurtado de Mendoza to a more open and
level spot, eight leagues from the cordillera^ and
20 from La Concepcion, in a soil abounding in
fruits, seeds, and vines ; as also in raisins, figs, and
other dried fruits. It is surrounded by Cyprus,
and is bounded by the river Biobio on the s. and
by another small stream on the n. which, running
rapidly, might encourage the building of mills
upon it. This city was destroyed by the Arauca-
nos Indians, who set fire to it in 1601, putting to
death a great number of its inhabitants. It has
never yet been rebuilt ; and the ruins of it alone
remain a mournful witness of its melancholy catas
trophe.
ANGOSTO, Port, of the strait of Magellan,
discovered by Pedro Sarmiento on the 7th of
February 1580. It is one of the parts which this
admiral took possession of for the crown of Spain,
putting up a cross, when in the night he saw a
globe of fire rising from the earth, which afterwards
became elongated in the air, so as to represent a
lance ; it then took the figure of a half-moon,
being of a bright red and whitish colour. This
port has a clear bottom at 22 fathoms depth, and
is three leagues from the point of San lldefonso.
ANGOSTURA, a strait of the river Paraguay,
in the province and government of this name, in
that part which is entered by the Pilcomayo, and
where a redoubt has been thrown up for the defence
of that pass.
ANGOSTURA, another, in the river Orinoco; it
becomes narrowest in the province and govern
ment ofGuayana, where was lately built the city
of Guayana.
ANGRA DE LOS REYES, a city of the pro
vince and captainship of the Rio Janeiro in Brazil,
situate upon the coast of a small bay, so called,
and which gives it its name : it has two churches,
a monastery of nuns, and it is garrisoned by a
detachment of 20 men. Its fisheries are the only
means of its commerce ; it is 36 miles from the
river Janeiro. Lat. 23 4 s. Long. 44 11 w.
ANGUALASTA, a settlement of Indians of the
province and government of Tucuman, and juris
diction of the city of Rioja, in Peru.
ANGUASSETCOK, a settlement of the Eng
lish, in the province and colony of New Hamp
shire.
ANGUILA, or SVAKE Island, in the N. sea,
one of the Small Antilles, inhabited by the English,
is 10 leagues in length, and three in width, and
takes its name from its figure. Its productions are
tobacco, much esteemed for excellent quality,
maize, and some sugar. It abounds in cattle,
70
A N I
which have multiplied in a wild state in the woods ;
has only one port or bay of any convenience. I-t
was in the possession of the English from the
year 1650, when it was but badly peopled ; has
been at different times ravaged by the French ;
but in the year 1745 these were caused to retire
with great loss. N. of the island of San Martin,
and s. e. of La Anegada, in lat. 18 12 n. and
long. 63 10 w. [It is included amongst the
Virgin islands, and of the government of the go
vernor general of the Leeward islands.]
ANGUILA, another, a small island or rock of
the coast of the island of Cuba, close to that of
Los Roques, between that island and that of San
Andres, one of the Lucayas.
[ANGLJ1LLE, Cape, a point of land in New
foundland island, on the w. side, in the gulf of
St. Lawrence, 6 leagues n. from cape Ray, the
s. w. extremity of the island, in lat. 47 57 w.]
[ANGUH.LE, a bay on the n. n. e. side of the
island of St. John s, in the gulf of St. Lawrence,
opposite Magdalen isles, and having St. Peter s
harbour on the s. c. and Port Chimene on the n. w.~]
ANGUILLE, a point or strip of land of the same
coast, and near the former bay.
ANGUSTIAS, a settlement of the province
and corrcgimicnto of Tunja in the new kingdom of
Granada, situate in the district of the city of
Pamplona, and valley of Los Locos, on the shore
of the river Macio.
ANHEIMBAS, a small river of the province
and government of Paraguay. It runs e. and enters
the Parana.
ANIBA, a small river of the province and
country of Las Amazonas, in the Portuguese pos
sessions, and in the territory of the Urubaquis
Indians. It runs from n. to s. and enters the pools
there formed by the Maranon, which, according
to the description of Mr. Bellin, are a lake called
Sarava.
ANIBALIS, a barbarous nation of Indians,
descended from the Betoyes, in the llanos of Casa-
nare and Meta, of the new kingdom of Granada :
they are very numerous, and of a gentle nature, re
duced to the Catholic faith by the missionaries of
the abolished society of Jesuits in the year 1722.
AN 1C AN, small islands of the S. sea, near
those of Malvinas, or of Falkland, discovered by
Monsieur de Bougainville, when he established
himself here with the French.
ANIL, a river of the province and captainship
of Maranon in Brazil.
AN1LORE, a river of the province and country
of Las Amazonas. It rises in the Cacao moun
tains of the Oreguatos Indians, runs many leagues
ANN
from s. to n. and enters the river Madera, in the
terriory of the Unuriaos Indians.
ANIMAS, a river of the province and govern
ment of Florida. It runs s. and enters the rivers
Jordan and St. Philip, and then runs n.
ANIMAS, a small island of the gulph of Cali
fornia, or Red sea of the Cortes. The interior
part is very close upon the shore. It is one of
those which is called De Salsiuedes.
ANIMAS, another, of the river of Valdivia, in
the kingdom of Chile, and district of Guadalab-
i
quen, opposite the city.
ANIME, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of San Juan de los Llanos in the new
kingdom of Granada, situate near the river Ariari.
[ANN ARUNDEL County, in Maryland, lies
between Patapsco and Patuxent rivers, and has
Chesapeak bay s. e. Annapolis is the chief town.
This county contains 22,598 inhabitants, of whom
10,131 are slaves.]
[ANN, Fort, in the state of New York, lies at
the head of batteaux navigation, on Wood creek,
which falls into S. bay, lake Champlain, near
Skenesborough. It lies six miles and three quar
ters s. w. by s. from Skenesborough Fort, 10 e. s. e.
from Fort George, and 12 n. e. by . from Fort
Edward on Hudson river. Such was the savage
state of this part of the country ; and it was so cover
ed with trees laid lengthwise and across, and so
broken with creeks and marshes, that general Bur-
goyne sarmy, in July 1777, could scarcely advance
above a mile in a day on the road to Fort Edward.
They had no fewer than 40 bridges to construct,
one of which was of log work two miles in length ;
circumstances which in after ages will appear
hardly credible. Lat. 43 22 n. Long. 73 27 a?.]
[ANN, ST. a lake in Upper Canada, n. from
lake Superior, which sends its waters n. e. into
James s bay through Albany river.]
[ANN, ST. is the chief town of the province of
Parana, in the e. division of Paraguay, S. America.]
[ANN S, ST. a port on the e. side of Cape Bre
ton island, where fishing vessels often put in. It
lies on the n. w. side of the entrance into Labrador
lake.]
[ANN S, ST. is a small town on the river St.
John s, province of New Brunswick, about 80
miles from St. John s. It is at present the seat of
government.]
ANNA, of the North, a river of the pro
vince and colony of Virginia, which runs e. and
enters the Rapahanock.
ANNA, called, of the South, to distinguish it
from that of the same province and colony. It also
runs c. and enters the Pamunkey.
ANN
AXNA, a county of the province and colony of
Maryland, one of the 10 of which it is composed.
ANNA, an island of New France, in lake Supe
rior, between the island of Pont Chatrain and the
s. coast.
ANNA, a cape or point of land of the coast of
New England, in the province and colony of Mas
sachusetts. It runs many leagues into the sea, be
tween the river Penny cook and Port Boston. [It
forms the n. side of Massachusetts bay, as cape
Cod does the s. side. Lat. 42 40 n. Long. 70
38 w. See GLOUCESTER. This cape was so named
in honour of Anne, consort of king James the
First.]
ANNA, ST. another cape of the s. coast of the
river St. Lawrence, in the province of Acadia or
Nova Scotia.
ANNA, ST. a settlement and establishment of the
French, called La Criquede St. Anne, in the part
\vhich they possess in Guayana.
ANNAC1OIS, or ANNACOUS, a barbarous na
tion of Indians, in the kingdom of Brazil, and pro
vince and captainship of Puerto Scguro. They
inhabit the woods and mountains to the w. near the
rivers Grande and Yuearu. They are constantly
in a state of warfare, night and day, and are irre
concilable enemies of the Portuguese, -whose colo
nies and cultivated lands they continually infest,
and which they destroyed in 1687.
ANNAPOLIS, REAL, a city and bay of the
province and colony of Nova Scotia. It was the
capital until this was translated to Halifax, since
it was but small and badly fortified. It was found
ed, with the name of Severn, by the relics of an
army established here in the time of Queen Anne of
England, on the shore of an excellent bay towards
the n. The French established themselves here in
the year J605, under the command of Mr. Pointis,
who came from the island of Santa Cruz with a
certain number of colonists. He gave it the name
of Port Royal ; but the English, headed by co
lonel Nicholson, drove them from the port. This
port, besides being covered with the thickest clouds,
is of difficult ingress and egress. Ships can make
it only at one certain period of the year, and then
but with great precaution ; the currents here being
so rapid, as generally to drive them stern foremost ;
but indeed, if it were not for this, it would be one
of the best ports in the world. It is two leagues in
length, and has a small island, called the island of
Goals, almost opposite the middle of the quay. It is
of a good depth , and well sheltered from every wind .
\V hen it belonged to the French , the sh ips employed
in the whale fisheries used to put in here ; but this
commerce is at present wanting, since the English
A. N N
71
rather prefer Port Breton. The city, although
small, has some beautiful edifices, but of moderate
height. The English destroyed the old forlifica-
tion, and constructed another of a regular form,
with four bastions, a deep ditch, a covered way, a
counterscarp, a half-moon, and other exterior
works detached from the body of &e fortified
place, all of which excite in the Indians reveren
tial awe. It has also different batteries conveniently
placed to repel the attacks of an enemy, who can
only hope to carry it by bombardment. This
fortified place appears to be the battery of New
England, and is the last to impede the invasion of
the French or Indians on the e. as well by sea as
land. Not far from the port is a point of land,
lying between two rivers, where the tide falls 10
or 12 feet, and all around are beautiful meadows,
which are thronged with all kinds of birds. Its
principal commerce consists in skins, which they
exchange with the Indians for European manufac
tures. It is the residence of a governor, and is
garrisoned by 500 men. At the beginning of this
century it was, amongst the French, the very Dun
kirk of America, serving as an asylum for pirates
and cruisers, to the ruin of commerce and the
fisheries. [The harbour is two leagues in length
and one in breadth, and the small island, before
referred to, is almost in the middle of the basin,
which is said to be large enough to contain
several hundred ships. Its depth of water is no
where less than four or five fathoms ; it being
six or seven on one side of the island, and on the
other 16 or 18. The town is not large, but has
some very handsome buildings. It is fortified ;
nor can it be easily attacked but by a bombard
ment. The fort is capable of containing about
100 men in its present state.] Long. 65 22 .
Lat, 44 49 n.
ANNAPOLIS, REAL, a capital city of the coun
ty of Ann Arundel, in the province and colony of
Maryland, at the mouth of the Severn, and was, by
an act of the Assembly in 1694, declared a maritime
city, it being ordained that it should be the resi
dence of a collector and commandant of the ma
rine ; from which time it began to take the name of
Annapolis. Hither also was transferred the tribu
nal of the county, together with all the state
papers, acts, and other important documents :
the parish church w;ts erected in 1699, and a puh-
lic school was founded agreeably to an act of the
.Assembly, having the archbishop tor its chancel
lor. Procurators, visitors, and governors were
also appointed to preside in this citji, though this
establishment failed to answer the wise purposes
of its creation. The alba-aaid tribunal meets, in
9,
72 A N O
ordinary, on the second Tuesday in September,
November, January, March, and May. This
city consists of more than 40 houses, but has
not arrived at that pitch of grandeur that was
expected, on account of its planters and mer
chants having been always at variance, as are
those of Virginia; and from this it is judged,
that it can never hope to rise at a greater elevation
of dignity or fortune. [It stands at the mouth of
the Severn, 30 miles s. of Baltimore, 32 e . by n.
from the Federal city, 72 s. zo. from Wilmington
in Delaware state, and 132 s. w. from Philadel
phia. In 1694 it was made a port town. It is
situated on a peninsula formed by the river and
two small creeks, and affords a beautiful prospect
of Chesapeak bay, and the e. shore beyond it. This
city is of little note in the commercial world, but
is the wealthiest town of its size in the United
States. The houses, about 300 in number, are
spacious and elegant, indicative of great wealth.
The state house is the noblest building of the kind
in the Union. It stands in the centre of the city,
from which point the streets diverge in every
direction like radii. Lat. 39 2 n. Long. 76
40 a;.]
[ANNAPOLIS River, in Nova Scotia, is of small
size. It rises in the e. near the head waters of the
small rivers which fall into the basin of Minas.
Annapolis river passes into the bay of Fundy
through the basin of its own name ; on the s. side
of which, at the mouth of the river, stands the
town and fort of Annapolis Royal. It is navi
gable for ships of any burden 10 miles ; for those of
100 tons, 15 miles ; and is passable for boats within
20 miles of Horton. The tide flows up 30 miles.]
[ANNAPOLIS, a county on the above river, ad
joining to King s county, having five townships,
viz. Wilmot, GranvihY, Annapolis ; the chief
towns, Clare and Monckton. It is chiefly inha
bited by Acadians, Irish, and New Englanders.]
[ANNATOM, one of the New Hebrides cluster
of islands.]
ANNOTO, a river of the island and govern
ment of Jamaica. It runs n. and enters the sea
on the coast lying in this point, and between the
rivers Blowing and Paltnito.
ANO, NUEVA, a port of the N. sea, of the
coast of California, or Red sea of Cortes; disco
vered in 1613, on the first of Januan^, on which
account this name was given it.
ANOANAPA, a small river of the province and
government of Guayana, or Nueva Andalucia. It
rises in the country of the Amacotas Indians, runs
from *. to . and enters that of Aicaropa.
ANOLAIMA, a settlement of the jurisdiction
of Tocaima and government of Mariquita, in the
new kingdom of Granada. It is of a hot tempe
rature, abounding in fruits peculiar to the climate,
such as rnaize, plaintains, yucas, and quantities of
sugar-cane, of which sugar and preserves are made
in an infinite variety of mills ; and in this consists
the commerce of the natives. These may amount
to somewhat more than 100, exclusive of some In
dians. Eight leagues from Santa Fe.
ANOPL, a settlement of the province and go
vernment of Pastes in the kingdom of Quito.
ANOURAMA, a river of the province and
captainship of Para in Brazil. It runs e. and joins
the Maranon between the rivers Urupi and Mara-
capucii.
ANOURIAHI, a settlement of the province
and captainship of Para in Brazil, situate on the
shore of the river Xingu.
ANOZONOI, a settlement of the province and
government of Popayan in the kingdom of Quito.
ANSERMA, SANTA ANA DE, a city of the
province and government of Popayan, in the dis
trict and jurisdiction of the audience of Quito,
founded in 1532 by the field-officer Jorge Robledo,
upon a hill seven leagues distant from the river
Cauca. It is of a very hot temperature ; the
earth abounds in gold mines and in salt, from which
it took the name of the Vozanser, which, in the
idiom of the Indians of this country, signifies salt.
Its productions are rare, and it is very subject to
tempests, when balls of fire and lightning often
cause serious mischief. It was at first called Santa
Ana de los Caballeros, on account of the number
of the knights who assembled at its foundation. la
its vicinity dwelt the Tapuyas, Guaticas, Quin-
chias, Supias, and other Indians, who are now no
longer heard of here. Fifty leagues n. e. of Po
payan.
ANSERMA, a settlement of the same name, with
the addition of Vieja, of the same province and
government, situate between two rivers.
[ANSON, an interior county of N. Carolina, in
Fayette district, having Mecklinburgh county n.
and Bladen and Cumberland counties on the e. It
contains 5J33 inhabitants, including 828 slaves.
ANTA, a settlement of the province and cor-
regimicnto of Abancai in Peru.
ANTA, a province of <he kingdom of Quito, but
little known, to the s, of the city of Jaen, covered
with impenetrable forests, lakes, rivers, and pools.
It is unknown whether it be inhabited by infidel
Indians.
ANTA, a river of the province and captainship
of Rey in Brazil. It runs s.s.w. and enters the
river Curucny
ANT
A NT ABA MBA, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Aymaraes in Peru.
ANTAL1S, a barbarous and warlike nation of
Indians of the kingdom of Chile, to the w. of Co-
quimbo, bounded by the province of Putunu-
aucasi. They valorously opposed the progress
of Inca Yupanqui, compelling him to end his
conquests on the other side of the river Maule, the
last boundary of Peru.
ANTAPALPA, a settlement of the province
and .corregimiento of Chilques and Masques in
Peru, annexed to the curacy of Omacho.
ANTARPANGO, a settlement of the province
and corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru, annexed
to the curacy of Yulcarmaca.
ANTEGO. See ANTIGUA.
ANTEQUERA, [now called Oaxaca,] a ca
pital city of the province and alcaldia mayor of
Oaxaca in Nueva Espana, founded in a beauti
ful and spacious valley of this name, in 1528, by
Juan Nunez del Mercado. It is a large and fine
settlement, of an extensive vicinity and great com
merce, as well from the fertility of its soil, and
from the abundance of its fruits, as from its being
in the direct road to the provinces of Guatemala.
It has, besides the curacy of the Sagrario of its
cathedral, the assisting parish chapels of La San-
gre de Christo, Nuestra Senora de las Nieves,
Nuestra Scfiora de la Consolacion, San Joseph,
the hospital of San Cosme and San Damian, and an
hermitage of La Santisima Trinidad ; eight con
vents of monks, which are, two of Santo Domingo,
one called Elgrande, a sumptuous fabric, and the
other San Pablo ; one of Dezcalzos of San Fran
cisco, that of San August in of Nuestra Senora de
la Merced, of Carmetitas Dezcalzos ; a college
which belonged to the abolished society of the re
gular order of the Jesuits, with a house for stu
dents ; two hospitals, one of San Juan de Dios,
and another of Bethlemites ; two colleges, deno
minated Santa Cruz and San Bartolome, for the
education of children; thirteen monasteries of
nuns, amongst which, are that of Santa Monica de
Augustinas, the church, which is of magnificent
structure, and the gate of most exquisite archi
tecture, dedicated to Nuestra Senora de la Soledad
(to whose image, it being very beautiful and mi
raculous, that city pays singular devotion) ;
another of La Concepcion, another of Santa Cata-
lina de Sena, another of Capuchinas ; and a col
lege for the education of children. The city is
one of those most conspicuous for the beautiful
symmetry of its streets, for its public places and
edifices, which would have been still finer, had
they not suffered by earthquakes. The tempera-
VOL. I.
ANT 73
ture, although somewhat hot, is nevertheless
healthy. Its eastern part is situated upon the
long-continued top of a hill. It abounds in ex
quisite fruits, such as pears of various kinds,
apples, sapataSf pomegranates, melons, pines,
dates, limes, cedars, lemons, pitahayas, nuts,
and some grapes. Its wheat is scanty, and of bad
quality. The principal productions in which it
pays its duties to the King, are cacao of Soco-
nusco, ready-made chocolate, and powders of
Oaxaca, justly esteemed and celebrated for giving
a delicate flavour to chocolate. It also fabricates
black sealing-wax and some rosaries, the beads of
which are made of the kernel of a fruit called te-
pexiloty on which they write with wonderful
skill some versicles of the magnificat, and paint
upon them images with a nicety that makes them
much esteemed. In the cathedral, which is beau
tiful and amply large, (having three naves), as
well as in the chapels, is reverenced an arm of
San Juan Chrisostomo, with other precious relics ;
and in one of its chapels, a cross about a yard in
length, made from a part of that wonderful cross
of Guatulco, brought thither by the bishop Don
Juan de Cerbantes. The inhabitants of this illus
trious city, which has San Marcial for its patron,
are composed of 6000 families ; and in the year
1766, through the benign influence of the pa
tron, the number of souls amounted to 20,000.
It is 85 leagues to the e. s. e. of Mexico. Long.
277 10 . Lat. 18 2 .
[ANTERIM, a township in Hillsborough coun
ty, New Hampshire, having 528 inhabitants,
incorporated in 1777, 75 miles w. of Portsmouth,
and about the same distance n. w. of Boston.]
[ANTHONY S Falls, ST. in the river Mis-
sissippi, lie about 10 miles n. w. of the mouth
of St. Pierre river, which joins the Mississippi
from the w. and are situated in about lat. 44 50
n. and were so named by father Louis Hcnnipin,
who travelled into those parts about the year 1680,
and was the first European ever seen by the na
tives there. The whole river, 50 yards wide,
falls perpendicularly above 30 feet, and forms a
most pleasing cataract. The rapids below, in the
space of 300 yards, render the descent consider
ably greater ; so that when viewed at a distance,
they appear to be much higher than they really
are. In the middle of the falls is a small island,
about 40 feet broad, and somewhat longer, on
which grow a few hemlock and spruce trees ; and
about half-way between this island and the eastern
shore, is a rock, lying at the very edije of the fall,
in an oblique position, five or six feet broad, and
30 or 40 long. These falls are peculiarly situated,
74 ANT
as they are approachable without the least obstruc
tion from any intervening hill or precipice ; which
cannot be said, perhaps, of any other considerable
fall in the world. The scene around is exceed
ingly beautiful. It is not an uninterupted plain,
where the eye finds no relief, but composed of
many gentle ascents, which, in the spring and
summer, are covered with verdure, and interspers
ed with little groves, that give a pleasing variety
to the prospect.
At a little distance below the falls is a small
island, about one acre and an half, on which grow
a great number of oak trees, all the branches of
which, able to bear the weight, are in the pro
per season of the year loaded with eagle s nests.
Their instinctive wisdom has taught them to
choose this place, as it is secure, on account of
the rapids above, from the attacks either of man
or beast.]
[ANTHONY S Kill, a western water of Hudson
river. Its mouth is seven miles above that of
Mohawk river, with which likewise it communi
cates at the e. end of Long lake,]
[ANTHONY S Nose, a point of land in the
high lands on Hudson river, in the state of New
York, from which to Fort Montgomery on the
opposite side, a large boom and chain was ex
tended in the late war, which cost not less than
70,000/. sterling. It was partly destroyed, and
partly carried away, by General Sir Henry Clin
ton, in October 1777. Also the name given to
the point of a mountain on the n. bank of Mohawk
river, about 30 miles above Schenectady. Around
this point runs the stage road.]
[ANTICOSTI, a barren, uninhabited island,
in the mouth of St. Lawrence river. It is, how
ever, of very considerable size, being 120 miles
long, and 30 broad. The French formerly had a
settlement on this island, but at present it is unin
habited ; nor can it ever become of much im
portance, as it does not possess a single harbour
where a vessel can ride in safety. The wood
which grows upon it is small, and the soil is rec
koned unfruitful ; which, added to the severity of
the winter, will ever prove serious obstacles to its
colonization.]
[ANT1ETAM Creek, in Maryland, rises by
several branches in Pennsylvania, and empties into
Potowmack river, three miles s. s. e. from Sharps-
burgh. Elizabeth and Funk s Towns stand on this
creek. It has a number of mills and forges.]
ANTIGOA, PUNTA DE LA, an extremity and
cape of the island of Guadalupe, which runs into
the sea, facing the n.
ANTIGONA, a settlement of the province and
ANT
government of Tarma in Peru, annexed to the
curacy of Ondores.
ANTIGOSTI, a large island of the gulph of
St. Lawrence, at the entrance of the river of this
name, in Canada.
ANTIGUA, an island of the N. sea, one of the
Small Antillas, called by the English, who possess
it, Antego. -It is six or seven leagues long, and
nearly the same broad. It is of difficult access
for vessels, on account of the currents and shallows
with which it abounds. It was first thought un
inhabitable from a supposed want of water ; but
the English, who established themselves in it,
discovered some fountains, and the inhabitants,
who may amount to about 900 persons, have
made many wells and cisterns for preserving the
rain water. It abounds in every kind offish, and
one of a peculiar sort, which they call perro dt
mar y . or sea-dog, from its devouring the other fish j
and even the fishermen, on which account the
bathing here is very dangerous. It has some very
good ports and bays, such as the bays of St. John
and Willoughby, and the ports English and Fal-
mouth. It has also a species of sea woodcock,
which has a beak similar to that bird, the upper
part of which is much larger than the lower; it
moves either jaw with equal ease ; and some have
been seen four feet long, and 12 inches wide to
wards the head ; they have two fins on each side,
and a large one upon the belly, rising like the
crest of a cock, and extending from the head to
the tail : but what is most extraordinary, is the
hard beak with two sharp and black horns, nearly
an inch and an half each, which the creature has
the power of withdrawing with pleasure into its
belly, this serving as a scabbard ; it has no
scales, but a black and rough skin upon its back.
This island abounds also with a variety of birds ;
and that which is the most common, is peculiarly
beautiful to behold, having the upper part of the
wings and belly of a golden colour, the other half
and the back of sky-blue, the tail and long fea
thers of the wings of a mixture of a very bright
red and blue, and studded with other feathers of
gold ; but the most singular feature is its head,
which is covered with a sort of dark bonnet, fring
ed with green, yellow, and clear blue; it has
also a variegated beak ; there is a ring of white
round the eyes, and the pupil is of a beautiful yel
low and red, having the appearance of a ruby set
in gold ; and upon the head is a plume of feathers,
of the colour of vermillion, and others of the co
lour of pearls. This bird is about the size of a
pheasant. The climate is hot, unsalutary, and
is very subject to hurricanes, similar to that
AN T I G U A.
dreadful one which happened in 1707. It is not
deficient in cattle, and its wild wax is similar to
that of Mainas. This island was first discovered,
about the year 1623, by Sir Thomas Warner,
and the English established themselves in it in
1636. The king of England granted it, in 1663,
to William Willoughby, who sent to it, in 1666, a
numerous colony to people it. It was the same
year attacked and ravaged by the French, from
whom it was retaken, in 1690, by Christopher
Codrington. In 1736, three Indians, by name
Court, Tombay, and Hecules, entered into a
conspiracy to put some gunpowder in a situation
that it might explode and blow up a saloon in
which the governor was giving a ball and enter
tainment ; but it was timely discovered, and the
conspirators met with the punishment they de
served.
[Antigua lies between lat. 17 and 17 12 n.
and between long. 61 38 and 61 53 w. ; is situate
about 20 leagues to the e. of St. Christopher s ;
and was discovered at the same time with that
island by Columbus himself, who named it from
a church in Seville, Santa Maria de la Antigua.
We are informed by Ferdinand Columbus, Utitt
that the Indian name was Jamaica. It is a singu
lar circumstance, that this word, which in the
language of the larger islands signified a country
abounding in springs, should, in the dialect of
the Charibbes, have been applied to an island
that has not a single spring or rivulet of fresh
water in it, notwithstanding what Alcedo asserts.
This inconvenience, without doubt, as it ren
dered the country uninhabitable to the Charibbes,
deterred for some time the European adventurers
in the neighbouring islands from attempting a
permanent establishment in Antigua ; but nature
presents few obstacles which the avarice or indus
try of civilized man will not endeavour to sur
mount. The lands were found to be fertile, and
it was discovered that the water preserved in the
cisterns was wonderfully light, pure, and whole
some. So early as 1632, a few English families
took up lands there, and began the cultivation of
tobacco.
But the settlement was nearly strangled in its
infancy. The attack by the French, in 1666, has
been already mentioned. It was then that the
island was invaded and ravaged with fire and
sword. All the Negroes that could be found
were taken away ; and the inhabitants, after be
holding their houses and estates in flames, were
plundered even to the clothes on their backs and the
shoes on their feet, without regard to sex or age.
Its recovery from this calamity was owing
chiefly to the enterprising spirit and extensive
views of Colonel Codrtngton ofBarbadoes. This
gentleman removing to Antigua about the year
1674, applied his knowledge in sugar-planting
with such good effect and success, that others,
animated by his example, and assisted by his ad
vice and encouragement, adventured in the same
line of cultivation. Mr. Codrington was some
years afterwards nominated captain-general and
commander-in-chief of all the Leeward Charibbean
islands ; and deriving from the appointment the
power of giving greater energy to his benevolent
purposes, had soon the happiness of beholding
the good effects of his humanity and wisdom, in.
the flourishing condition of the several islands un
der his government.
The prosperity of Antigua was manifested in
its extensive population ; for when, in the year
1690, General Codrington commanded on the ex
pedition against the French inhabitants of St.
Christopher s, Antigua furnished towards it no
less than 800 effective men : a quota which gives
room to estimate the whole number of its white
inhabitants, at that time, at upwards of 5000.
About 34,000 acres of land in this island are
appropriated to the growth of sugar, and pastur
age annexed ; its other principal staples are cot
ton-wool, ginger, and tobacco ; and they raise
in favourable years great quantities of provisions.
This island contains two different kinds of soil :
the one a black mould on a substratum of clay,
which is naturally rich, and when not checked by
excessive droughts, to which Antigua is particu
larly subject, very productive ; the other is a.
stiff clay on a substratum of marl ; it is much less
fertile than the former, and abounds with an
irradicablc kind of grass, in such a manner, that
many estates, consisting of that kind of soil, which
were once very profitable, are now so impoverish
ed and overgro\vn with this sort of grass, as either
to be converted into pasture land, or to become
entirely abandoned. Exclusive of such deserted
land, and a small part of the country that is alto
gether unimprovable, every part of the island may
be said to be under cultivation.
The island is divided into six parishes and 1 1
districts. The parishes are, St. John s, St. Mary .--,
St. George, St. Peter, St. Paul, and St. Philip.
It has six towns and villages : St. John s, (the
capital), Parham, Falmouth, Willoughby Bay,
Old Bay, Old Road, and James Fort ; the two
first of which are legal ports of entry. JNo island
in this part of the West Indies can boast of sol
L 2
ANTIGUA.
[many excellent harbours ; of these the principal
are English harbour and St. John s, both well
fortified ; and at the former are a royal navy yard
and arsenal, with conveniences for careening ships
of war. The military establishment generally
consists of two regiments of infantry, and two of
foot militia. There are likewise a squadron of
dragoons, and a battalion of artillery, both raised
in the island ; and the regulars receive additional
pay, as in Jamaica. The governor or captain-
general of the Leeward Charibbean islands gene
rally resides in Antigua, but visits occasionally
each island within his government ; and in hear
ing and determining causes from the other islands,
presides alone. He is chancellor of each island by
his office ; but in causes arising in Antigua, he is
assisted by his council, after the practice of Bar-
badoes ; and the president, together with a cer
tain number of the council, may determine
chancery causes during the absence of the go
vernor-general. The other courts of this island
are, a court of king s bench, a court of common
pleas, and a court of exchequer. The church of
the United Brethren has been very successful in
converting to Christianity many of the Negro
slaves of this and the other islands.
It is difficult to furnish an average return of the
crops of this island, which vary to so great a de
gree, that the quantity of sugar exported in dif
ferent years has been from 2500 to 18,000 hogs
heads. Thus, in 1779, were shipped 3382 hogs
heads and 579 tierces; in 1782, the crop was
15,102 hogsheads and 160.3 tierces; and in the
years 1770, 1773, and 1778, there were no crops
of any kind ; all the canes being destroyed by a
long continuance of dry weather, and when the
whole body of Negroes would have been in danger
of perish ing for want of food, if American vessels
with corn and flour had been at that time denied
admittance.
Account of the number of vessels, &c. that have cleared outwards from Antigua, between 5th January
1787, and the 5th January 1788, which was esteemed a favourable year, together with an account
of their cargoes, and the value thereof.
Whither Bound.
Shipping.
Sugar.
Rum.
Molai-
SM.
-j.
-c
_=
CottB.
Dyeing Trood, in
value.
Miscellaneous
articles, in value.
Total.
No.
Tonnage
Men.
Cwt. c,r . Ibi.
Gallons.
Gall*.
Ibi
IbR.
L. i. d.
L. . d.
L. s. d.
Great Britain -
65
13,806
90]
254,575 1 18
128,936
3,510
6
131,01*
1,742 6 6
46,466 18 3
484,483 19 6
Ireland - -
16
1,909
159
22,295
97,400
29,500
2,400
43
50,768 16 8
American States
71
8,281
552
<J,779
375,150
1,700
.
407 5
44,679 19 2
Brit. Col. in Amer.
34
2,127
177
844
109,320
700
14 7
11,031 15 4
Foreign W. Indies
4?
2,540
269
33
5,740
-
1,075
1,632 5
Total from Antigua
233
28,663
2,018
284 ; 526 1 18
716,546
5,910
M
160,510
4,142 6 6
48,006 10 3
592,596 15 8
In the report of the privy council on the slave
trade, in 1788, the British property vested here
is estimated at 69,277 taxed acres of patented
estates, and the Negroes are computed at 60,000,
valued at 50/. each Negro. In the same report,
a general appraisement of British property, vested
in the British colonies makes the land, buildings,
and stock, double the value of the Negroes, and
the towns, stores, arid shipping about ^ f of the
land.
Has.
In 1783, Antigua produced, of sugar, 3,900
1787, produced and exported, 19,500
1792, four years average, only 3,900
It is thought that 17,000 hogsheads of sugar, of
\Qcwt. may be reckoned a good crop ; but the es
timate of the sugar produced in Antigua cannot
exceed an average of 9000 hogsheads, of 13 cwt.
at the king s beam.
2
By return to the house of commons, 1806, the
hogsheads of sugar, at 13 cwt. exported, were
In 1789, - - - 12,500
1799, - - - 8,300
1805, - - - 3,200
The official value of the imports and exports of
Antigua were, in
Imports. Exports.
1809, - .198,121 j216,000
1810, - .285,458 .182,392
And the quantities of the principal articles ex
ported into Great Britain were, in
Coffee.
Sugar.
Rum.
Cotton
wool.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
Brit. Plant.
For. Plant.
1809
1810
Cwt
309
40
Cwt.
3,983
2,164
Cwt.
106,1.50
188,799
Cwt.
629
3,821
Galls.
143,223
77,092
Ibs.
112,016
39,880
ANT
[The island abounds in black cattle, hogs, fowls,
and most of the animals common in the other
islands. By returns to government in 1774, the
white inhabitants amounted to 2590, and the
slaves to 37,808 ; but the latter were estimated in
1787 at (50,000, as above mentioned.
The import of slaves into Antigua, by report of
privy council 1788, at a medium of four years,
and by a return to house of commons in 1805,
on a medium of two years, from 1803, were,
in
ANT
77
Average of four
Imports.
Re-exports.
Retained.
years to 1787
768
100
668
Two years to 1805
434
100
334
ANTIGUASI, a settlement of the province
and government of Tucuman in Peru, and of the
district and jurisdiction of the city of Cordova.
ANTILLA, a settlement of the province and
coregimiento of Abancaiin Peru.
ANTILLA, another, of the province and corre-
gimiento of Angaraes in the same kingdom, an
nexed to the curacy of Sabayno.
ANT1LLAS, or ANTILLES, islands of the N.
sea, discovered by Christopher Columbus in his
first voyage, in 1492, situate between 18 and 24
n. lat. extending themselves in the form of a bow
from the coast of Florida to the n. to the coast of
Brazil to the s. They are divided into the Wind
ward and Leeward islands, and into Greater and
Less. Of the Greater are Cuba, Hispaniola or
St. Domingo, Jamaica, and Puertorico ; of the
Smaller the principal are 28.
Belonging to the English.
Virgines, Nevis,
Anguila, Antigua,
St. Christopher s, Monserrat.
Barbadoes,
Belonging to the French.
S. Bartholomew, Deseada,
[[Ceded to Sweden Los Santos,
in 1785.] Martinica,
Guadalupe, Granada.
Mariegalante,
Belonging to the French and Dutch.
San Martin.
Belonging to the Dutch.
San Eustaquio, Bonaire,
Aves, Curazao.
Belonging to the Spanish.
Margarita, Trinidad.
Belonging to the Danes.
St. Thomas, Santa Cruz.
Charibbes.
Dominica, Becoya.
San Vincente,
Desert.
Tabago, Santa Lucia.
Almost all enjoy a benign temperature, and the
cold of winter is unknown to them. The fields
preserve an everlasting verdure, and the soil is
fertile in every kind of production, particularly
in sugar, brandy, cotton, ginger, indigo, coffee,
and tobacco ; these being the principal branches
of commerce. Besides the above-mentioned islands,
are those of Anegada, Sombrero, Saba, Grana-
dilla, and others much smaller, which are, more
properly speaking, little isles or rocks. At the
time of their disco very they were peopled by In
dian Charibbes, who are cannibals of a very fierce
nature; a few of whom still keep possession of
some of the smaller isles. The Europeans esta
blished themselves in them in 1625, after that the
Spaniards had kept in their possession some of the
principal of them from the time they were first
discovered. They have since been colonized by
the English, French, Dutch, and Danish, and
numbers of Negroes have been brought from the
coast of Africa to labour in them ; these latter
forming the greater part of their population.
Although the vine has been brought hither, the
wine produced from it is not found to keep.
These islands are extremely subject to violent
hurricanes, and it is seldom that five years elapse
without some deplorable calamity taking place.
[The whole of the lesser islands, with the ex
ception of St. Bartholomew, which still belongs to
Sweden, and Margarita to Spain, have fallen into
the hands of the English. See WEST INDIES,
also each island under its respective head.]
ANT1NGO, a settlement of the province and
government of Tucuman in Peru, of the jurisdic
tion of the city of Rioja, situate to the . of the
same.
ANT1OQU1A, the province and government
of the new kingdom of Granada, one of those which
are called Equinocciales, from their being close
upon the line, bounded n. by the province of Car
tagena, s. by Popayan, e. by the jurisdiction of
Santa Fe, and w. by the government of Choco.
It was called, in the time of the Indians, Hebex-
ico, and was discovered and conquered in 1541
by the brigadier George Robledo. It is of a
benign and mild temperature, abounding in pro
ductions and in gold mines, from which it derives
its source of commerce. It has also some mines
of hyacinths, granite, and rock-crystal ; but they
are little wrought, from the scarcity of workmen.
78
ANT
The country is mountainous, and watered by
various rivers, although it is not without some
large tracts of level ground. The capital is Santa
Fe.
ANTIOSA, VALLE DE, in the province and
corregimiento of Chilchas and Tarija in Peru.
[ANTIQUERA, a seaport town in the pro
vince of Oaxaca in Mexico. See ANTEQUERA.]
[ANTIQUERA, a town in New Spain, province
of Oaxaca, 75 miles s. of the city of Oaxaca. See
ANTEQUERA.]
ANT1SANA, PARAMO DE, a very lofty
mountain covered with snow, in the kingdom of
Quito, towards the e. From it the rivers Quixos
and Caranga take their source ; some believe that
it is a volcano. It is elevated 3016 feet above the
level of the sea. It belongs, with its district, to
the house of the Marquises of Orellana, who have
also given to it a title, calling it Vizcondes de An-
tisana.
[The above is a porphyritic mountain of the
Andes, in the vicinity of Quito, which was as
certained by Humboldt, in 1802, to have rising
from it a crater, in the midst of perpetual snow,
to an elevation of 19,150 feet above the level of the
sea.]
[ANTISANA, a hamlet in the Andes of the
kingdom of Quito, elevated, according to Hum
boldt, 3800 feet above the celebrated plain of
Quito, and 13,500 above the sea, and said to be
unquestionably the highest inhabited spot on the
surface of our globe.]
ANTOFAGASTA, a settlement of the pro
vince and correguruento of Atacama in Peru, be
longing to the archbishopric of Charcas, annexed
to the curacy of its capital.
ANTO1NE, S. Cape of, on the e. coast of
the island of Newfoundland, between the bay of
Pistolet and that of Luvres.
ANTOGO, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Coquimbo in the kingdom of
Chile, situate on the shore of the river Mamas.
ANTOGO, a volcano of the mountains of the
Cordillera of the same kingdom.
ANTON, a settlement of the alcaldia mayor of
Penonome, in the province and kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate near the coast of the S. sea, be
tween the two rivers Chiru and Colorado, of a
warm temperature. It abounds in cattle of the
swine kind, in maize and other seeds, in which
its commerce consists, and with which it supplies
the city of Panama, and the vessels which sail
from its port for the provinces of Peru. Eighteen
leagues to the s. w. of its capital.
ANTON, another, in the province and cajptain-
ANT
ship of Paraiba in Brazil, situate on the coast
and shore of the river Camaratuba.
ANTON, another, of the province and captain
ship of Pernambnco, in the same kingdom, on the
shore of the river Tapicura.
ANTONA, LACUNA DE, a port of the coast of
the island of St. Domingo.
ANTONIO, SAN, a settlement of the head
settlement of Tollman, and alcaldla mayor of
Queretaro, in Nueva Espana, with 32 families of
Indian?.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Tampolomon and alcaldia of Valles, in the same
kingdom ; annexed to the curacy of its liead set
tlement. It is of a hot and moist temperature, pro
duces different sorts of grain and seeds, as do the
other settlements of its jurisdiction, and much
sugar-cane, of which the natives make sugar for
their commerce. It contains 128 families of Guas-
tecos Indians, and is 17 leagues to the s. of its
capital, and four to the e. of its head settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
and alcaldia mayor of Toluca. It contains 51
families of Indians, and is at a little distance to
the a? of its capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, the head settlement
of the alcaldia mayor of Metepec. It comprehends
261 families of Indians.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Ahuacatlan, and alcaldia mayor ofZacatlan;
three leagues from its head settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Coronan<o, and alcaldia mat/or of Cholula. It
contains 44 families of Indians, and lies a league
and a half n. of its capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, a small settlement or
ward of the alcaldia mayor of Guauchinango,
annexed to the curacy of Pantepec.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Huehuetlan, and alcaldia mayor of Cuscatlan,
situate in an umbrageous valley. It contains 140
families of Indians, who employ themselves in,
preparing, and in the commerce of, saltpetre, and
in spinning cotton. It lies to the s. of its head
settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the head settlement of
Chapala, and alca Idia mayor of Zay ula , on the shore
of the great lake or sea of Chapala. It contains 27
families of Indians, who employ themselves in
fishing, and in the culture of various seeds and
fruits, which the fertility and luxuriance of the
soil produces; and with these they traffic with the
neighbouring settlements, by means of canoes. One
league w. of its head settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the government ef
ANT
Neiba in the new kingdom of Granada, annexed
to the curacy of the town of La Purificacion,
situate on the spot which they call del Paramo.
It contains 500 housekeepers; and at a very little
distance is a convent of Agustine Rocolects.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Angaraes in Peru.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the kingdom of
Quito, of the corregimiento of the district of Las
Cinco Leguas de la capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province of Te-
peguaria, and kingdom of Nueva Vizcaya, situated
130 leagues to the n. w. of the real of Guanacebi,
in the vicinity of which is a large uninhabited spot,
called Tinaja.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Cumana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate in the middle of the serrania. It is
a reduction of Indians, and one of those held under
the care of the Arragonese Capuchin fathers.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, which is the parish of
the ancient Barinas, situate in the serrania and
table plain of Moromoy, where that cily was. In
its district are some small estates of cacao and
sugar-cane, and some very rich modern establish
ments of indigo.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, with the addition of
Las Cocuisas, in the province of Barinas, situate
near to the river Apure. Its district abounds in
the larger cattle.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, with the addition of
X-os Altos, situate in the vicinity of the city of
Caracas. Its mountains abound in excellent woods
and in maize.
ANTONIO, SAN, a town of the province and
government of Guayana in the kingdom of Tierra
Firme, situate on the shore of the river Paragua.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Maracaibo in the kingdom of
Tierra Firme, and district of the city of San Chris-
tobal ; situate in the road which leads down to
the Nuevo Reyno.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and government as the former, situate in the district
of the city of Pcdraza.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and government, on the shore of the river Paragua,
near its source, between the cities of Pedraza and
Barinas Vieja.
ANTONIO, SAN, another settlement and asiento
of the mines of the province and government of
Chucuito in Peru, near the volcano of Ornate.
ANT
79
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of the bay of Todos Santos in Brazil,
situate on the shore of the river Paraguaca, near
the bay.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of Sergipe in the same kingdom, situ
ate on the coast, and at the mouth of the large
river of San Francisco, at the same point.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and captainship, situate at the source of the river
Sirugipa.
ANTONIO, SAN, another settlement and real of
the silver mines in the province and bishopric
of Guadalaxara in Nueva Espaiia.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Colchagua in the kingdom of
Chile, on the coast, and at the mouth of the river
Rapel.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Aconcagua in the same king
dom.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Tucuman, in the jurisdiction of
Cordova, to the w. of this city.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the same province
and government as the former, situate between the
settlements of Solo and Tororal.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Coquimbo in the kingdom of
Chile, on the shore of the river Mamas.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, distinct from
the other of the same name, which is found in it.
It lies upon the coast, and at the mouth of the river
of Sun Angelo.
ANTONIO, SA\ T , another, of the same captainship
and kingdom, on the shore of the river Tapi-
cura.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the captainship of
Para in the same kingdom, on the shore of the
river of the Amazonas, and??, of the capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
corregimiento of Ibarra in the kingdom of Quito,
situate to the s. s. e. of the capital.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Popayan in the new kingdom of
Granada.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the missions held
there by the regulars of the company of Jesuits, in
the province of Gaira, of the government of Para
guay. It is destroyed, and the ruins of it alone
are visible upon the shore of the river Guabay,
from the time that it was razed by the Portuguese
of San Pablo, in 1680.
80
ANT
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, situate upon the
shore of the river Ibiguay.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the country and
province of Las Amazonas, and territory of Mata-
groso, between the river Itenes and that of
Senere", to the w. of the town of S. Francisco
Xavier.
AJTTONIO, SAN, another, with the surname of
Abad, in the province and government of Carta
gena, of the district of Sinu, situate on the bank of
the stream Ingles ; one of those lately formed in
1776 by the governor Don Juan Pimienta.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and
captainship of Los lllieos in Brazil ; situate near
the sea coast, and at the source of river Santa
Cruz.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, in the province and
taptainship of Paraiba in Brazil, on the shore of
the river Camaratuba.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil, on the coast
of the river Ciranhaya.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the missions, who
maintained the religion of S. Francisco, in Nuevo
Mexico.
ANTONIO SAN, another, of the head settlement
of Teutalpan, and alcaldia mayor of Zacatlan, in
Nueva Espana ; one league distant from its head
settlement.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, called El Cerro del
Antonio, in the province and government of Car
tagena, situate on the sea shore, on the n. coast,
and also to the . of thereat De la Cruz.
ANTONIO, SAN, a capital town of the province
and alcaldia mayor of Zuchitepec in the kingdom
of Guatemala.
ANTONIO, SAN, a village in the province and
captainship of Todos Santos in Brazil.
ANTONIO, SAN, a town of the province and
taptainship of the bay of Todos Santos in Brazil.
[ANTONIO, SAN, a town in New Mexico, on the
o>. side of Rio Bravo river, below St. Gregoria.
Also the name of a town on the river Hondo,
which falls into the gulf of Mexico, n. e. of Rio
de Bravo, and on the eastern side of the river, s.
by w. from Texas.]
[ANTONIO, SAN, another town in the province
of rfavarre in N. America, on a river which runs
5. w. in the gulf of California.]
ANTONIO, SAN, a bay on the coast of the S. sea,
of the province and government of Choco, close
to that of San Francisco Solano.
[AJTTONIO, SAN, DE LOS CUES, averypopu-
A N T
lous place of the intendancy of Oaxaca, on the
road from Orizaba to Oaxaca, celebrated for the
remains of ancient Mexican fortifications.]
ANTONIO, SAN, a port of the n. coast of the
island of Jamaica, between Cold bay and the
river Grande.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the coast of the
kingdom of Chile, in the S. sea, and of the pro
vince and corregimicnto of Melipilla. Lat. 33*
39 s. Long. 71 41 w.
ANTONIO, SAN, a cape or point of land of the
river Mississippi, opposite the Isla Grande.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres, one of
the two which form the entrance of the mouth of
the river of La Plata.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, which is the w. extre
mity of the island of Cuba, opposite that of Coto-
che, of the province of Yucatan, from whence it
is four leagues distant. Long. 84 56 . Lat.
21 54 .
ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the
province and captainship of Todos Santos in Brazil,
close to the cape of S. Salvador ; there is a castle
in it of the same name, and a settlement, in which
excellent sugar is made. Long. 38 37 w. Lat.
13 s.
ANTONIO, SAN, a small island of the coast of
Brazil, between this and that of Santa Catalina, in
the captainship of Rey : the Portuguese have a
fort in it of the same name.
ANTONIO, SAN, a small river of the same king
dom ; it rises in the sierra of Los Coriges, runs c*
and enters the Tocantines on the w. side.
ANTONIO, SAN, another small river of th
province and government of Buenos Ayres, which
runs w. and enters the Parana, between those of
Anna Maria and Bernardo de Arcos.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
captainship of Rey in Brazil, which runs e. and
enters the great lake of Los Patos, in the territory
of the Tages Indians.
ANTONIO, SAN, a large river of the province
and captainship of Pernambuco in Brazil ; it enters
the sea, upon the coast between that of Camaraibi,
and that of Antonio Pequeno, so called to distin
guish it from this river ; also called Antonio
Grande.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, called Antonio Peque
no, to distinguish it from the former; in the same
province or captainship. It runs into the sea
between that river and the lake Del Norte.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Texas in Nueva Espana.
A N Z
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Costarica, in the kingdom of Gua
temala ; it runs into the N. sea, between the rivers
Conception and Talamancas.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, of the province and
government of Paraguay ; it runs n. and enters the
Grande de Curituba.
ANTONIO, SAN, a point of land on the coast of
the strait of Magellan, between the bay of Arenas
and the bay of Santa Catalina. At this point
Pedro Sarmicnto took possession of that country
for the crown of Spain.
ANTONIO, SAN, another, on the coast of the
province and corregimiento of Melipilla in the
kingdom of Chile, between those points which
form the port of the same name.
ANTONIO, SAN, some shallows or rocks on the
coast of Brazil, of the province and captainship
of Los Ilheos, at the entrance or mouth of the
river of Santa Crnz.
ANTONIO, SAN, a canal, running from the
river of Magdalena, which enters the swamp of
Santa Marta, of the province and government of
this name.
ANTONIO, SAN, a fort of the province and
government of Buenos Ayres, on the banks, and at
the source of the river Sala, built as a defence
against the Pampas Indians ; it lying directly in
the road which leads to Tucuman.
ANTONIO, SAN, another fort and garrison of the
province and government of Buenos Ayres.
[ANTRIVENTR1A, a subdivision of Tierra
Firme, lying to the s. of Cartagena.]
ANUNCIACIOiV, NUFSTRA SENORA DE LA,
a settlement of the province and government of
Mainas in the kingdom of Quito, situate at the
source ofthe river Santa Maria.
[ANVILLE, or Miller s Town, in Dauphine
county, Pennsylvania, at the head of Tulphe-
hocken creek. When the canal between the
Susquehannah and Schuylkill, along these creeks,
is competed, this town will probably rise to some
consequence. It lies 18 miles n. e. by e. from Har-
risburgl*, and 65 n. w. from Philadelphia.]
[ANZ FRMA. See ANSERMA.]
ANZUI ^LOS, a river of the province and
government of Costarica in the kingdom of Gua
temala ; it vises near the coast, runs e. and enters
the sea bet.veen the rivers San Juan de Nicaragua
and Matiiu;, in the province of Veragua.
ANZUKROS, or ANZURES, a river of the
province nnd government of Quijos and Marcas
in the kingdom of Quito ; it runs nearly due s.
and enters the Putumayo.
VOL. I.
A P A
81
APABOTA, a river of the province and govern
ment of Guayana, or N.ueva Andalucia ; it rises
in the country of the ferocious Charibbee Indians,
and enters the Arui, on the n. side, a little before
that of the Apaguata.
APACEO, SAN JUAN BAUTISTA DE, ahead
settlement of the district of the alcaldia mayor
of Zelaya, in the province and bishopric of Me-
choacan; it contains 135 families of Indians, ami
200 of Spaniards, Mu sices , and Mulattoes, as well
as a convent of Franciscan monks. The territory
of its jurisdiction is very fertile and pleasant; it
is renowned for its abundant crops of grain and
delicate fruits, especially the grape, which is held
in high estimation for the superiority of its fla
vour. Four leagues to the s. of its head settle
ment.
APACF.O, another settlement, with the dedica
tory title of Santa Maria, in the head settlement of
the district of Zitaguaro, and alcaldia mayor of
Maravatio, in the bishopric of Mechoacan ; it
contains 24 families of Indians, and is three
leagues to the s. of its head settlement.
APACHE, a settlement of the province and
corregimiento of Chancay in Peru, annexed to
the curacy of Paccho.
[APACHIERA, an audience and province of
New Mexico, whose capital is St.. Fe.]
APACUATA, a small river of the province
and government of Guayana, or Nueva Anda
lucia. It rises in the country of the ferocious
Charibbee Indians, and enters on the n. side into
the Arui.
APAGO, a river of the province and govern
ment of Mainas in the kingdom of Quito ; it rises
in the cordillera, runs n. and enters the Maranon,
forming first some lakes by its waters.
APALACHES, a nation of Indians of Florida,
in the territory of its name ; dwelling on the side
of a chain of rugged mountains. They are very
fierce, and so valorous, that it has never been pos 
